Your School
Translate

Policy

The School Board Policy Manual is intended to be a guide to action for the Administration. This document recognizes three types of policy:

  1. Policy which reflects the laws of the State of Wisconsin;
  2. Policy which is based on assumptions which are made about the future of our schools;
  3. Policy which must be formulated as need arises.

The following outlines the development of policies, as well as the process of carrying out policies through procedures by administrators and staff.

Initiating Policy

Policy proposals might be initiated from any source of the school district. Normally suggestions for policy will be referred directly to the Superintendent who will discuss the matter with the individual or group concerned. A first version of a policy will be drafted. The Policy Committee of the Board might also be a frequent initiator of policy and be regularly involved in a referral and communication role. And, of course, any Board member is encouraged to always be alert to policy needs.

Writing Policy

The Superintendent or the Superintendent’s designate is normally the individual who translates the policy concept into policy language for consideration by the Board. The Wisconsin School Board Association, as well as legal counsel, assists in the writing of policy.

Role of the Policy Committee & Full Board

The Board Policy Committee meets approximately 4-5 times a year to review policy development. Once the committee has approved policy; it goes to the full Board of Education. The full Board initially hears a first read of a policy at a regular scheduled meeting. The full Board takes action on the proposal at a second meeting.

Approval of Policy

After approval by the Board of Education, the policy is officially published in the Board of Education Policy Manual, which is available to all electronically on line.

School Board Policies

100: Board of Education

School District Mission

111 Goals

GOALS

Each student will apply and demonstrate proficiency in technology skills identified for his/her level in the district technology standards.

Throughout the educational experience, each student will seek opportunities and participate in meaningful activities that demonstrate an understanding and acceptance of individual differences.

Each student will demonstrate continuous individual growth in a comprehensive educational experience.

Throughout the educational experience, each student will understand, select, and achieve, an ongoing healthy lifestyle.

Each student will be able to communicate effectively, resolve conflicts, and work cooperatively.

Each student will participate actively, and demonstrate individual responsibility in school, community, nation, and the world through ethical behavior and service to others.

STRATEGIES

We will develop additional instructional strategies that will enhance and support the goals and vision of the School District of Menomonee Falls.

We will develop district-wide technology standards and provide the tools to implement these standards for each student.

We will continuously assess and update all curricular to address future skill needs, including but not limited to problem solving, ethics, and technology integration.

We will expand ongoing staff development activities which emphasize teaching and learning strategies that promote individualized instruction and support all newly developed curriculum.

We will develop and implement a comprehensive communication and marketing program that promotes quality relationships and fulfills the mission and goals of the strategic plan as it relates to students, parents, staff, administration and community.

We will implement a comprehensive plan to educate students about choosing healthy lifestyles.

Approved: March 13, 1995

Revised: January 10, 2005

112 Non Discrimination

NONDISCRIMINATION

The District is committed and dedicated to providing the best educational opportunities for every child for as long as the student can benefit from attendance and the student's conduct is compatible with the welfare of the entire student body.

The right of the student to be admitted to school and to participate fully in curricular, extracurricular, student services, recreational or other programs or activities shall not be abridged or impaired on the basis of sex, race, color, national origin, religion, ancestry, creed, pregnancy, marital or parental status, sexual orientation, or physical, mental, emotional, or learning disability or handicap in education programs or activities; and provides equal access to the Boy Scouts and other designated youth groups. If any person, including a student, feels there has been a discriminatory situation in regard to any of the above named classes or in violation of Title IX, Section 504, or Title ADA, please contact:

The building administrator or the Director of Pupil Services, Kathy Young, at District Office located at W156 N8480 Pilgrim Road, Menomonee Falls, WI 53051, by phone at 262-255- 8440, or by email at younkat@sdmfschools.org

Participation in some extra-curricular programs may be based upon performance criteria and/or the skill development of a participant.

Notice of this policy and its accompanying complaint procedures shall be published at the beginning of each school year and posted on the District website. In addition, a student nondiscrimination statement shall be included in student and staff handbooks, course selection handbooks and other published materials distributed to the public describing school activities and opportunities.

The District does not discriminate in employment, program opportunities, or delivery of services. If any person, including an employee, feels there has been a discriminatory situation related to staff or employment, please contact:

The Director of Human Resources, Cari Brust, at District Office located at W156 N8480 Pilgrim Road, Menomonee Falls, WI 53015, by phone at 262-255-8440 or by email at bruscar@sdmfschools.org.

WI Statute, 118.13 WI Stats. 111.21

Cross Reference:

Procedure 112, Equal Educational Opportunities, Discrimination Complaint Procedures Policy and Procedure 411, Equal Educational Opportunities Policy 511, Equal Opportunity Employment Policy 512 Sexual Harassment of Employees Prohibited

Approved: December 18, 1995

Revised: October 27, 2008

Revised: June 12, 2017

Procedure

EQUAL EDUCATIONAL OPPORTUNITIES DISCRIMINATION COMPLAINT PROCEDURES

If any person believes that the District or any part of the school organization has inadequately applied the principles and/or regulations of Title VI, Title IX Section 504, or applicable federal and state statutes and regulations or in some way discriminates on the basis of sex, race, color, national origin, religion, ancestry, creed, pregnancy, marital or parental status, sexual orientation, or physical, mental, emotional, or learning disability or handicap in education programs or activities; and provides equal access to the Boy Scouts and other designated youth groups, he/she may bring forward a complaint to:

The Director of Pupil Services, Kathy Young, at District Office located at W156 N8480 Pilgrim Road, Menomonee Falls, Wisconsin, 53015, by phone at 262-255-8440, or by email at younkat@sdmfschools.org

Any student, parent, guardian, or other citizen who believes a student has been subject to discrimination shall file a complaint following the outlined procedure. INFORMAL PROCEDURE Any student, employee, parent, guardian, or other citizen who has a complaint of student discrimination as outlined in above in policy 411 and prohibited by state and federal statutes, including Title IV of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, Title IX of the Educational Amendments of 1972, Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 and Wis. Stats. 118.3 shall promptly discuss the complaint with the principal. If the complaint involves the principal, the student, employee, parent, guardian, or citizen shall discuss it with the Director of Pupil Services.

FORMAL COMPLAINT PROCEDURE

Step 1 If the individual complaint originator is not satisfied with the outcome of the informal procedure, a written complaint shall be submitted to the same principal or Director of Pupil Services with whom the complaint was originally discussed, within five (5) school days. The complaint should describe the facts of the situation in as much detail as possible. All parties involved in the allegations of discrimination shall be notified of such allegations. The principal or Director of Pupil Services shall deliver a written answer to the complaint originator, and the other parties involved in a prompt and timely manner, within 30 days after reviewing the compliant unless the parties agree to an extension of time.

Step 2 If the complaint originator is not satisfied with the disposition made in Step 1, a written complaint will be submitted to the Superintendent/designee within five (5) school days after the receipt of the written answer provided in Step 1. The Superintendent/designee shall arrange a meeting to discuss the complaint in a prompt and timely manner. The meeting will be conducted with the complaint originator and an impartial third party who may be the Superintendent/designee. All parties involved in allegations of discrimination shall be notified in writing of the date and procedure for hearing the complaint. The meeting procedure will provide for the orderly presentation of evidence related to all points of view involved in the allegations of discrimination. The Superintendent/designee shall give a written answer to the complaint originator in a prompt and timely manner after the meeting.

Timeline: The District shall provide a written acknowledgement within 45 days of receipt of written complaint in Step 3 and a determination of the complaint within 90 days of receipt of the complaint unless the parties agree to an extension of time.

Step 3 If the complaint originator is not satisfied with the disposition made in Step 2, the complaint originator shall file a written complaint, by certified mail, return receipt requested, to the Clerk of the Board within five (5) school days after the written answer is provided in Step 2. The Board of Education shall consider the complaint at the soonest appropriate meeting at which time the complaint originator shall have the right to present his/her position to the Board. The Board shall advise the complaint originator in writing by certified mail, return receipt requested, of the action taken with regard to the complaint in a prompt and timely manner. The written response will include the action(s) decided upon by the Board ranging from denial of the complaint to the possible initiation of corrective and/or remedial measures taken on the discrimination identified through the complaint procedure.

Step 4 Should the originator of the complaint be dissatisfied with the Board’s decision, he/she may within thirty (30) days appeal the decision in writing to the State Superintendent of Public Instruction, Equal Educational Opportunity Office, P.O. Box 7841, Madison, WI 53707.

OTHER EQUAL EDUCATIONAL OPPORTUNITIES DISCRIMINATION COMPLAINT PROCEDURES

Complaint Procedure-Special Education

Discrimination complaints relating to the identification, evaluation, education placement or the provision of a free appropriate public education of a child with a disability will be processed in 3 accordance with established appeal procedures outlined by Department of Public Instruction and Individuals with Disabilities Education Act.

Complaint Procedure-Federal Program

Discrimination complaints relating to programs specifically governed by federal law or regulation shall be referred directly to the: State Superintendent PO Box 7841 Madison, WI 53707-7841 608-266-1771 0r Office of Civil Rights/Chicago US Department of Education Citigroup Center 500 W. Madison St. Suite 1475 Chicago, IL 60661 312-730-1560

MAINTENANCE OF GRIEVANCE RECORDS

The coordinator (Title VI, Title IX and Section 504), Director of Pupil Services, shall keep records of all formal and informal complaints for the purpose of documenting compliance and past practices. The records will include information on all levels of the complaint and any appeals. The records should include:

1. The name of the grievant or complainant and his/her title or status.

2. The date the grievance was filed.

3. The specific allegation made and any corrective action requested by the grievant.

4. The name(s) of the respondent(s).

5. The levels of processing followed, and the resolution, date and decision making authority at each level.

6. A summary of dates and evidence presented by each party involved.

7. A statement of the final resolution and the nature and date(s) of any corrective or remedial action taken.

Cross Reference: Policy 112, Policy 512 Sexual Harassment of Employees Prohibited

Revised: October 27, 2008

Revised: June 12, 2017


113 Philosophy

PHILOSOPHY BELIEFS

We Believe That:

  • All students can learn.
  • Students learn at different rates and in different ways.
  • Learning is a lifelong process.
  • Teaching how to learn is as important as teaching what to learn.
  • A highly qualified, dedicated staff is essential to the delivery of a comprehensive curriculum.
  • High expectations challenge individuals to reach their highest potential.
  • Learning requires a safe and trusting environment for all.
  • Respect for self and others is necessary for social and emotional growth.
  • Educating students is a cooperative effort involving family, school and community.
  • Embracing individual and cultural differences enriches the lives of all.
  • Our global community depends upon education to develop ethical, literate, productive, and contributing citizens.

MISSION STATEMENT

In partnership with family and community, the School District of Menomonee Falls provides the best personalized and comprehensive education so our students will be prepared for, and positively contribute to, a profoundly different future.

VISION STATEMENT

The School District of Menomonee Falls continuously pursues excellence one student at a time.

Approved: March 13, 1995

Revised: January 10, 2005

114 Continuous Quality Improvement

CONTINUOUS QUALITY IMPROVEMENT

The Board of Education requires the utilization of continuous quality improvement at all levels of the organization that enhances our ability to consistently meet or exceed stakeholder requirements. Continuous quality improvement efforts will make use of a preventative and proactive problem solving approach that benefits our students. Systemic, systematic, and sustainable continuous improvement efforts ensure that all District students receive the highest possible standard of learning that prepares each graduate for a successful workplace or post-high school learning experience. The Board believes that commitment to continuous quality improvement also increases the confidence of existing District stakeholders who are investing in an organization that is of a high standard and one that provides quality services for students and the community.

The Board believes in continuous quality improvement practices that involve and progressively increase value to all stakeholders. The Superintendent shall develop and maintain processes that engage stakeholder participation and provide access to information in a variety of ways. Such processes will facilitate and encourage feedback on quality issues from District stakeholders.

Across the organization, the District leadership, teachers, and other staff shall regularly identify improvement opportunities, monitor and document progress, make necessary adjustments, and manage all strategic and operational risks. The Superintendent shall implement progress reviews for both short cycle and long-term quality accountability measures. Progress updates will be scheduled throughout each year.

The Board is committed to providing staff with access to appropriate quality training and development that ensures staff will sustain and enhance their skills and competencies. Staff is expected to learn quality improvement principles and actively embed District quality improvement strategies into their daily practice. This is a personal responsibility, a mindset, originating from the District’s culture and values.

Approved: April 23, 2014

School District Legal Status

121 School District Legal Status

SCHOOL DISTRICT LEGAL STATUS

The official legal name of this District is the School District of Menomonee Falls, Joint School District No. 1, Villages of Menomonee Falls, Butler and Lannon. The District is classified as a common school district and is organized on a 4K- 12 basis. The instructional program is divided into the following division:

  • Elementary (PreK through Grade 5)
  • Middle (Grades 6, 7 & 8)
  • Secondary (Grades 9 through 12)

The Board of Education may authorize the Superintendent to establish other special classrooms or programs, as necessary.

Approved: March 11, 1991

Revised: April 6, 1995

Revised: October 22, 2012

School Board Legal Status

130: Operation of the District

OPERATION OF THE DISTRICT

The legal basis for public education in the District is vested in the will of the people as expressed in the Wisconsin Constitution. Public education is primarily a State responsibility and a local School District's function. The Board of Education will operate the District's schools in accordance with the Constitution of the State and the various sections of the State Statutes, whether specifically itemized here or not and in accordance with the policy provisions herein.

Approved: March 11, 1991

Revised: October 22, 2012

130.1: Board of Education as a Governing Body

BOARD OF EDUCATION AS A GOVERNING BODY

The Board of the District is the governing body of the schools, established and deriving power and authority from the Constitution and Statutes of the State. Legal authority is granted only to the Board as a whole. Individually, the member has no legal authority except that which is explicitly delegated by an official action of the Board.

Approved: March 11, 1991

Revised: October 22, 2012

130.2: Board of Education as State Officers

BOARD OF EDUCATION AS A GOVERNING BODY

The Board of the District is the governing body of the schools, established and deriving power and authority from the Constitution and Statutes of the State. Legal authority is granted only to the Board as a whole. Individually, the member has no legal authority except that which is explicitly delegated by an official action of the Board.

Approved: March 11, 1991

Revised: October 22, 2012

131: Board of Education Elections

BOARD OF EDUCATION ELECTIONS

The Board shall be elected at the general election held on the first Tuesday in April of each year, following the procedure outlined for such elections by the State statutes. Board members shall be elected at large by a plurality vote of the electors of the District. Two members of the seven-member Board shall be elected each year and every third year three members shall be elected. The term of office for newly elected Board member shall commence on the fourth Monday in April. Before taking office, Board members must sign an oath of office administered by the District Clerk.

Wis. Stats. 120.01(2), 120.02(3), 120.06(4)

Approved: March 11, 1991

Revised: January 14, 2013

131.1: Board of Education Member Qualifications

BOARD OF EDUCATION MEMBER QUALIFICATIONS

Any citizen of the United States who is an eligible District elector shall be eligible for Board candidacy. The Board shall consist of seven members each elected at large for a term of three years and in accordance with State law. The number of Board members and election procedures may be changed from time to time.

Wis. Stats. 120.01(2), 120.02(3), Chapter 6.02 (1-2)

Approved: March 11, 1991

Revised: November 12, 2012

131.2 Official Oath of School Board Member

BOARD OF EDUCATION MEMBER OATH OF OFFICE

All persons elected to the Board shall execute and file the official oath.

Wis. Stats. 19.01 Cross Reference – Procedure 131.2

Approved: March 11, 1991

Revised: October 22, 2012

132 Board of Education Member Resignation or Removal from Office

BOARD OF EDUCATION MEMBER RESIGNATION/REMOVAL FROM OFFICE

Board member resignations should be made in writing to the Board President and/or Superintendent. A resignation will become effective upon the date specified in the letter of resignation or, if no date is specified, upon delivery of the letter of resignation to the Board President and/or Superintendent. The Board President shall be responsible for notifying the Board of the resignation. When a Board member ceases to be a resident of the District, or remains absent from the District for a period exceeding sixty days, his/her Board member seat shall be considered vacant. Whenever a vacancy occurs and for whatever the reason that results in such a vacancy (Statute 17.03 and 17.035) on the Board, such a vacancy will be filled according to State Statutes.

Wis. Stats. 17.26, 9.10 (1-2), 120.05(3), 17.03, 17.035

Approved: March 11, 1991

Revised: October 27, 2014

133 Filling Board of Education Vacancies

FILLING BOARD OF EDUCATION VACANCIES

In the event a vacancy occurs on the Board, the remaining members of the Board shall have the authority to fill the vacancy by appointment.

1. The Superintendent/designee shall give public notice of the vacancy. Any qualified elector of the District, (as described in Policy 131.1, Board of Education Member Qualifications), may contact the Superintendent’s office to express an interest in filing an application for Declaration of Intent. Applications will be accepted by the Superintendent’s office for the open position for a period of 20 calendar days from the date of the position’s opening. If no applications are received, the Superintendent/designee shall extend the public notice of the vacancy and accept applications using 10 calendar day increments, as necessary, until a qualified elector(s) files an application for Declaration of Intent.

2. At the next Board meeting, the Board shall consider all applicants and vote on the appointment in open session. All candidates shall be given an opportunity to make a statement on behalf of their candidacy and to explain their purpose in seeking a position on the Board. The Board may ask questions of one or more of the candidates.

3. At the discretion of the Board President, voting on the candidates may be done by roll call, voice vote, or signed written ballot. A majority vote by the Board members present at the meeting shall be required for all appointments to the Board.

4. As long as the meeting(s) is within 60 calendar days from the position vacancy and if a majority vote to appoint an elector candidate is not successful or if the candidate who did obtain a majority vote by the Board refuses the appointment, the Board shall reconsider the candidates from the same elector candidate pool until a candidate is selected using the following process:

a. Based on the results of the first round of voting, Candidates with less than 2 votes shall be eliminated for further consideration, unless all candidates receive 1 vote. The remaining candidate(s) will remain as candidates for further consideration by the Board.

b. The Board may ask questions of one or more of the remaining candidates.

c. The Board shall vote a second time to select a candidate.

d. Candidates with less than 2 votes shall be eliminated for further consideration, unless all candidates receive 1 vote. The remaining candidate(s) will remain as candidates for further consideration by the Board.

e. This same elimination voting process will continue until a candidate is selected by the Board.

f. If the Board remains deadlocked on two candidates, then votes on previous rounds in the following sequence will be used to attempt breaking the deadlock:

i. Total votes candidates accumulated on all previous rounds with the highest total being the candidate chosen.

ii. Votes received on each single round working backwards from the most recent to determine if one candidate received a higher vote total in that round.

g. If the Board President/designee determines that the Board appears deadlocked and is unable to select a majority candidate, she/he may make use of a random selection process to determine an appointed candidate from the remaining candidates. The random selection process used will be to place the names of all qualified nominations into a container and the Clerk/designee shall select a non-biased member of the electorate to pick out a name(s), equaling the number of vacant seats to be filled. Any nominee selected as a result of the random process is thereby selected to fill the vacancy.

5. The Clerk shall administer the Oath of Office to the successful candidate. The new Board Member shall then be seated.

After 60 Days From the Date of Vacancy

If, for any reason, the vacancy is still unfilled after 60 days from the date of vacancy the process indicated above will be repeated (beginning at step 1) at Board meetings until either the vacancy is filled or there are fewer than 60 days before a duly-elected successor will take office in the vacant seat(s) or there are fewer than 60 days before elections and there are not a sufficient number of candidates that have filed their candidacy by the deadline (and will appear on the ballot) for the upcoming April election that would fill all available vacancies.

The appointment will not be for the entire unexpired term, but only until a successor is elected and takes office under State Statute 120.06(4) and State Statute 120.42(2). Per State Statute 17.26, “Each appointee shall hold office until a successor is elected and takes office under 120.06 (4) or 120.42 (2). When a vacancy occurs in the office of a board member who is in the last year of his or her term, or when a vacancy occurs after the spring election but on or before the last Tuesday in November in the office of a board member who is not in the last year of his or her term, the successor shall be elected at the next spring election. When a vacancy occurs after the last Tuesday in November and on or before the date of the next spring election in the office of a Board member who is not in the last year of his or her term, the successor shall be elected at the second subsequent spring election.”

WI Statutes: 17.26, 120.06(4), 120.42(2), WI Act 63, WI Act 79

Policy 131.1, Board of Education Member Qualifications

Approved: March 11, 1991

Revised: January 28, 2013

Revised and Effective: June 27, 2016

Officers, Auxiliary Personnel of the District

141 Officers of the Board of Education

OFFICERS OF THE BOARD OF EDUCATION

Annually, on or within 30 days of the 4th Monday in April, the Board shall elect a Board president, Board vice president, Board clerk, and Board treasurer from among its members.

Election will be by voice vote unless a roll call or secret ballot is requested by any Board members. Nominations will be made from the Board and a nominee must receive a majority vote. Should no nominee receive a majority vote, the election will be declared null and void. Additional nominations may then be made and the vote will be retaken.

Should an office become vacant between organizational meetings, the office will be filled in the same manner as above.

Legal Reference: Sections 19.88, 120.05, 120.17, 120.06 Wis. Stats.

Approved: March 11, 1991

Revised: May 9, 2005

Revised: October 22, 2012

141.1 Duties of Officers of the Board of Education

DUTIES OF OFFICERS OF THE BOARD OF EDUCATION - PRESIDENT

President of the Board:

A. To preside at all meetings of the Board.

B. To decide all questions of parliamentary order, subject to an appeal by any Board member.

C. To appoint Board committees, unless otherwise provided.

D. To sign all documents on behalf of the Board and countersign all warrants drawn upon the treasury, except as otherwise provided.

E. To have the right, as other members of the Board, to offer resolutions, to discuss questions and to vote thereon.

F. To defend on behalf of the District all actions brought against it and prosecute, when authorized by the Annual Meeting of the Board, actions brought by the District.

G. To assure that minutes of the meeting are properly recorded, approved and signed.

H. To call special meetings as provided by State law.

I. To perform other duties as prescribed by State law.

Wis.Stat. 120.15

Approved: March 11, 1991

Revised: January 14, 2013

141.2 Vice President of the Board of Education

DUTIES OF OFFICERS OF THE BOARD OF EDUCATION- VICE PRESIDENT

A. To preside, in the absence of the president, at Board meetings as prescribed by the State law.

B. To perform other duties as prescribed by

State law. Wis. Stats. 120.05(1)(a))(c), 120.l5

Approved: March 11, 1991

Revised: October 22, 2012

141.3 Clerk of the Board of Education

DUTIES OF OFFICERS OF THE BOARD OF EDUCATION -CLERK

A. To record the proceedings of the District meetings and regular and special Board meetings.

B. To be responsible for the care and custody of the record book of the Board, including all reports, communications, and documents relating to the business of the Board or belonging to the Board.

C. To notify each Board member, in writing, of each Board meeting.

D. To sign documents on behalf of the District as required by State law and/or the Board.

E. To furnish each teacher with a copy of the individual contract between him/her and the Board.

F. To countersign all warrants drawn upon the treasury, except as otherwise provided.

G. To perform such other duties as prescribed by the State law.

Wis. Stats. 120.05(1)(a)(c), 120.17

Approved: March 11, 1991

Revised: October 22, 2012

141.4 Treasurer of the Board of Education

DUTIES OF OFFICERS OF THE BOARD OF EDUCATION - TREASURER

A. To be the custodian of all District funds and securities. The Treasurer shall be provided with Employee Dishonesty/Theft insurance coverage with the amount to be set and the cost to be paid by the Board.

B. To receive and deposit promptly, in the official designated District depository(s), all monies paid to the District.

C. To keep a record of the receipt of said monies and present an account of said monies at the Annual Meeting.

D. To sign check in payment of lawfully incurred and properly approved expenditures.

E. To perform such other duties as may be prescribed by State law.

Wis. Stats. 120.05(1)(a)(c), 120.16

Approved: March 11, 1991

Revised: November 12, 2012

142 Board of Education Attorney

BOARD OF EDUCATION ATTORNEY

The Board may appoint an attorney to act as legal counsel for the Board and the administration. He/She shall be available to give legal advice on all District matters.

Approved: March 11, 1991

Revised: November 26, 2012

143 Consultants to the Board of Education

CONSULTANTS TO THE BOARD OF EDUCATION

The Board may designate other consultants to serve for specific purposes in District operations.

Approved: March 11, 1991

Revised: November 26, 2012

School Board Governance

151 Board of Education Employment

BOARD OF EDUCATION EMPLOYMENT FUNCTIONS

The Board is a policy making body authorized to employ a Superintendent and other personnel to implement the policy decisions it makes and to hold those employees accountable for their functions through the Office of the Superintendent.

WI Statutes: 118.24

Approved: March 11, 1991

Revised: November 26, 2012

151.1 Administration in Policy Absence

ADMINISTRATION IN POLICY ABSENCE

In cases where emergency action must be taken and the Board of Education has provided no policy guidelines, the Superintendent shall have the authority to act. His/Her decisions shall be reported to the Board at its next meeting. It shall be the duty of the Superintendent to inform the Board promptly of such action and the need for a policy.

Approved: March 11, 1991

Revised: November 26, 2012

151.2 Changes in Board of Education Policies

CHANGES IN BOARD OF EDUCATION POLICIES

Any changes, additions or deletions of Board of Education policies will be in the form of resolutions to be enacted during Board meetings subsequent to the meeting during which the resolution is presented.

Approved: March 11, 1991

151.3 Board Policy Adoption & Review

Board Policy Adoption and Review

In accordance with its primary responsibility as elected representatives of the citizens of the District, the Board of Education shall ensure the effective and efficient operation of the District by establishing policies. Policies adopted by the Board shall reflect the District’s direct relationship with and responsibility to State and federal laws and its delegation of specific authority to the Superintendent. At least every five (5) years, policies shall be reviewed by the Board Policy Committee and revised or reconfirmed by the Board.

By definition, a policy will be a statement of principle and/or practice established and approved by the Board to direct the decisions of the Board and the Superintendent in order that continuous educational and administrative leadership will be exercised.

The implementation and interpretation of District policy shall be the responsibility of the Superintendent. The Superintendent shall develop administrative procedures, which, by definition, will delineate the intent and interpretation of policy statements and cause policy decisions of the Board to become operational principles of the District. Policy and administrative procedure development will govern the following general areas of District operation:

1. Board Operations

2. Administration

3. Instruction

4. Students

5. Personnel

6. Fiscal Management

7. Support Services

8. School Community Relations

9. Facilities Development

Policies may be proposed for adoption by a member of the Board or the Superintendent; and, through the Superintendent by members of the school staff. The public may propose policies for adoption by the Board through the Board Policy Committee or through the proper committee administrative liaison.

At the discretion of a Board committee chairperson, new or existing policies relevant to the work of a particular Board committee may be proposed by that particular committee prior to the eventual review by the Board Policy Committee. Any proposed changes to a policy resulting from the work of other Board committees will be forwarded to the Board Policy Committee.

All policies will be adopted or deleted by a majority vote of the Board after no less than two (2) presentations to the Board, during a Board meeting.

Legal References: None

Adopted:

151.4 Board Policy Administrative Procedures Adoption & Review

Board Policy Administrative Procedures Adoption and Review

The Board of Education shall delegate to the Superintendent/designee the process of formulating administrative procedures under which Board policies will be implemented and the schools will be operated. These administrative procedures will constitute the administrative regulations governing the schools and will be in conformance with Board policies and applicable statutes.

Administrative procedures will be reviewed, revised as needed, and reconfirmed by the Superintendent/designee during the same review cycles that Board policies are reviewed, revised as needed, and reconfirmed by the Board Policy Committee and Board. As needed, administrative procedures may be revised more frequently than these policy review cycles. Dates of periodic revisions and review cycle reconfirmations will be noted at the bottom of each administrative procedure.

The Superintendent/designee shall inform the Board Policy Committee and the Board of revisions to administrative procedures for informational purposes only. While these review processes are delegated to the Superintendent/designee, the Board Policy Committee and/or Board may, by exception, request that an administrative procedure of interest becomes an agenda item for Board Policy Committee and/or Board discussion and/or recommended action.

Legal References: None

Adopted:

152 Evaluation of Board of Education Operations

EVALUATION OF BOARD OF EDUCATION OPERATIONS

The Board of Education and the Superintendent will develop a procedure for annual evaluation of Board of Education operations.

Cross Reference: Procedure 152

Approved: March 11, 1991

153 Board of Education-Administration Relations

BOARD OF EDUCATION - ADMINISTRATOR RELATIONS

The implementation of policy is a function of the Superintendent. The Board delegates executive powers to the Superintendent so that he/she may manage the schools within the Board's policies, thus permitting the Board to devote its time to policymaking and evaluation.

The Board shall hold the Superintendent responsible for carrying out its policies within established guidelines and for keeping the Board informed about school operations.

Individual members of the Board cannot act for the Board in any matter unless officially delegated by the Board with the authority to do so. Members shall refrain from involving themselves in administrative matters.

The Superintendent may delegate responsibility and the authority necessary for the operation of the schools to other designated officials who are serving in an administrative capacity.

Wis. Stats. 118.24, 120.12, 120.13

Approved: March 11, 1991

Revised: November 26, 2012

154 Board of Education Powers and Duties

BOARD OF EDUCATION POWERS AND DUTIES

The Board has two major functions: policymaking and evaluation.

Policymaking determines what will be done, establishes guides for the accomplishment, delegates authority for the implementation, and provides the financial means for the achievement of such objectives.

Evaluation is a study of facts and conditions to determine such items as:

  • efficiency and operation of the school system;
  • effectiveness of the educational program and activities in relation to the District's educational philosophy and goals.

The Board shall represent and act for the State in providing the District with the educational programs and facilities required or permitted by law and shall further perform the specific duties imposed upon the Board by the State statutes.

Wis. Stats. 120.12, 120.13

Approved: March 11, 1991

Revised: November 26, 2012

Board Members

161 Board of Education Member Authority

BOARD OF EDUCATION MEMBER AUTHORITY

All business of the Board will be transacted at legally constituted meetings of the Board. No Board member shall have the power to act in the name of the full Board outside of a legal Board meeting, except when empowered through Board appointment to carry out a special task.

Any Board member who receives a complaint from a parent, staff member or citizen regarding any District matter shall refer it through established channels for study and resolution. Individual Board members shall not personally investigate a complaint, nor respond to a complaint until it has been thoroughly reviewed by the administration.

Approved: March 11, 1991

Revised: January 14, 2013

162 New Board of Education Member Orientation

NEW BOARD OF EDUCATION MEMBER ORIENTATION

Every effort shall be made to inform new Board members regarding functions, policies, procedures and concerns of the Board.

The Superintendent shall provide new Board members with:

A information relating to Board member powers and duties.

B. materials pertinent to meetings.

C. copy of the Board policy manual.

D. job descriptions of District personnel.

E. tour of facilities.

F. any other information deemed necessary.

Approved: March 11, 1991

Revised: January 14, 2013

163 Professional Development for the Board of Education

PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT FOR THE BOARD OF EDUCATION

The Board encourages the participation of its members at appropriate conferences, conventions, seminars and workshops. The District shall pay attendance fees and reimburse for travel outside the District and other necessary expenses in accordance with established procedures and as approved by the Board President.

Annually, the Board shall select one of its members to represent the Board at the Wisconsin Association of School Board Delegate Assembly.

Wis. Stats. 120.10(4)

Approved: March 11, 1991

Revised: October 27, 2014

164 Board of Education Compensation

BOARD OF EDUCATION COMPENSATION

Board member salaries shall be set at the Annual School District meeting by the electorate. Compensation will be established in the following categories: President, Vice-President, Clerk, Treasurer, Members.

Board members shall be paid for actual and necessary expenses when traveling in the performance of their duties, including mileage at the established District rate.

Approved: March 11, 1991.

Revised: November 9, 1998

Set at Annual Meeting: August 14, 2008

Revised: January 14, 2013

Procedure

BOARD OF EDUCATION COMPENSATION (PROCEDURE)

Board member salaries shall be set at the Annual School District meeting by the electorate.

The annual salary for Board members is:

A. President $5,500 per year

B. Vice President $5,000 per year

C. Clerk $5,000 per year

D. Treasurer $5,000 per year

E. Members $5,000 per year

Approved: March 11, 1991.

Revised: November 9, 1998

Set at Annual Meeting: August 14, 2008

Revised: January 14, 2013

165 Board of Education Code of Ethics

BOARD OF EDUCATION CODE OF ETHICS AND CONDUCT

As representatives of the citizens of the District, Board members are responsible for serving the best interests of the community and students. The Oath of Office requires Board members to uphold the laws and Constitutions of the United States and the State. Board members shall govern with the highest standards of ethical behavior with emphasis on the District vision rather than on interpersonal issues of the Board; encourage diversity of viewpoints; focus on strategic leadership rather than administrative detail; observe clear distinction between Board and Superintendent roles; make collective rather than individual decisions; exhibit and encourage forward thinking; and govern proactively rather than reactively. In order to best do this, each Board member shall:

1) Honor all national, State, and local laws and regulations.

a) Comply with open meeting laws.

b) Adhere to meeting agendas for open and closed sessions.

c) Recognize that a Board member, individually, has no legal authority and the decisions can be made only by a majority vote at Board meetings.

d) Develop sound and transparent financial accountability.

2) Encourage the open-minded exchange of ideas and opinions in a conscientious, courteous manner between fellow Board members, district personnel, and community members.

a) Strive to maintain harmonious working relationships with fellow Board members by accepting majority decisions graciously, stifling personal interests, assisting others to work effectively, and using tact in areas of disagreement.

b) Represent all District constituents honestly and equally.

c) Adhere to Parliamentary procedure.

d) Support the Board President’s efforts to facilitate an orderly meeting.

3) Model integrity in all matters and to be upright in the performance of duties and responsibilities as a Board member.

a) Abide by majority decision of the Board, while retaining the right to seek changes in such decisions, through ethical and constructive channels.

b) Avoid all conflicts of interest.

c) Declare a conflict of interest when one exists.

d) Vote on all issues unless a conflict exists.

e) Maintain positive role model behaviors.

f) Refrain from conducting Board business outside of posted meetings.

g) Avoid using the positions of member of the Board for personal gain or publicity.

h) Refuse to surrender responsibilities to special interest groups.

i) Maintain confidentiality of privileged communication.

j) Participate in Board development activities.

k) Enter the Board meetings with an open mind and listen to everyone’s opinion.

l) Establish and maintain a high level of honesty, credibility, and truthfulness in all matters dealt with by the Board.

m) Refrain from any personal attacks during public meetings. Board members shall treat each other and all persons with a high level of professional courtesy.

4) Demonstrate accountability for guiding and supporting the policy decision-making process that impacts students, District personnel, Board members, and the community.

a) Attend all meetings and be prepared at those meetings to discuss and act on issues before the Board.

b) Encourage the development of procedures for the regular and systematic evaluation of programs, staff performance, and Board operations.

c) Develop effective Board policies providing direction for the operation of the schools and delegating authority to the Superintendent for their administration.

d) Be prepared and ask questions for clarification.

e) Request information, as necessary.

f) Ensure that all Board members have the benefit of each other’s opinions through public discussions of issues prior to voting.

g) Support decisions that are already made.

h) Avoid micromanaging District operations.

i) Make decisions based on factual information.

j) Adhere to professional Board decorum.

k) Become involved and knowledgeable about local, State and national education concerns and issues.

l) Encourage the development of educational programs which meet the individual needs of every student, regardless of ability, race, sex, creed, or social standing.

m) Communicate District activities and community aspirations between the Board, administration, staff, students, and the community.

Restoration of Intra-Board Decorum Using Robert’s Rules™

The presiding officer has the power to rule a Board member “out of order” at a meeting, and to warn that continuing the behavior may lead to a motion for censure/penalty (or, in truly very extreme cases, even calls to law enforcement is permissible if conduct becomes so disorderly that it prevents the Board from conducting its meeting).

According to Robert’s Rules™, the following process may be used at a Board meeting to maintain an orderly meeting:

1. The presiding officer may issue an informal warning/reminder of expectations for decorum.

2. For relatively more serious breaches without a warning the presiding officer may formally “call the member to order” by saying “the member is out of order due to [insert conduct]” .

3. After calling the member “out of order”, if the offending member had the floor and was speaking when he/she committed the violation for at least a third (3rd) time, the chair puts the following question to the entire board, “Shall the member be permitted to continue speaking?” The Board votes on the question without discussion/debate. If the remainder of the board votes, “No”, the member no longer has the floor and is not permitted to continue speaking.

4. The next is for the chair to consider having the disorderly words used by the member specifically recorded (written down) by the individual taking minutes, and the chair may require that the minutes specifically reflect that the offender and offense have been “named”. “Mr/Ms. X, the chair has repeatedly directed you to refrain from offensive personal references when speaking at this meeting. The chair has ruled you out of order (insert the number of times) and the Board has decided that you shall not be permitted to continue speaking, yet you continue to attempt to speak. At this time, I am directing that the minutes reflect your offenses and your specific disorderly statements.”

5. At that point, the presiding officer may ask the Board to determine a “penalty”—continued lack of recognition to speak until the individual agrees to avoid violations of decorum, a censure vote, etc.

6. The absolute final step would be a board decision to contact law enforcement and request that law enforcement consider citing the individual (note: This step may have substantial public relations ramifications and involve other considerations as well, so it is not an action to take lightly.)

Appeal

All appeals by the offending member(s) should follow the procedures outlined in Robert’s Rules,

Enforcement

The chair needs shall enforce the rules even-handedly—identifying/correcting violations of decorum even by normally very well-behaved members who cross the line in the heat of the moment.

Removal of Board Members From Office or Meetings

Removal is not a power that a Board can exercise against one of its members. Only the electors can exercise the power of recall under Chapter. 9.10 of the State statutes and courts have the power of removal from office as further detailed in Chapter 17.13 of the State statutes. The Board shall have the power to replace their own officers (President, Vice President, etc.), but that will not affect the Board member’s right to hold their office as a Board member. Under section 19.89 of the State statutes, the Board does not have the power to exclude a Board member from a Board meeting.

Reference: Chapter 9.10 Chapter 17.13 WI Stats. 19.89

Approved: March 11, 1991

Revised: January 28, 2013

Revised: January 11, 2016

165.1 Nepotism

NEPOTISM

Employment by the District of a relative of a Board of Education member, Superintendent, or administrator may cause inappropriate conflicts between the personal interests and the public responsibilities of such officials. However, with appropriate controls such employment offers the District the benefits of the job-related skills, experience and qualifications of such individuals. Moreover, such individuals should not be excluded unnecessarily from employment opportunities for which they are qualified. In an effort to balance and harmonize such considerations, the Board adopts the following process:

Board members, the Superintendent, and administrators may not participate in the initial employment by the District of a member of their immediate families, supervise and evaluate such family member’s work, make any decisions involving such family member’s employment status including hiring, retention promotion, evaluation or compensation determination, or improperly try to influence others to extend special preferences or privileges to such relatives. In addition, Board members, the Superintendent, and administrators may not participate in any manner in any aspect of employment policies which includes an immediate family member.

For the purpose of this policy, “immediate family” means:

(1) parent, son, daughter, sister, brother, brother-in-law, sister-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, step-relatives and/or grandchild;

(2) the current spouse or domestic partner of a Board member, the Superintendent, and administrators or a former spouse to whom such official owes continuing financial obligations;

(3) a person for whom the Board member, the Superintendent, or administrator provides, directly or indirectly, substantial financial support, or from whom the Board member, the Superintendent, or administrator receives, directly or indirectly, substantial financial support.

Should a District employee be called upon to participate in a decision to hire, retain, promote, evaluate, or determine the salary of a person related to him or her, the employee shall refrain from participating in such decision and shall instead delegate his or her decision making authority regarding that person to the District Administrator or his or her designee. If the applicant is related to an administrator, the decisions referenced above will be deferred to either another administrator or the District Administrator.

In addition to the specific prohibitions of this policy, a Board member, the Superintendent, administrators and all District employees shall be sensitive to any appearance of impropriety in their actions affecting any relative employed by the District and shall exercise good judgment and discretion in all such actions. Wis. Stats. 19.59, 946.13, 111.345 Approved: April 5, 2004 Revised: March 23, 2015

166 Board Member Use of Electronic Mail

BOARD MEMBER USE OF ELECTRONIC MAIL

Electronic mail (e-mail) and computer transmissions by members of the District under some circumstances may be considered a meeting under the Wisconsin Open Meeting Law.

Therefore, subject to applicable Board policies, e-mail will be used by the Board only for the purpose of communicating the following matters:

1. Messages between Board members or between Board members and employees that do not involve an interactive exchange of opinion constituting discussion, deliberation, or decision-making on subjects within the realm of the Board’s authority;

2. Possible meeting agenda items between the Superintendent and the President;

3. A Board meeting agenda or public record information concerning items on the agenda;

4. Requests for public record information pertaining to District operations;

5. Responses to questions posed by members of the public, administrators or school staff;

6. Times, dates and places of regular or special Board meetings.

Under no circumstances shall Board members use e-mail to discuss among themselves Board business that can only be discussed in an open meeting of the Board, as part of an executive session, or could be considered an invasion of privacy if the message were to be monitored by another party.

The transmittal of an e-mail message can occur in “almost” real-time, thus approximating the delivery of information in a face-to-face meeting of the Board. It is possible that a quorum of the Board may receive a specific message and, therefore, receive information about a subject within the Board’s jurisdiction. According to the State Attorney General, this is a violation of the Open Meetings Law.

Avoiding the law, when communicating by e-mail, is complicated by the concept of a “walking quorum.” A walking quorum is a series of gatherings, usually informal, among separate groups of a governmental body, with each gathering less than quorum size. The members agree through mutual representations, tacitly or explicitly, to act and vote uniformly in sufficient number to reach a quorum. This produces a predetermined outcome, thus rendering the publicly held meeting a mere formality. Sending e-mail soliciting opinions is an example of this type of problem.

It is best to avoid any e-mail exchanges among Board members that includes information touching on subject matter falling within the authority vested in the Board.

As it relates to the protection of privacy of information, email exchanges between Board members and District employees regarding a Board member’s child will be treated as all other communications between any parent and a District employee. Release of such information will be in accordance with State and Federal privacy laws.

Board members shall be provided with an e-mail account on the District’s file server. These accounts will be managed and archived by the District, who will act as the legal custodian of such records on behalf of Board members as allowed by law. Official e-mail communications to Board members will be sent to the members’ account on the District file server. Replies to e-mail messages by Board members are expected to be made via the District’s e-mail system, which allows the District to archive the return message. In order to comply with the Public Records Law, senders and receivers of e-mail that utilize the District’s communication system shall do so with the understanding that there can be no expectation of privacy for any messages sent or received. In addition, messages that have been deleted from such an individual’s mailbox may still be accessible on the District’s system. Accordingly, unless an exemption applies, such e-mail messages deleted or otherwise, may be subject to disclosure under the Public Records Law. Therefore, there should be no expectation of privacy for any messages sent by electronic mail.

Board members shall use their District e-mail account for all school related business. Board members who use a private e-mail account for official business, or who receive e-mail messages at private e-mail addresses related to official business, shall immediately forward any such e-mail messages to their District e-mail account. Board members who choose not to forward and reply to messages via the District e-mail server accept personal responsibility for compliance with Wisconsin’s Public Records Law. Board members who receive e-mail through a private e-mail account for official business are expected to respond to the e-mail message with the following standard response:

“In order to ensure compliance with Wisconsin’s Public Records Law and Wisconsin’s Open Meetings Law, all Board business must be conducted through the District’s server. Please re-route your e-mail to me at the following e-mail address: __________.”

Legal References: Wisconsin Statutes: 19.31, 19.32(2), 19.82(2) Cross Ref: E-mail Archiving and Retention Policy Number 825 Computer, Internal Network, Electronic Mail and Internet Safety Policy Number 343 and 528

Approved: March 14, 2005

Revised: March 25, 2013

Board Meetings

171 Regular Board of Education Meetings

REGULAR BOARD OF EDUCATION MEETINGS

At the first meeting of the Board after the spring election, the Board shall establish regular meeting dates and set the place and starting time of such meeting.

The time and/or date of any regularly scheduled Board meeting may be changed provided it is done at a previous regular meeting by a majority vote of the Board members.

Regular and/or special meetings may be adjourned, at the direction of the Board President, to a specific date and time for consideration of unfinished business.

All regular meetings of the Board, with the exception of executive sessions, will be open to the public. In the absence of the President of the Board, the Vice President shall preside as chairperson and call the meeting to order.

In the absence of both the President and the Vice President of the Board, the Clerk shall preside, and in the absence of all three of the above mentioned officers the Treasurer shall preside as chairperson.

Public notice shall be given for all Board meetings in accordance with State law.

Wis. Stats. 19.84, 19.85

Approved: March 11, 1991

Revised: April 14, 2008

Revised: January 28, 2013

171.1 Notification of Board of Education Meetings

NOTIFICATION OF BOARD OF EDUCATION MEETINGS

Notice of all regular Board and Committee meetings will be provided to the designated newspaper, posted on the district website, and will be posted at designated locations throughout the District in accordance with State law.

Board meeting notices may also be given to the news media and persons upon written request.

Wis. Stats. 120.11

Approved: March 11, 1991

Revised: January 28, 2013

171.2 Agenda Preparation and Distribution

AGENDA PREPARATION AND DISTRIBUTION

The Superintendent, in consultation with the Board of Education President, shall prepare all agendas according to established procedures for meetings of the Board.

Items of business may be suggested by any Board member, staff member, or citizen of the District. The inclusion of these items as regular agenda items shall be based upon time restrictions and the interests of the District.

The Board shall follow the order of business set up by the agenda unless altered by a majority vote of the members present. Items of business not on the agenda may be discussed and acted upon if such discussion and action may be legally undertaken.

The agenda, together with supporting materials, shall be distributed to Board members prior to a meeting of the Board, so as to permit members to give items of business careful consideration.

Wis. Stats. 19.84

Approved: March 11, 1991

Revised and approved: February 13, 1995

Revised: February 28, 1995

Revised: March 14, 2005

Revised: January 28, 2013

171.3 Agenda Format

AGENDA FORMAT

In preparation for Board meetings, the Superintendent, in consultation with the Board President, shall prepare an agenda.

The agenda shall be delivered to all members of the Board at least forty-eight (48) hours before the time of the meeting enabling Board member to carefully consider all items on the agenda.

Individual Board members who desire to have items placed on the agenda shall inform the Superintendent or the Board President.

Approved: March 11, 1991.

Revised: November 9, 1998

Revised: April 5, 2004

Revised: March 14, 2005

Revised: January 28, 2013

171.4 Board of Education Meetings

BOARD OF EDUCATION MEETINGS

Meetings of the Board, whether regular or special, will be open to the public.

Notice will be given to the public in accordance with State law.

Wis. Stats. 19.84, 19.58

Approved: March 11, 1991

Revised: January 28, 2013

172 Special Meetings

SPECIAL MEETINGS

A special Board of Education meeting shall be held upon the written request of any Board member. The request by the Board member shall be filed with the Clerk, or in the Clerk's absence, the President.

Board members shall be notified in writing at least twenty-four hours prior to the meeting of the time and place of the special Board meeting by the Superintendent. No other business will be transacted at a special meeting except as specified in the notice of such meetings.

A. Special meetings will be called by written notice served upon each member of the Board personally or by mail at least twenty-four (24) hours before such meeting. Such notice will contain a statement of the business for which the meeting is called, the time and place for said meeting.

B. A special Board meeting may be held, without prior notice, if all Board members are present and consent, or if every Board member consents in writing even though he/she does not attend.

C. Public notice will be given for such meetings in accordance with State law.

Wis. Stats. 19.84, 19.85, 120.11 (2)

Approved: March 11, 1991

Revised: January 28, 2013

173 Executive Session

EXECUTIVE SESSION

In accordance with State Law, the Board may go into executive session (no formal action may be taken) to:

A. Deliberate on any judicial or quasi-judicial trial or hearing.

B. Consider the dismissal, demotion, licensing, or disciplining of any District employee provided the employee is given notice of any evidentiary hearing which may be held prior to final action being taken and of the meeting at which final action may be taken. The notice will contain a statement that the employee has the right to demand that the evidentiary hearing or meeting be held in open session.

C. Consider the employment, promotion, compensation, or performance evaluation data of any District employee.

D. Consider specific applications or probation or parole or consider strategy for crime detection or prevention.

E. Deliberate or negotiate the purchase of public property, the investment of public funds, or conduct other public business, which for competitive or bargaining reasons, requires a closed session.

F. Consider financial, medical, social or personal histories or disciplinary data for specific persons, preliminary consideration of specific personnel problems, or the investigation of charges against specific persons except where paragraph two (2) applies, which, if discussed in public, could have a substantial adverse effect upon the reputation of any person referred to in such histories or data, or involved in such problems or investigations.

G. Confer with legal counsel for the Board, or one of its committees, who is rendering oral or written advice concerning strategy to be adopted by the Board with respect to litigation in which it is or is likely to become involved.

H. Consider requests for confidential written advice from the ethics board under State law, or from any local government ethics board. Public notice will be given for such meetings in accordance with State law.

Wis. Stats. 19.85

Approved: March 11, 1991

Revised: January 28, 2013

174 Board of Education Organizational Meetings

BOARD OF EDUCATION ORGANIZATIONAL MEETINGS

Workshop sessions of the Board may be called as if they were special meetings of the Board. Such sessions, however, do not require a quorum of the members of the Board to be present and the purpose of such sessions will be fact finding, deliberative and advisory, but never legislative or administrative.

Public notice may also be given for such workshop sessions in accordance with State law.

Wis. Stats. 19.84, 19.85

Approved: March 11, 1991

Revised: January 28, 2013

175 Annual School District Meeting

ANNUAL SCHOOL DISTRICT MEETING

An Annual Meeting of the District will be held on a date and at a time and location determined and scheduled by the Board of Education.

Such meetings will include a financial review of the previous year, approval of management and disposal of District property, approval of Board salaries, and approval of the amount needed to be raised by the local tax levy.

In addition, other matters permitted under State law may be considered for action. An agenda will be developed and public notice of the meeting will be given in a timely manner, as required by law.

References: Section 120.08, 120.10 Wisconsin Statutes

Approved: March 11, 1991

Revised: March 25, 2013

Procedure

ANNUAL SCHOOL DISTRICT MEETING

I. Subjects of the Annual Meeting The Wisconsin Statutes enumerate specific powers that the Wisconsin Legislature has delegated to the electors at the Annual Meeting. The Wisconsin Statutes specifically articulate that electors at an Annual Meeting may consider and vote on the following subjects: Electing a chairperson for the Annual Meeting, and, in the absence of the school district clerk, a clerk for the Annual Meeting Establishing annual salaries for School Board members Authorizing the payment of actual and necessary expenses of a Board member when in the performance of their duties Designating sites for school district buildings Providing for the erection of suitable buildings, or for the leasing of suitable buildings Authorizing the School Board to acquire real estate and structures Authorizing the School Board to lease property to any person Authorizing the sale of any property belonging to, and not needed by the school district Establishing a levy upon the taxable property of the school district for the purpose of defraying the operation and maintenance of the public school. This amount supports the general fund, capital project fund, debt services fund, and the recreation/community education service fund.

II. Agenda for the Annual Meeting The following shall be the established agenda for the Annual School District Meeting:

A. Call the meeting to Order – by the Board of Education President

B. Review of the Agenda and the Rules of the Annual Meeting – Board of Education President

C. Nominating and selection of a Chairperson of the Annual Meeting

D. Review of the past school year and recognition by the School District of individuals and groups who support the School District of Menomonee Falls

E. Treasurer’s Report – By the Finance Committee Chair

F. Approval of the Management and Disposal of School District property

G. Approval of School Board members annual salaries and authorization to reimburse Board members for travel/expenses while in performance of Board duties

H. Tax Levy Resolution

I. Other Annual Meeting actions within the powers of the Annual Meeting

J. Authorize the Board of Education to set a date for the next year’s Annual Meeting

III. Parliamentarian The Board of Education may select a parliamentarian for the Annual Meeting. The parliamentarian will provide advice to the Board, and specifically the Chairperson of the meeting, about questions or disputes which arise over the interpretation of Statutes, rules of the Annual Meeting, voting, or meeting member conduct. The Parliamentarian will be the Legal Counsel of the School District of Menomonee Falls, if available.

IV. Chairperson for the Annual Meeting The Chairperson of the Annual Meeting is nominated and approved by the electorate present at the Annual Meeting. The Chairperson nominated and selected must be a resident of Menomonee Falls for at least ten days, a United States citizen, and at least 18 years old. The Chairperson must use Robert’s Rules of Order as the official guide to the Annual Meeting’s proceedings.

V. Rules of the Annual Meeting

A. Separate accommodations and seating for residents and non-residents will be designated at the Annual Meeting.

B. Only residents can vote at the meeting. A resident is determined by the following: A resident of Menomonee Falls for at least ten days, a US citizen, and at least eighteen (18) years of age.

C. Robert’s Rules of Order should be the meeting’s authority.

D. The Order of Business shall be the official agenda as printed.

E. Individuals making a motion or desiring to speak must be recognized by the chairperson by the raising of arms. When recognized by the chair, the individual should move to the podium, state their name and address, prior to establishing their comments.

F. Voting during the Annual Meeting will be conducted in the following manner:

1. A voice vote. If not determinative

2. A show of hands

3. If the chair orders, or if there is a call for a Division of the House, then ballots will be used.

G. Only district residents may make and second motions, speak, and vote. H. The time limit of individual residents addressing the Board of Education will be three (3) minutes.

I. No speaker may speak again until all residents, who have desired to speak, address the Board of Education. J. No speakers may speak more than twice on the same motion

Approved: February 14, 2011

Operating Procedures

181 Rules of Order

RULES OF ORDER

Parliamentary procedures will be followed to the extent of a formal motion, second, discussion, and voice vote, unless a roll call vote is required by law or is requested, of each item of business and at such other times as considered necessary by the President. Parliamentary procedures not provided for by these rules will be determined by "Roberts Rules of Order".

Approved: March 11, 1991

Revised: March 25, 2013

183 Voting Method

VOTING METHOD

Voting at Board of Education meetings will normally be by voice vote, unless a roll call vote is required by law or requested. A roll call vote may be requested by the President or any member of the Board.

A majority of all votes cast at a duly constituted meeting is necessary for the transaction of Board business. The President shall have a vote just as other Board members.

Unless the State statutes specifically provide otherwise, secret ballots may be taken only to select Board officers.

Wis. Stats. 19.88

Approved: March 11, 1991

Revised: March 25, 2013

184 Transaction of Business

TRANSACTION OF BUSINESS

Official business of the Board of Education may be transacted only at regular meetings of the Board, or at special meetings as provided in Policy 171, Regular Board of Education Meetings.

All of the Board’s official actions shall be recorded by the Clerk and will be set forth in full in the minute’s book of the Board. The minute’s book will be kept on file as the permanent official record of school legislation in the District.

Abbreviated minutes of all regular and special meetings of the Board will be published in the officially designated area newspaper and in accordance with State law. All Board meetings, with the exception of executive sessions, are open to the public.

Any District resident desiring to address the Board may do so at the proper time allotted in the agenda, as determined by the Board President/designee. Prior to the District resident being recognized to speak by the Board President/designee, the District resident shall complete a Request to Speak form and submit the completed form to the Board President/designee.

Three (3) minutes will be allotted to a speaker.

Wis. Stats. 19.84(1)(b)

Policy 171, Regular Board of Education Meetings, Speaker Form exhibit

Approved: March 11, 1991

Revised: March 25, 2013

Revised: September 26, 2016

185 Committees of the Board of Education

COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD OF EDUCATION

A. The Board shall function as a committee of the whole, except for the following standing committees:

1. Personnel

2. Finance and Auxiliary Services

3. Curriculum and Learning

4. Policy

5. Communications

The President may, by a majority vote of the Board, appoint special Board and/or lay advisory committees. These special committees shall dissolve upon the completion of their specific assignments.

1. The functions of committees of the Board will be fact finding, deliberative, and advisory, but never legislative or administrative except when specifically granted the power to act by a vote of the Board.

2. The Superintendent/designee shall be an advisory member of all Board committees.

B. Public notice will be given for all Board committee meetings in accordance with State law.

Wis. Stats. 19.84, 19.85

Approved: March 11, 1991

Revised: January 10, 2005

Revised: March 25, 2013

Revised: August 14, 2017

Procedure

Personnel

PERSONNEL COMMITTEE

Composition of Committee - three (3) members of the Board of Education appointed by the President of the Board, who will also appoint the Chairperson. Meetings - At the call of the Chairperson. Functions and duties -

1. Employment relations procedures (collective bargaining).

2. Schedule periodic meetings with the Superintendent relative to general matters concerning personnel of the District.

3. Develop policies and/or procedures for dealing with all personnel matters.

4. Annually review with the Superintendent of Schools all personnel who are not members of recognized bargaining units.

5. Initiate policies, procedures and/or programs, which address fiscal and interpersonal relations of the personnel of the District.

6. The Committee shall make periodic reports, and where appropriate, recommend courses of action to the Board of Education.

Finance & Auxiliary Services

FINANCE AND AUXILIARY SERVICES COMMITTEE

Composition of Committee - three (3) members of the Board of Education appointed by the President of the Board, who will also appoint the Chairperson. Meetings - twice monthly on the second and fourth Mondays. Additional meetings at the call of the chairperson.

Functions and duties -

1. Oversee the financial responsibilities of the School District of Menomonee Falls.

2. Annually review the Business Service Department operating manual after approval by the Superintendent of Schools.

3. Review all bids pertaining to the borrowing and investment of funds.

4. Review the schedules of vouchers payable as prepared by the Business Department prior to payment.

5. Review the status of the budget as the year progresses, both as a whole and in detail.

6. Periodically prepare a report when and if it becomes apparent that actual receipts and/or expenditures will materially exceed or are less than the budgeted amounts which have been approved by the Board of Education.

7. Periodically inspect and evaluate facilities.

8. Review requests for maintenance, repair and additional equipment.

9. Review and approve all regular and emergency bids for equipment purchases and maintenance of facility contracts.

10. Periodically review the use of facilities by non-school groups and evaluate the fee schedules for facility usage.

11. Periodically counsel with the Personnel Committee relative to collective bargaining with the maintenance and custodial union.

12. Explore plans and establish guidelines for the use of those buildings or parts thereof which may not currently be utilized by the District.

13. The Committee shall make periodic reports, and where appropriate, recommend courses of action to the Board of Education.

Curriculum & Learning

CURRICULUM AND LEARNING

Composition of Committee - three (3) members of the Board of Education appointed by the President of the Board, who will also appoint the Chairperson. Meetings - At the call of the Chairperson.

Functions and duties -

1. Evaluate, study and discuss recommendations of the Administrative staff regarding proposed curriculum changes, modification in curricular and the instructional program.

2. Review and evaluate the goals of the instructional program.

3. Review and evaluate with the Administrative staff, Board of Education and community concerns with respect to the instructional program.

4. The Committee shall make periodic reports, and where appropriate, recommend courses of action to the Board.

Policy

POLICY COMMITTEE

Composition of Committee - three (3) members of the Board of Education appointed by the President of the Board, who will also appoint the Chairperson. Meetings - At the call of the Chairperson.

Functions and duties -

1. Review existing Board policies and determine compliance with Federal and State Statutes.

2. Periodically update Board policies to match educational practice and district needs.

3. On advice of WASB – Wisconsin Association of School Boards, create new policies that reflect State law and Wisconsin Department of Education directives.

Communications

COMMUNICATIONS

Composition of Committee - three (3) members of the Board of Education appointed by the President of the Board, who will also appoint the Chairperson. Meetings - At the call of the Chairperson.

Functions and duties -

1. Review communications plan

2. Periodically update Board policies to match communication best practices and district needs.

3. Review print products and other projects that have significant impact in the community.

200: Administration

Superintendent of Schools

222 Superintendent of Schools

SUPERINTENDENT OF SCHOOLS

Role of the Superintendent The role of the Superintendent is to provide educational leadership for implementing the mission, vision and values of the District, and the continuous improvement of teaching and learning. The Superintendent may delegate responsibility and authority for the operation of the various functions of the District to members of the staff. However, the Superintendent is directly and irrevocably responsible to the Board of Education for all functions of the District, including but not limited to, evaluation, planning, reporting, personnel, programs, budgeting, public relations and policy development, implementation and compliance.

Appointment of the Superintendent

The Superintendent shall be recruited by the Board and shall be employed by the Board. The term of each employment contract may not exceed two (2) years.

Qualifications of the Superintendent

A. The Superintendent must have completed and/or possess:

1. Eligibility to hold a Wisconsin license to teach.

2. A minimum of three (3) years of successful teaching experience.

3. A minimum of a master's degree, with a doctorate preferred.

B. The Superintendent shall meet all the certification requirements of the State of Wisconsin Department of Public Instruction.

Functions and Responsibilities of the Superintendent

The functions and responsibilities of the Superintendent are identified in the job description as set forth in Board Policy Procedures 222.1, Superintendent Job Description.

Evaluation Procedure for the Superintendent

The goals, purpose and procedures for the evaluation of the Superintendent are set forth in Board Policy Procedures 222.2, Superintendent Evaluation.

Approved: May 11, 1992

Revised: July 9, 2007

Revised: August 12, 2013

222.1 Superintendent Job Description

Procedure

Superintendent Job Description

Standard 1: LEADERSHIP AND DISTRICT CULTURE

This standard stresses the superintendent’s performance in leadership through empowering others, visioning, helping shape school culture and climate and understanding multi-cultural and ethnic differences.

Performance Indicators:

1.1 Facilitate a community process to develop and implement a shared vision that focuses on improving student achievement.

1.2 Promote academic rigor that focuses on learning and excellence for schools

1.3 Create and support a community of learners that empowers others to reach high levels of performance to achieve the school’s vision

1.4 Promote empowerment and ownership of district initiatives through proper delegation of authority to administrative staff

1.5 Articulate performance standards and expectations for students and staff

1.6 Model lifelong learning for staff and students

1.7 Promote understanding and celebrating school/community cultures

1.8 Promote and expect a school based climate of tolerance, acceptance and civility

1.9 Develop, implement, promote and monitor continuous improvement processes

Standard 2: POLICY AND GOVERNANCE

This standard stresses working with the board to formulate internal and external district policy, defining mutual expectations of performance with the board and demonstrating good school governance to staff, students and the community at large.

Performance Indicators:

2.1 Understand and articulate the system of public school governance and differentiate between policy making and administrative roles

2.2 Establish procedures for effective superintendent/board interpersonal and working relationships

2.3 Understand and interpret the role of federal, state and regional governments, policies, and politics and their relationships to local districts and schools

2.4 Use legal counsel and other appropriate resources in governance and procedures to avoid civil and criminal liabilities

Standard 3: COMMUNICATIONS AND COMMUNITY RELATIONS

This standard emphasizes the skills necessary to establish effective two-way communications not only with students, staff and parents, but the community as a whole including beneficial relationships with the media. It also stresses responding to community feedback and building community support for the district.

Performance Indicators:

3.1 Develop formal and informal techniques to gain external perceptions and develop understanding of district

3.2 Demonstrate effective communication skills (written, verbal and non-verbal contexts, formal and informal settings, large and small group and one-on-one environments)

3.3 Promote involvement of all stakeholders to fully participate in the process of schooling

3.4 Establish effective school/community relations, school/business partnerships and public service

3.5 Understand the role of media in shaping and forming opinions as well as how to work with the media

Standard 4: ORGANIZATIONAL MANAGEMENT

This standard requires the superintendent to gather and analyze data for decision making and for making recommendations to the board. It stresses the skills necessary to meet internal and external customer expectations and to effectively allocate resources. Performance Indicators:

4.1 Demonstrate budget management including financial forecasting, planning, cash flow management, account auditing and monitoring and alignment with district goals

4.2 Develop and monitor long range plans for school and district technology and information systems making informed decisions about resources and needs

4.3 Plan for and provide necessary school district facilities and develop a process that builds internal and public support for facility needs, including bond issues

4.4 Establish procedures and practices for dealing with emergencies such as weather, threats to the school, student violence and trauma

4.5 Provide for appropriate safety and security in schools

4.6 Assure compliance with all applicable state and federal requirements

Standard 5: CURRICULUM PLANNING DEVELOPMENT

This standard addresses instructional content and tests the superintendent’s skills in keeping current with the latest designs in curriculum, teaching, learning and testing theories. It requires the superintendent to recommend the use of electronics and other learning technologies as needed.

Performance Indicators:

5.1 Develop core curriculum design and delivery system based on content and assessment standards and best practices

5.2 Establish curriculum planning to anticipate occupational trends and school-to-career needs

5.3 Use child development and learning theories to improve the process to create developmentally appropriate curriculum and instruction

5.4 Include the use of computers, the Internet, networking and other technologies in educational programming

5.5 Assess student progress using a variety of appropriate techniques

5.6 Involve faculty and stakeholders in enhancement and renewal of curriculum to ensure alignment of curriculum, instruction and assessment

Standard 6: INSTRUCTIONAL LEADERSHIP

This standard emphasizes instructional practices. It emphasizes the skills required to ensure that the most effective teaching techniques are in place and that all instructional resources are used to maximize student achievement. This standard also centers on applying research and best practices in all areas of instruction.

Performance Indicators:

6.1 Collaboratively develop, implement and monitor change process to improve student and adult learning

6.2 Formulate plan to assess appropriate teaching methods, classroom management and strategies for all learners

6.3 Analyze available instructional resources including applications of technology and assign them in cost effective and equitable manner to enhance student outcomes

6.4 Establish instructional strategies to include cultural diversity and differences in learning styles

6.5 Apply effective methods of providing, monitoring, evaluating and reporting student achievement and using good research and assessments to improve the learning process

6.6 Encourage various staffing patterns, student grouping plans, class scheduling plans, school organizational structures, and facilities design processes to support various teaching strategies and desired student outcomes

6.7 Inform and involve parents/guardians in student learning

Standard 7: HUMAN RESOURCES MANAGEMENT

This performance standard requires skills in developing and implementing a staff performance evaluation system. It also requires skills in applying ethical, contractual and legal requirements for personnel selection, development, retention, promotion and dismissal.

Performance Indicators:

7.1 Demonstrate use of system and staff evaluation data for personnel policies, decision making and promotion of student achievement, career growth and professional development

7.2 Identify and apply appropriate polices, criteria, and processes for the recruitment, selection, induction, compensation and separation of personnel attending to issues of equity and diversity

Standard 8: LABOR RELATIONS

This performance standard requires the superintendent to provide technical advice to the board during labor negotiations, to obtain necessary direction from the board, and/or to keep the board apprised of negotiation status. The superintendent must understand and effectively administer negotiated labor contracts and to keep abreast of legislative changes affecting the collective bargaining process.

Performance Indicators:

8.1 Develop bargaining strategies based upon district goals and collective bargaining laws and processes

8.2 Identify contract language issues and propose modifications

8.3 Participate in the collective bargaining processes as determined by the board

8.4 Establish productive relationships with bargaining groups while administering contracts effectively

Standard 9: VALUES AND ETHICS OF LEADERSHIP

This stresses the understanding and modeling of appropriate value systems, ethics and moral leadership. It also requires superintendents to exhibit multi-cultural and ethnic understanding and to coordinate with social agencies and human services to help students grow and develop as caring, informed citizens.

Performance Indicators:

9.1 Exhibit multi-cultural and ethnic understanding and sensitivity

9.2 Promote the valuable role of schooling in a democratic society

9.3 Manifest a professional code of ethics and demonstrate personal integrity

9.4 Model accepted moral and ethical standards in all interactions

9.5 Explore and develop ways to find common ground in dealing with difficult, divisive issues

9.6 Promote the value that moral and ethical practices are established and practiced in every classroom, every school, and throughout the district

Approved: July 9, 2007

222.2 Superintendent Evaluation

Procedure

Superintendent Evaluation

Selecting and evaluating the superintendent is one of the school board’s most important jobs. It is the responsibility of the school board to evaluate the performance of the superintendent. No process or form is completely objective. There will always be some subjectivity and judgment on the board’s part, but remember board members are elected to make those judgments. A high quality superintendent evaluation process helps develop good board/superintendent relationships, provides clarity of roles and expectations, creates common understanding of the leadership being provided and provides a mechanism for accountability.

The evaluation process involves the four core board governing roles:

  • Vision: Goal setting.
  • Structure: Developing a clear written evaluation plan and timeline.
  • Accountability: Measuring the superintendent’s performance.
  • Advocacy: Communication of goals and progress among the board, superintendent and community.

Performance evaluations are most effective when they are designed and used for communicating future expectations, not simply for reviewing past performance. It is impossible to meet unknown expectations. On the other hand, if the board fails to monitor progress towards its goals it will not know when they have been successfully completed.

What should be evaluated?

The superintendency is a professional position equivalent to the Chief Executive Officer in the private sector. As such, the superintendent is charged with leading and administering the organization according to the policies adopted by the school board. The purpose of evaluating the superintendent is not to micro-manage the organization, but to provide oversight and public assurance that the policies are being effectively implemented. Another critical purpose is to provide input and feedback to the superintendent in order for continuous performance improvement to occur. The evaluation process is also used to make critical decisions about contract extensions and non-extensions, as well as terminations if necessary. The evaluation process keeps the school board informed about district activities and progress being made toward goals. The superintendent can use the feedback to engage in personal professional development. A quality superintendent evaluation process is a win-win situation for the board, the superintendent and the community.

The Three-Part Evaluation

The superintendent’s evaluation is based on:

  • Job description (developed from Performance Standards established jointly by the American Association of School Administrators and the National School Boards Association)
  • Goals (established prior to the beginning of each school year by the board and superintendent – the superintendent then prepares an action plan to achieve the goals)
  • 360 Degree Evaluation (This optional activity is designed to be used by the superintendent to receive feedback, the 360 degree evaluation is administered, compiled, and reported by the superintendent. The individuals selected to give the feedback and the questions asked should be selected by the superintendent, or jointly by the superintendent and board.)

Superintendent Evaluation Timeline

June-August: Superintendent and board clarify vision, mission, and update long-range plans for the district. Goals are set for the upcoming year. Superintendent develops action plan.

January: Mid-year face-to-face verbal review with superintendent and full board in closed session.

May: Superintendent may decide to use the 360 degree evaluation, prepares questions, selects individuals to participate, distributes the forms, collects and organizes the results to be shared with the board.

Board members and superintendent are given a Superintendent Evaluation Outline to begin assessing the superintendent’s performance for the year. Board members may make notes of thoughts to share with the full board in executive session. Ideas and thoughts may also be contributed by the superintendent (in written form) for the board’s consideration in executive session.

May-June: Board members (without superintendent) meet in executive session to begin the evaluation process using the Superintendent Evaluation Outline as a discussion guide. Board president takes notes and compiles the information into the first draft evaluation.

The first draft evaluation is distributed to board members for review. Board members add written suggestions for additions, deletions or corrections and return to board president who incorporates into second draft evaluation.

Second draft evaluation is distributed to board members and superintendent for final review prior to closed session.

A closed session is held with full board and superintendent to discuss the second draft of the evaluation.

A final evaluation is prepared by the board president using all written and verbal input reflecting changes and additions discussed with the superintendent at the second closed session. This final written evaluation is signed by the superintendent and board president and placed in the superintendent’s personnel file.

June: Communication of goals and progress to the community.

Superintendent 360-Degree Evaluation (optional)

Instructions for Board and Superintendent

The 360-degree evaluation is a superintendent-led part of the evaluation process asking constituents for input leading to appropriate professional development and changes in interpersonal and administrative methods. The questions should be designed by the superintendent and the responses summarized by the superintendent. The purpose of the 360-degree evaluation is to give the superintendent information he/she might not otherwise receive from board members.

Suggested evaluators include: School board members, teachers, administrators, parents, support staff, other community members with whom the superintendent regularly interacts. Use of multiple evaluators reflects the collective wisdom of all groups who work for or with the superintendent. The evaluation provides a variety of stakeholders an opportunity to voice their understanding of how the top educational leader is performing.

Steps for the Superintendent:

Step 1: Identify questions to be asked of evaluators or the goals/competencies to be evaluated.

Suggested questions:

1. Goal __ for the superintendent and district is: (fill in goal). How has the superintendent done in leading the school district toward reaching this goal?

2. What is working well with regards to the superintendent’s role in our district? Please list specific examples.

3. What areas offer room for improvement? Please list specific examples.

4. Has the superintendent effectively communicated with members of the community this year?

5. Are community expectations of the superintendent being met?

Step 2: Select the evaluation respondents. The evaluators should represent a variety of backgrounds in all constituent groups: Administrators, teachers, staff members, school board members, parents and community members. The number of respondents should be high enough to give a fair representation of all groups. Responses should be anonymous.

Step 3: Distribute the 360-degree survey to the respondents with instructions and a date for return of the materials.

Step 4: Analyze the data from the respondents and create the final report to be shared by the superintendent with the school board.

Step 5: Develop an action plan to improve on successes and address concerns raised from the 360-degree survey responses.

Approved: July 9, 2007

Administrative Team

220 Administrative Team

ADMINISTRATIVE TEAM

Administrative Team Concept

The Board of Education believes that the most satisfactory and productive operation and management of the school program can be achieved through the administrative team concept. This provides opportunities for all administrators and supervisors to discuss problems and issues and have input in decisions that affect them. The Superintendent is the chief administrative officer for the Board and is responsible for determining the composition of the administrative team and its modification to meet future needs.

Administrators and Supervisors

The Board shall employ administrators and supervisors based on each year's basic needs, to aid in the most efficient and effective management of the K - 12 school organization. These administrators and supervisors shall perform all related tasks as assigned by the Superintendent.

Professional Development Opportunities

Administrators of the District are expected to continually improve their professional skills. The Superintendent shall supervise the professional developmental program of each administrator. The Board shall provide a budget sufficient to support appropriate professional developmental activities. Administrators shall be required to attend periodic workshops sponsored by the District to improve skills in personnel management, supervision and improvement of instruction, public relations, and other aspects of school management. Principals and other administrators are directed to attend conferences, workshops and other activities which will directly benefit the District. Expenses of tuition, board and room, and other incidental expenses will be paid by the District.

Approved: May 11, 1992

Revised: April 8, 2013

300: Instruction

General Organizational Plan

320 Organization for Instruction

ORGANIZATION FOR INSTRUCTION

The District is classified as a common school district and is instructionally organized on a 4K - 12 basis as follows:

Primary Elementary Schools: Grades 4K through 2

Intermediate Elementary Schools: Grades 3 through 5

Middle School: Grades 6, 7, and 8

High School: Grades 9, 10, 11, and 12

Approved: October 27, 1997

Revised: (2009 School Configuration Changes)

Revised: August 14, 2017

321 School Calendar

SCHOOL CALENDAR

The school calendar for the District shall be approved by the Board of Education, after consultation with the administration.

The calendar will specify the opening and closing dates of school and provide for instructional hours as required by Wisconsin Statute.

Wis. Stats. 115.01(10), 120.10, 120.13, 121.02(1)(f).

Approved: December 16, 1991

Revised: February 9, 2015

322 School Day

SCHOOL DAY

The Board of Education shall establish the schedule of the normal school day. Actual hours of the normal school day may vary according to elementary school, middle school and high school classification.

All school day schedules will be in accordance with State requirements.

Wis. Stats. 120.10, 120.13 Cross Ref Procedure 322 - School Day

Approved: October 27, 1997

Revised: February 9, 2015

Procedure

SCHOOL DAY HOURS

The school day shall consist of eight (8) hours designated by the District for each individual school between the hours of 7:15 a.m. and 4:15 p.m.All employees shall be on the duty as assigned during that period with the exception of a thirty (30) minute duty free lunch period or in the event of a catastrophe which call for emergency scheduling by the administration.


SCHOOL

STUDENT HOURS

BUILDING HOURS

(Instruction)

Elementary Schools

8:50 a.m. - 3:40 p.m.

8:00 a.m. - 4:00 p.m.

Morning Kindergarten

8:50 a.m. - 11:30 a.m.

Afternoon Kindergarten

1:00 p.m. - 3:40 p.m.




Middle School

7:58 a.m. - 3:00 p.m.

7:30 a.m. - 3:30 p.m.

Junior High School

7:20 a.m. – 2:29 p.m.

7:00 a.m. - 4:00 p.m.




High School

7:20 a.m. – 2:29 p.m.

7:00 a.m. – 4:00 p.m.

The schedule of hours for each school building shall be posted and be publicized for students, parents, citizens, and the local media.




Beginning with 2009-2010 School Year:


SCHOOL

STUDENT HOURS



Elementary Schools

8:50 a.m. – 3:40 p.m.

Morning 4K Program

8:50 a.m – 11:20 a.m.

Afternoon 4K Program

12:30 p.m. – 3:40 p.m.

Morning Kindergarten

8:50 – 11:30 a.m.



Middle School

7:35 a.m. – 2:40 p.m.



High School

8:06 a.m. – 3:15 p.m.




Wis. Stats. 121.02(1)

Approved: October 27, 1997

Updated(2009 School Configuration Changes)

325 Standards and Assessment

STANDARDS AND ASSESSMENT

In alignment with Wis. Stats. 118.30, the Board of Education supports the concept of clearly identified outcomes and assessments for students aligned to the State and the College and Career Readiness Standards. As outlined in the curriculum development process for the District (Policy 330, Curriculum Development), academic standards are identified at the district level for each grade/course and indicate what a student is expected to know and be able to do as a result of learning.

Assessments shall be administered to monitor and improve student learning, to inform instruction, and to hold schools publicly accountable for student achievement. Once graded, formal assessments or a copy shall be made available to the student and his/her parent/guardian for review upon their request. In order to maintain the confidentiality of common assessments, the District may require that a parent/guardian come to the school or other mutually arranged location for review.

Exceptions may be standardized assessments for which the District has no copyright access to the student’s work. The District's general philosophy regarding assessment is to provide multiple opportunities for teachers and students to demonstrate improved learning and accountability. The District's balanced assessment system includes various types of assessment.

1. Standardized Testing -- The District shall utilize both the required state standardized tests and ACT Aspire assessments as measures of school and district performance. State and national standardized tests will not be used to assess individual student learning. The District shall not use standardized tests as high stakes measures to label students or to make important educational decisions about individual students. State and national standardized tests may be used to evaluate educational programs and curriculum, and to set goals for educational programs, individual schools, or the entire district.

2. Diagnostic Tests -- The District shall develop and maintain a system of diagnostic tests in grades 4K-12 to assist teachers in organizing and improving instruction based upon individual student needs and achievement in alignment with Response to Intervention guidelines.

3. Summative Assessments—Summative assessments are used at the end of the learning cycle to capture students’ understandings and knowledge of key concepts and skills. The summative assessments provide a final overview of the student’s full understanding. The summative assessments can take several forms including performance tasks, end of unit or end of term exams, project-based assessments, or exhibitions.

4. Performance Exams -- Performance exams are tests given to all students based on student "performances" such as writing an essay, conducting a science experiment, or doing oral presentations which are formally evaluated. The primary performance exams used in the District are the District's writing assessments at the elementary, middle school, and high school levels. The District may also use a senior writing project to promote student learning and integrate the curriculum.

5. Formative Assessments—Formative assessments are designed to assess students’ understanding during the process of learning. Feedback with the formative assessments provides opportunities for students to improve skills and understanding. The formative assessments can be informal activities or formal activities.

6. Portfolio Based Assessment -- A portfolio is a collection of student work kept by the teacher over the course of a significant period of time. During the school year teachers and students gather work which shows student progress and achievement in various subjects especially in key areas of growth. Students are encouraged to reflect on the work selected for the portfolio. The goal of portfolios is to provide students with a series of artifacts that demonstrate growth and alignment of artifacts along a pathway toward post high school success.

The District's system of academic standards and assessment will be flexible and offer students multiple opportunities and choices for learning and demonstration of understanding.

Tests and testing situations will be nondiscriminatory on the basis of sex, race, color, national origin, religion, ancestry, creed, pregnancy, martial or parental status, sexual orientation, or physical, mental, emotional or learning disability or handicap. Discrimination complaints shall be processed in accordance with established procedures as outlined in Board policy 411, Equal Educational Opportunities.

The Superintendent/designee shall be responsible for designing and implementing a nondiscriminatory program of testing that will assist the District in conducting short cycle research on innovation, maintaining an up-to-date educational program and in evaluating pupil progress. This can be accomplished through the use of, but not limited to, diagnostic tests, normedreferenced tests, criterion referenced tests, or district achievement tests.

Testing of Students with Disabilities and English Language Learners (ELL)

The Board recognizes that students with various learning needs shall participate in the State and District wide testing. Students with disabilities and English Language Learners shall have access to the same State and District wide assessments as other students. Accommodations allowed by the Department of Public Instruction (DPI) or testing protocol which allow ELLs to fully engage in the assessments shall be determined by the team of teachers charged with providing education to the students. ELLs who are in the country less than one year will follow DPI’s guidelines for administering statewide assessments.

Accommodations allowed by the DPI or testing protocol which allow students with disabilities to fully engage in the assessment shall be determined via an Individualized Education Program (IEP). Students with disabilities will participate in alternative assessments when the IEP team determines the State wide and/or District wide assessments are not appropriate for the student. Opt-Out of State Assessments In alignment with Wis. Stats. 118.30(2)(b)3, the district will outline a procedure for opt-out of state assessments.

Approved: August 23, 1999

Revised: April 8. 2014

Revised: April 11, 2016

Revised: May 22, 2017

Reference: Wis. Stats. 118.30(1g)(a) 1, 118.301(3), 118.30(2)(b)3, 115.77(1m)(bg) Federal Regulations IDEA, Title I Cross Ref Policy 330 (Curriculum Development), Policy 411, Equal Educational Opportunities

Procedure

STANDARDS AND ASSESSMENT

Opt-Out Procedure In accordance with State Statute 118.30(2)(b)3, parents wishing to opt their child out of state required assessments may request this in grades 4, 8, 9, 10, 11 by providing a written notice to the principal of the school before or by the end of the testing window. Upon receipt of the written notice, the principal will provide acknowledgement and approve the opt-out. Written notice of the acknowledgment will be sent to the parent with a copy provided to the Director of Technology and Assessment.

Parents wishing to opt their child out of state required assessments in grades 3,5,6, 7 must provide a written notice to the principal requesting the opt-out before the beginning of the testing window. Upon receipt of the written notice, the principal will provide acknowledgement and approve or deny the request. The request may be denied if the percentage for the entire group or any subgroup of more than 20 students is already at 95% testing threshold required by state statute and federal legislation for the particular school. Written notice of the decision will be sent to the parent with a copy provided to the Director of Technology and Assessment.

Students who are granted permission to opt-out are marked as “not tested” for state purposes and are not calculated into the final achievement results but are calculated into the participation rates for the schools and district. Students with Disabilities and English Language Learners Students with disabilities and English Language Learners will follow the same opt out requirements as expected for all students.

Reference: Wis. Stats. 118.30(1g)(a) 1, 118.30(2)(b)3, 118.301(3) Federal Regulations IDEA, Title I Cross Ref Policy 330 (Curriculum Development)

330 Curriculum Development

CURRICULUM DEVELOPMENT

The goal of the curriculum development process is the improvement of student learning and achievement. The District believes in the need for systematic review and improvement of curriculum, and further believes that this should be a deliberate process of continuous study, revision, implementation, and evaluation.

The improvement of curriculum shall be guided by the District's commitment to continuous improvement and the knowledge and skills required of district students to be college and career ready. It is desirable to the extent that it is practical to involve broad representation of the school community including teachers, administrators, School Board members, community members, and, when appropriate, students in the evaluation and improvement of District curricula.

In order to receive state funding, the Board must meet the twenty education standards prescribed by the state statute under 121.02(1). The School Board recognizes the need to commit resources, both human and financial, to the curriculum evaluation and improvement process in order to be in compliance with the state education standards.

Wis. Stats. 118.01, 118.015, 121.02(1) Cross Ref. Policy 331 - Curriculum Adoption Policy 332 - Curriculum Implementation Policy 333 - Curriculum Evaluation

Approved: December 16, 1991

Revised: April 28, 2014

Procedure 1

Procedure 2

Organization and Purpose of Advisory Committees for Career and Technical Education Areas Within the District’s community there are people who have a vital interest in District programs of study that impact the Career and Technical Education areas, and who may have educational training and/or relevant experience.

Thus, it is advantageous and appropriate to include community members on the Advisory Committees for Career and Technical Education. The purpose of the advisory committees is to provide feedback on courses, lessons, activities, and projects conducted in classes as well as keep the District up to date on job trends and hot job markets within the programs of study.

Each Career and Technical Education area will organize and hold at least one advisory committee meeting each school year. Before the meetings are held, a call for participation of key community members will be communicated through district newsletters and websites so that the committee has representation across several job areas and includes higher education.

The curriculum chairs for the corresponding Career and Technical Education Departments will coordinate the advisory meetings including invitations and agenda items.

Procedure 3

CURRICULUM CHAIR ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES

It is the role of the curriculum chairs to manage and evaluate the curriculum renewal cycle for the School District. Curriculum chairs serve under the supervision of the Director of Curriculum and Learning who oversees the overall development and alignment of curriculum within the district. The team of curriculum chairs serves as the quality control group throughout the process, providing oversight and leadership to all aspects of program improvement.

Specific activities include:

  • Distributing and interpreting the curriculum evaluation and improvement cycle plan to all staff.
  • Monitoring the curriculum evaluation and improvement cycle annually, suggesting modifications and improvements to the School Board.
  • Assisting in planning in all matters related to curricular evaluation and improvement.
  • Appointing the membership of curriculum committees.
  • Leading curriculum committees in completing their tasks.
  • Periodically reviewing student performance data.

Reviewing and forwarding the following items for School Board review and/or approval:

  • The “charge for study” for all curriculum committee work.
  • The Mission Statement and Goals for all curriculums in the formative stage of committee work.
  • All proposals for updated programs in the final stages of committee work.
  • Reviewing the curriculum evaluation techniques used by the committees.
  • Acting as a communication link between the various constituencies of the system.

Procedure 4

Selection of Curriculum Resources

1. Organize a committee to include at least two faculty who have knowledge of the content of the subject, reading teacher, and library/media specialist.

2. Conduct a needs survey to determine critical elements that need to be included in the text (ebooks and resources, test bank items, full alignment with approved standards, etc).

3. Using these critical elements, create a scoring guide that can be used to judge the quality of the texts. One of the criteria needs to focus on accessibility for students with special needs (Is the material available through NIMAC files?)

4. The committee requests and reviews materials from at least three publishers.

5. The committee holds a focus group of parents and students to gain their input and feedback.

6. The committee provides teachers the opportunity to preview the material and provide feedback.

7. Based on this feedback from the focus group, the committee selects two finalists.

8. The committee works with grade level or subject area teachers to pilot at least one unit from each text series and gathers feedback from pilot teachers.

9. The committee arranges for the publishers of the selected materials to make presentations to the involved faculty.

10. The committee speaks to representatives from at least two schools that are using the materials, using a consistent set of questions.

11. The committee makes a final choice and brings recommendation to the Curriculum & Learning Committee for approval.

12. Once approval granted, materials are ordered and professional development plan is implemented for staff.

331 Curriculum Adoption

CURRICULUM ADOPTION

The Board of Education shall adopt all curriculum plans before they are utilized in the District. The Superintendent shall recommend a curriculum scope and sequence to the Board of Education when curriculum changes or additions are being proposed. Curriculum scope and sequence charts shall be designed to guide all users by providing the framework for accomplishing the goals of the discipline.

Charts should contain the following:

  • Mission Statement: the essential reason for studying this discipline
  • Goals: the major elements, standards and/or goals of the discipline
  • Course or grade level general objectives
  • Course or grade level specific objectives
  • Time lines for each major instructional objective or module

Other items identified as useful to those who will use the guides The curriculum chair team shall work with the Director of Curriculum and Learning to develop approved formats that include the above required elements.

Approved: December 16, 1991

Revised: April 8, 2014

Reference: Exhibit 331: Example of a Curriculum Scope and Sequence (Algebra)

332 Curriculum Implementation

CURRICULUM IMPLEMENTATION

Principals and the Director of Curriculum and Learning shall be responsible for implementing the District curriculum and the instructional program design.

Teachers shall implement the curriculum outlined in the curriculum guides adopted by the Board of Education.

The Board recognizes the significance of human, material, and time resources to the instructional process and to the curriculum planning and implementation. The Board shall make every effort to provide resources in the following forms: consultants, advisors, and staff leadership opportunities. The Board shall make every effort to provide the time for such things as curriculum evaluation and development; school improvement efforts; professional development activities; and summer curriculum development activities.

Decisions on use of resources will align with District goals and priorities. Financial resources for curriculum implementation provided by the Board include, but are not limited to, such things as: textbooks or other instructional materials, audio-visual materials, software, multi-media materials, library materials, supplemental materials, and instructional equipment. Requests for human, materials, and time resources for curriculum implementation that are over and above those regularly budgeted and provided for shall be forwarded to the Superintendent by the Director of Curriculum and Learning.

The Superintendent shall then review and make appropriate recommendations to the Board for their consideration. The Board shall consider recommendations based on the priorities and goals of the District.

Approved: December 16, 1991

Revised: August 25, 2014

Cross Reference: Policy 330 – Curriculum Development Policy 331 – Curriculum Adoption 121.02(1), Wis. Stats

333 Curriculum Evaluation

CURRICULUM EVALUATION

The evaluation of the instructional program will be conducted by the Superintendent or appointed designee.

Curriculum evaluation will be an integral part of maintaining excellence and improving the educational system. It is a yearly process of identifying, collecting, and analyzing information to be used in decision-making. Curriculum evaluation will be on-going throughout the curriculum development/renewal cycle, using multiple resources and data to determine effectiveness.

Cross Ref:

Policy 330, Curriculum Development Policy

332, Curriculum Implementation

121.02(1), Wis. Stats

Approved: December 16, 1991

Revised: August 25, 2014

334 Parents' Rights and the Curriculum

PARENTS' RIGHTS AND THE CURRICULUM

The Board of Education recognizes the responsibility of teachers, library/media specialists, and administrators to select books and other materials in accord with current trends in education and to make them available in the schools.

Open discussion of thought-provoking issues will be included as part of the curriculum. Through study of thought-provoking issues – political, economic, or social, youth develop abilities of critical evaluation, which is needed for responsible citizenship. The study of such issues should be objective and scholarly, without emphasis on opinion.

The District recognizes the right of parents to inspect instructional materials and to deny their child's participation in certain curricular activities in accordance with State and Federal laws and regulations. No student shall be required to read a book or view instructional materials if his/her parent/guardian has objections for moral, religious, and/or political reasons.

Whenever possible, substitute materials shall be provided. Complaints resulting from the denial of parent requests regarding the inspection of instructional materials and/or a child's exclusion from participation in certain curricular activities shall be processed in accordance with established procedures. Complaints shall be judged individually, based upon State and Federal guidelines and District policy.

Wis. Stats. 115.35, 118.01, 118.019, 118.15(1)(d) Cross Ref. Procedure 870 - Handling Parent Concerns

Approved: December 16, 1991

Revised: August 25, 2014

Curriculum Development & Improvement

341 Controversial Issues

CONTROVERSIAL ISSUES

To prepare students to be responsible citizens, it may be necessary for students to study issues which are controversial to build and promote critical thinking.

The student shall have the right to:

A. Study controversial issues, which are thought-provoking and have political, economic or social significance.

B. Have free access to all relevant information including materials dealing with community issues.

C. Study in a classroom atmosphere free from bias and prejudice.

D. Form and express his/her own opinions on thought-provoking issues without thereby jeopardizing his/her relationship with his/her teacher or his/her school.

E. Have the guidance of a teacher who:

  • is impartial and objective in his/her presentation;
  • selects materials suitable to the range, knowledge, maturity and competence of the student;
  • provides data concerning all aspects of the issue under discussion;
  • expresses opinions but informs students it is his/her opinion and not an authoritative answer; brings out the facts concerning controversial questions;
  • and treats religious, moral, and ethical values and attitudes with respect and sensitivity.

All issues discussed within the classrooms will be relevant in terms of pre-designated course content. Parents/Guardians/Students of the District shall have a right to complain to the school administration if they believe unfair and prejudiced classroom presentations are being made.

In no situation will a student be required to read printed material, see other audio-visual material, or listen to a speaker which relates to beliefs/issues/ideas that are contrary to the moral convictions of the students and/or the parents of a minor student.

The teacher who is in doubt concerning the advisability of discussing certain issues in the classroom is expected to consult with the principal. Similarly, the principal may consult with the teacher about these issues. If the teacher and principal are unable to agree, the issue may be referred to the Superintendent or his/her designee for action.

Cross Ref. Wis. Stats. 118.01, 121.02 , 118.019 (2d) Procedure 341 – Controversial Issues Policy 334 – Parents’ Rights and the Curriculum

Approved: December 16, 1991

Revised: November 10, 2014

Procedure

CONTROVERSIAL ISSUES

The building principal, with the assistance of the Director of Teaching, Learning and Assessment, shall bear a major responsibility for the administration and supervision of the curriculum. Citizens who believe unfair and prejudiced presentations are being made by a teacher may file a complaint with the building principal.

The building principal shall investigate the complaint by contacting the classroom teacher in question and shall respond to the parent. If the parent is not satisfied, a request for reconsideration may be filed, in writing, with the Superintendent.

It shall be the policy of the School District of Menomonee Falls not to discriminate on the basis of religion, race, national origin, sex, age, or handicap in educational programs, activities, or services and to comply with all requirements and regulations of the U.S. Department of Education. All students shall have an equal opportunity to participate in, and benefit from, all academic and extra-curricular activities and services.

Approved: December 16, 1991

341.1 Human Growth & Development

HUMAN GROWTH AND DEVELOPMENT INSTRUCTION

The District shall provide instructional opportunities for students in human growth and development. The program shall include information and instruction appropriate to each grade level and the age and level of maturity of the pupils.

Annually, prior to commencement of Human Growth and Development, the Board of Education shall provide the parent(s)/guardian(s) of each student enrolled in the District with an outline of the human growth and development curriculum used in the student's grade level and information on how the parent/guardian may inspect the complete curriculum and instructional materials.

The human growth and development curriculum and instructional materials shall be available upon request for inspection at any time.

No student shall be required to take courses or participate in units of the human growth and development curriculum if his/her parent(s)/guardian(s) file a written request for exemption with the principal.

An advisory committee shall be appointed to develop the human growth and development curriculum and to advise the Board on the design, review and implementation of such curriculum.

The committee shall consist of parents, teachers, administrators, students, health care professionals, members of the clergy and other District residents. The human growth and development curriculum shall be evaluated at least every three years by the appointed advisory committee. A written report of such evaluation shall be filed with the Department of Public Instruction.

Cross Ref: Wis. Stats. 118.019

Approved: March 14, 1994

Revised: November 10, 2014

341.72 Holiday Music

HOLIDAY MUSIC

Much of the inspiration for the world's greatest artists and composers had its basis in religion. The study of their works does not imply or require acceptance of the composer's religious beliefs. Music teachers are expected to seek a balance of musical selections from different cultures and provide instruction in music that can be appreciated by a diverse community.

Religious music is not prohibited, but children are not required to participate in these music activities if an objection is raised. Activities, such as singing holiday songs, should be presented in an educational context, including information on the history and cultural traditions associated with the songs.

Activities should be developed based on the assumption of cultural pluralism rather than on the assumption that all share similar religious beliefs or have similar knowledge or cultural traditions. The opportunity for student performance is an important part of the District’s music curriculum.

Some of these opportunities will be at functions (i.e., winter parties or singing in the malls) primarily inspired by religious holidays. Though these performances are acceptable, they should be balanced with performances for purely secular activities.

Revised: March 12, 2007

Revised: November 10, 2014

342 Special Education Programs

SPECIAL EDUCATION PROGRAMS

In recognizing its responsibility to provide appropriate education for all children of the District, the Board of Education shall provide free and appropriate programs for children with disabilities.

The following student disabilities shall receive individualized services through special education:

A. Autism

B. Cognitive disability

C. Emotional behavioral disability

D. Specific learning disability

E. Orthopedic impairment

F. Other health impairment

G. Speech or language impairment

H. Hearing impairment

I. Visual Impairment

J. Traumatic brain injury

K. Significant developmental delay

L. Any combination of the above.

The District shall ensure that all supportive and related services, including assistive technology, necessary to help an individual child benefit from special education will be provided. Students with disabilities enrolled by their parents in private and parochial schools in the District may participate in District special education programs in accordance with State and Federal laws.

All District special education services, including placement, provided to students with disabilities shall be determined by an Individualized Education Program IEP team and shall operate under the direction and supervision of the Director of Pupil Services and shall be in accordance with State and Federal laws. (IEP) teams shall be established to evaluate students and review individual special educational needs. Parents and adult students with disabilities shall be afforded due process rights as outlined by Individuals with Disability Education Act (IDEA) and Wisconsin Statutes.

The District shall complete all special education report forms and District plans as required by the Department of Public Instruction.

Federal Statute, I.D.E.A., 34 CFR 300, Part B Chapter 115 Subchapter V.,

Wis. Stats. 118.13, 121.78(3)

Cross Ref. Procedures 342, 411 Discrimination Complaint Procedures Special Education

Handbook Approved: December 16, 1991

Revised: February 25, 2002

Revised: March 12, 2007

Revised: May 13, 2013

342.1 Gifted & Talented

GIFTED AND TALENTED PROGRAM

The Board of Education supports efforts to provide systematic and appropriate instructional programming personalized for each student 4K through 12th grade including students identified with gifted and talented capabilities.

Gifted and talented education will be established to provide continuity in appropriate programming options for students who give evidence or have potential of high performance capability in one or more of five areas: general intelligence, specific academic subject area(s), creativity, leadership, visual or performing arts. Students’ capabilities will be identified for gifted and talented services using multiple criteria in accordance with District procedural guidelines.

These guidelines are aligned with Wisconsin State Statute 121.02(1)(t), and the Wisconsin Department of Public Instruction’s recommendations for gifted and talented education. Gifted and talented programs shall be under the direction of the Director of Curriculum and Learning. Programs for gifted and talented students may include part-time and cluster groupings which shall be planned and organized as an integrated, differentiated learning experience within the regular school day.

These programs may be augmented or supplemented with other differentiated activities related to the core curriculum using such strategies as independent study, acceleration, postsecondary education, and enrichment.

The Superintendent/designee shall ensure the full participation of eligible students regardless of their ethnic, cultural, linguistic, or economic background. Staff development will be provided to support teachers of gifted and talented students in understanding the unique learning styles and abilities of these students and in developing appropriate instructional strategies.

The Board shall regularly evaluate the effectiveness of the district's program in meeting the needs of gifted and talented students. The Superintendent/designee shall appoint an advisory committee to support Gifted and Talented Student Programs and to assist in program planning, implementation, and evaluation. The advisory committee will include the program coordinator, parents/guardians, staff, community members, and students as appropriate.

Cross Ref. Wis. Stats. 118.35(1), 118.35(3), 121.02(1)(t) Procedure 342.1 Gifted and Talented Policy 342.15 Student Acceleration Policy 342.2 Homebound Instruction

Approved: December 16, 1991

Revised: June 27, 2005

Revised: September 27, 2010

Revised: January 26, 2015

Procedure

GIFTED AND TALENTED PROGRAM

Gifted/Talented Identification Students with exceptional aptitude or ability in an academic, intellectual, artistic, creative or leadership area shall be identified in order to provide appropriate educational experiences. Appropriate identification is the first step in a comprehensive model of service for gifted and talented students. Screening for students in grades K-12 will take place in an ongoing effort to identify students as their talents and needs arise. When students are found who show possible characteristics of giftedness, the district identification process will be followed.

This process will be facilitated by the coordinator of gifted and talented services and may include the following as consideration for identification:

1. Narrative—a written descriptor by an educator or parent explaining and documenting a student’s continual high development of achievement or ability.

2. Survey—a survey tool appropriate to the domain of giftedness will be completed by an educator and/or parent to collect data needed in determining if the tool indicates an equivalency of the 97th percentile or above in relation to the nationally normed data of the tool.

3. Product/Performance—Superior examples of student work documented by any of the following means: writing, photography, video, or other technology. The gifted and talented teacher in conjunction with appropriate specialists will evaluate the product.

4. Standardized Group Test—a nationally standardized grade level achievement test score of 97th percentile or above in reading, language, mathematics, science, or social studies is an indicator of possible exceptional ability. Additional out of level testing may be conducted or considered as part of the process.

5. Individual or small group tests—an individual intelligence or grade level achievement test score of 97th percentile or above in verbal, nonverbal, quantitative, total reading/language arts/writing, total math, science, or social studies is an indicator of possible exceptional ability.

Formal placement will be decided based on a team decision. This team may be made up of the classroom teacher, parents, gifted and talented coordinator, an administrator, school counselor and/or psychologist. Identification will be based on the criteria above.

The gifted and talented coordinator is responsible for coordinating information, referrals, and evaluations of each student as appropriate. Parent input is a vital part of the identification process and they will be invited to team meetings. If parents are not at the meeting it will be the responsibility of the gifted and talented coordinator to notify them regarding identification and programming.

Instructional Approach

The overarching goal of the school district is to provide every student with an educational experience, which will maximize their potential. Because gifted student needs vary widely, the team will determine a plan best suited to each student. Most student needs will be met through universal differentiation strategies in the regular classroom.

Some student needs may be met through targeted strategies, which take place within or beyond the classroom. A small number of students will require selected strategies, which will be implemented by following an individualized plan of service. All students will be provided with appropriate strategies as the needs arise or change.

Approved: December 16, 1991

Revised: June 27, 2005

Revised: September 27, 2010

Revised: January 26, 2015

342.15 Student Acceleration

STUDENT ACCELERATION

The District recognizes the need for educational alternatives for the gifted/talented and highly capable student. These alternatives may include acceleration beyond a specific grade level, subject, and/or course included in the normal program and curriculum sequence.

Grades, subjects, or courses may be waived based on documented academic proficiency. A student may be referred for evaluation for possible accelerated placement by a teacher, administrator, gifted education specialist, school counselor, school psychologist, parent(s)/guardian(s) or selfreferral by using the district acceleration referral form.

The District shall determine specific rules and procedures to address acceleration requests. When an acceleration request is made, an acceleration evaluation committee shall be organized and convened by the Director of Curriculum and Learning to conduct a fair and thorough evaluation of the student who is being considered for acceleration and to determine level and type of acceleration if appropriate.

A parent or legal guardian of the evaluated student shall be notified in writing of the outcome of the evaluation process within 45 days of the submission of the referral to the referred student’s principal. This notification shall include instructions for appealing the outcome of the evaluation process.

A parent or legal guardian of the referred student may appeal in writing the decision of the evaluation committee to the local Superintendent within thirty days of being notified of the committee’s decision. The Superintendent shall review the appeal and notify the parent or legal guardian who filed the appeal of his or her final decision within thirty days of receiving the appeal. The Superintendent’s decision shall be final.

Cross Reference: Policy 420-Early Admission Policy 345.55-Promotion and Retention of Students Legal Reference: Wisconsin Statutes 118.35, 121.02(l)(t)

Approved: March 14, 2005

Revision: December 12, 2011

Revision: May 11, 2015

Procedure

STUDENT ACCELERATION

In alignment with the belief that all children are entitled to an education commensurate with their particular needs and abilities, students who can exceed the grade-level indicators and benchmarks set forth in the standards must be afforded the opportunity and be encouraged to do so.

The District believes that such students often require access to advanced curriculum in order to realize their potential contribution to themselves and society. All children learn and experience success given time and opportunity, but the degree to which academic content standards are met and the time it takes to reach the standards will vary from student to student.

The District believes that all students, including advanced learners, should be challenged and supported to reach their full potential. For many advanced learners, this can best be achieved by affording them access to curriculum, learning environments, and instructional interventions more commonly provided to older peers.

This procedure describes the process that shall be used for evaluating students for possible accelerated placement and identifying students who should be accelerated in one or more individual subject areas, promoted to a higher grade level than their same-age peers.

QUALIFICATIONS FOR GRADE ACCELERATION

The student for grade level acceleration shall qualify on the following two measures:

1. The student shall be required to demonstrate a minimum level of mental development (intelligence) equivalent to the 95th percentile or above on a district-selected intelligence test and/or

2. Based on an evaluation conducted by the enrichment coordinator, other educators, the school counselor, and the school psychologist, the student shall be required to demonstrate a minimum skill level proficiency (academic) equivalent to the top 15% of students in the grade she/he will be placed. The participants in the meeting, as indicated above, shall make final determination of qualification in skill development (academic).

QUALIFICATIONS FOR SUBJECT/COURSE ACCELERATION

Referral for subject and/or course acceleration may be initiated by teacher(s) or parents(s)/guardians with approval of the school principal, after consultation with the enrichment coordinator. If subject/course acceleration involves another school level such as middle school or high school, the enrichment coordinator and any other appropriate personnel from that school must be involved. Referral will be made on the appropriate form.

The student shall meet all criteria listed below:

1. The enrichment coordinator Gifted/Talented resource teacher and classroom teacher(s) concludes, after consultation with the parent(s)/guardian(s), that social-emotional maturity is at a level where acceleration is desirable.

2. The student shall demonstrate skill level proficiency in the top 15% of the subject or course desired. Final determination in skill development (academic) shall be made by the participants in the meeting of school personnel and parent(s)/guardian(s) listed above, following appropriate assessment coordinated by the Gifted/Talented resource teacher.

3. Based on the conclusions of the enrichment coordinator, classroom teacher(s), and parent(s)/guardian(s), the student expresses a desire for acceleration.

REFERRAL AND EVALUATION

A student may be referred for evaluation for possible accelerated placement by a teacher, administrator, gifted education specialist, guidance counselor, school psychologist, parent(s)/guardian(s) or self-referral by using the district acceleration referral form. All referrals should be directed to the Director of Curriculum and Learning. (See Acceleration Referral Form) It is assumed that intensive and appropriate efforts have been made to provide enrichment and differentiation for the student in order to meet his/her needs while remaining at his/her grade level. Enrichment and differentiation include expanding and/or going into greater detail within the content or curriculum, and/or modifying course requirements to better suit the needs of the learner. Such efforts should be a joint effort between the math and/or literacy specialists, the enrichment coordinator and the regular classroom teacher, and must be documented and explored thoroughly as part of the referral process. The principal/designee of the referred student’s school shall obtain written permission from the student’s parent(s) or legal guardian(s) to evaluate the student for possible accelerated placement through the completion of the Acceleration Referral Form. The district shall evaluate all students who are referred for acceleration and whose parent(s) or legal guardian(s) have granted permission to evaluate the student for possible accelerated placement.

Subject or Grade Acceleration:

Children who are referred for evaluation for possible accelerated placement sixty or more days prior to the start of the school year shall be evaluated in advance of the start of the school year so that the child may be placed in the accelerated placement on the first day of school.

Children who are referred for possible accelerated placement sixty or more days prior to the start of the second semester shall be evaluated for possible accelerated placement at the start of the second semester. In all other cases, evaluations of a referred child shall be scheduled at the student’s principal’s discretion and placed in the accelerated setting(s) at the time recommended by the acceleration evaluation committee , if the committee determines the child should be accelerated.

A parent or legal guardian of the evaluated student shall be notified in writing of the outcome of the evaluation process within 45 days of the submission of the referral to the referred student’s principal. This notification will include instructions for appealing the outcome of the evaluation process. Acceleration and Early Graduation: Students may graduate after six semesters if they have satisfied the requirements for graduation and have a college/career plan that includes on the job training or entrance into a college/university for continued acceleration.

The last full semester of work before graduation must be completed at Menomonee Falls High School. Students who want to graduate early must complete the district Acceleration Referral Form at least one semester before graduating early. An acceleration evaluation committee will determine if early graduation is an appropriate acceleration strategy for the student.

Acceleration Evaluation Committee Composition

The Director of Curriculum and Learning in partnership with the building principal will convene an evaluation committee to determine the most appropriate available learning environment for the referred student. This committee shall be comprised of the following:

(a) A principal or assistant principal from the child’s current school;

(b) A current teacher of the referred student (with the exception of students referred for possible early admission to kindergarten);

(c) A teacher at the grade level to which the student may be accelerated (with the exception of students referred for possible early graduation from high school);

(d) A parent or legal guardian of the referred student or a representative designated by a parent or legal guardian of the referred student;

(e) The enrichment coordinator, school psychologist or guidance counselor with expertise in the appropriate use of academic acceleration.

The acceleration evaluation committee shall be charged with the following responsibilities:

(a) The acceleration evaluation committee shall conduct a fair and thorough evaluation of the student.

(i) Students considered for whole-grade acceleration and early entrance to kindergarten shall be evaluated using an acceleration screening process that includes reading/language arts assessments, math assessments, and observational assessments to consider physical/motor skills, personal/social development, and thinking skills. The committee shall consider the student’s own thoughts on possible accelerated placement in its deliberations.

(ii) Students considered for individual subject acceleration shall be evaluated using a variety of data sources, including measures of achievement based on state academic content standards (in subjects for which the state had approved content standards) and consideration of the student’s maturity and desire for accelerated placement. The committee shall consider the student’s own thoughts on possible accelerated placement in its deliberations.

(iii) Students referred for possible early high school graduation shall be evaluated based on past academic performance, measures of achievement based on state academic content standards, and successful completion of state mandated graduation requirements. The committee shall consider the student’s own thoughts on possible accelerated placement in its deliberations.

(b) The acceleration evaluation committee shall issue a written decision to the principal, Director of Curriculum and Learning, and the student’s parent or legal guardian based on the outcome of the evaluation process. If a consensus recommendation cannot be reached by the committee, a decision regarding whether or not to accelerate the student will be determined by a majority vote of the committee membership.

(c) The acceleration evaluation committee shall develop a written acceleration plan for students who will be admitted early to kindergarten, whole-grade accelerated, or accelerated in one or more individual subject areas. The parent(s) or legal guardian(s) of the student shall be provided with a copy of the written acceleration plan.

The written acceleration plan shall specify:

(i) placement of the student in an accelerated setting;

(ii) strategies to support a successful transition to the accelerated setting;

(iii) Requirements and procedures for earning high school credit prior to entering high school (if applicable); and,

(iv) an appropriate transition period for accelerated placement for early entrants to kindergarten, grade-level accelerated students, and students accelerated in individual content areas.

(d) For students the acceleration evaluation committee recommends for early high school graduation, the committee shall develop a written acceleration plan designed to allow the student to complete graduation requirements on an accelerated basis. This may include the provision of educational options including waiving district prerequisite requirements for enrolling in advanced courses, waiving district graduation requirements that exceed those required by the state, and early promotion to sophomore (or higher) status to allow the student to take the required state assessments. The acceleration evaluation committee shall designate a school staff member to ensure successful implementation of the written acceleration plan and to monitor the adjustment of the student to the accelerated setting. Appeal Process: A parent or legal guardian of the referred student may appeal in writing the decision of the evaluation committee to the local Superintendent within thirty days of being notified of the committee’s decision. The Superintendent shall review the appeal and notify the parent or legal guardian who filed the appeal of his or her final decision within thirty days of receiving the appeal. The Superintendent’s decision shall be final.

GUIDELINES AND PROCEDURES FOR IMPLEMENTATION of ACCELERATION PLAN

1. The evaluation team must develop an individual acceleration plan which takes into account the effect a proposed acceleration may have on the student’s academic progression/programming throughout his/her school career. This plan must include input from the enrichment coordinator and/or the Director of Curriculum and Learning.

2. All grade, subject, or course acceleration decisions will be made on a six-week trial basis. In the case of grade acceleration, the enrichment coordinator shall communicate with the appropriate teacher(s), other professionals, and parent(s)/guardian(s) to review progress. Counseling and/or support services from the Gifted/Talented Program may be made available during this six-week trial period to assist the student. In the case of subject/course acceleration, progress will be reviewed by the enrichment coordinator, classroom teacher(s), and parent(s)/guardian(s).

3. If, after the six-week trial period, the grade acceleration plan is continued, the progress of the student shall be reviewed quarterly by the enrichment coordinator classroom teacher(s), and parent(s)/guardian(s) to monitor progress. In the case of subject and course acceleration, the progress should be reviewed on a quarterly basis by the classroom teacher(s), and parent(s)/guardian(s).

4. Other issues regarding course acceleration at the middle and high school level will be resolved as follows:

a) If students demonstrate the same outcomes required in a course in one semester instead of one year, they shall receive full credit for the course provided the student demonstrated all of the outcomes of the full course.

b) Mentorships and advanced study may be conducted for credit if they meet the following minimum requirements:

1) The mentorship/advanced study experience is supervised by a certified high school teacher.

2) Specific goals/objectives/outcomes for the mentorship/advanced study are established.

3) Periodic evaluations/discussions are held between the student, the supervising teacher, and the mentor. The student shall maintain a log or journal of activities.

4) Total credit for any one mentorship/advanced study experience will not exceed one credit.

5) Credit for mentorships and advanced study will be determined by comparing their required outcomes to those required in a related type of traditional course.

c.) Middle school students may take high school or high school equivalent courses during their middle school years.

The following criteria will apply:

1) All credits for graduation from high school will be earned in grades 9 – 12.

2) High school transcripts will clearly show all accelerated work completed by students while attending middle school.

d) A student may test out of a specific course by demonstrating ability to achieve the outcomes required in the course (at least an 85% proficiency), based on an evaluation using an objective assessment tool determined by the district. It will be recorded on the student’s transcript. Testing out of high school courses will not alter the total graduation requirements at the high school level, nor impact a student’s grade point average. Exceptions to high school graduation credit requirements will be handled through use of the Department of Public Instruction Form PI-1803.

e) High school students may take summer course work at their own expense, in addition to the offerings provided by the district. Courses taken during the summer will be acknowledged on the student’s transcripts, will be included in the student’s grade point average, and will count toward total graduation requirements if the course has been pre-approved by the District Enrichment Coordinator. Students must follow procedures relative to timelines for submission of pre-approval and other required paperwork. The course syllabus and/or description, as well as text(s) and materials to be used in the course, will be submitted for evaluation as part of the pre-approval process.

A transcript must be submitted upon completion of the course. Courses approved must meet the requirements for content and rigor of similar courses offered in the district, and/or be of sufficient merit to warrant the awarding of credit, even though no similar course is offered in the district.

Legal Reference: Wisconsin Statutes 121.02(1) t, 118.33

Approved: March 14, 2005

Revised: December 12, 2011

Revised: May 11, 2015

Form

342.2 Homebound Instruction

HOMEBOUND INSTRUCTION

Homebound instruction is designed to serve students during the time they are physically and/or emotionally incapable of attending school. It is available to students as the need develops and is designed to help the students maintain educational progress during the time they are unable to be present at school. Homebound instruction is considered an alternative service to be provided only during specific periods of time when the student cannot attend school. In order to receive homebound instruction, students will need a doctor’s prescription stating that the student is physically and/or emotionally unable to attend school.

The doctor’s prescription will be effective for thirty (30) days, unless deemed otherwise by a school team. The goal of homebound instruction is to assist students in maintaining academic function at as normal a level as possible during the time the student is unable to attend school. Homebound instruction will be provided to students who are unable to attend school for approximately twenty (20) days, unless otherwise determined by a school team.

All referrals requiring homebound instruction shall be directed to the Director of Pupil Services/designee. A special education evaluation will be conducted if there is a belief that the student may have a disability that prevents him/her from attending school. If the student is identified with a disability through the evaluation process, the Individualized Education Program (IEP) team shall determine the individualized services to be provided to meet the student’s needs, which may or may not include homebound instruction.

A parent/guardian may make a request and/or provide a doctor’s prescription for homebound instruction. The District shall consider the request, but is not required to provide the service even if accompanied with a doctor’s prescription. The District shall consider all requests and shall render a decision in writing within ninety (90) days, or thirty (30) if the student was evaluated for special education and determined not eligible. If the request for homebound instruction is denied, the reason for the denial will be provided within the written response.

Wis. Stats. 118.15(1)(d)5, 118.15(dm), 115.782

Approved: December 16, 1991

Revised: February 25, 2002

Revised: May 13, 2013

Procedure

HOMEBOUND INSTRUCTION

There are two types of homebound instruction: homebound instruction for students with disabilities or impairments and homebound instruction for non-disabled or impaired students. The following guideline shall be used when making decision regarding homebound instruction:

A. All homebound instruction requests shall be made to the principal in each school.

B. The principal or designee will ask for a physician's statement pertaining to the problem/reason for confining the child to the home.

C. A team, consisting of the classroom teacher(s) the principal and school social worker shall be formed to determine the educational needs of the child. A written educational program for the student shall be developed by the team and submitted to the Director of Student Services for approval. Upon approval of the Director of Student Services, the written educational program shall be presented to the child's parent/guardian.

D. The Director of Student Services shall:

  1. Select the homebound instructor.
  2. Prepare to carry out the educational program.
  3. Monitor the child's progress in the program.

E. The length of time homebound instruction is provided will be decided on an individual basis. In most cases, homebound instruction shall be provided in accordance with information found in the physician's statement.


Approved: December 16, 1991

Revised:February 25, 2002

342.3 Children at Risk

CHILDREN AT RISK

Children at Risk Programs will be established in the District to meet the needs of students in grades 5-12 who are at risk of not advancing from grade-to-grade or graduating from high school due to unsatisfactory academic and assessment performance, failure to meet grade advancement or graduation criteria, and/or student unique educational needs, requirements or interests.

These programs will be designed to improve and expand educational opportunities for identified At Risk students on an individualized and/or group basis. Children at Risk Programs shall be under the direction of the Director of Curriculum and Learning and individual school leadership and At-Risk Committee structure.

Students may be eligible for participation in the programs upon referral. Program referrals will be judged on an individual basis according to established procedures. All alternative courses or educational opportunities offered to students participating in At Risk programs will be designed to lead to the satisfactory completion of District graduation and grade advancement policies.

The right of a student to be admitted to school and to participate fully in curricular, co-curricular, student services, recreational or other programs or activities will not be abridged or impaired because of sex, race, religion, national origin, ancestry, creed, pregnancy, marital or parental status, sexual orientation or physical, mental, emotional or learning disability.

Wis. Stats. 118.13, 118.153, 118.33

Cross Ref. Procedure 342.3-Children At Risk Policy 342.4-Virtual Education Student On-Line Learning Policy 345.55-Promotion and Retention of Students

Approved: December 16, 1991

Revised: January 22, 2001

January 26, 2015

Procedure

CHILDREN AT RISK

Students in grades 5-12 may be eligible for participation in the children at risk program upon self referral, counselor referral, teacher referral, or parent referral.

Students are formally considered at risk if they failed the high school graduation test, are dropouts, or have two or more of the following characteristics.

1. one or more years behind in their age group in the number of credits attained;

2. two or more years behind their age group in basic skill levels;

3. habitual truants as defined in Wisconsin Statute 118.16(1)(a),

4. parents,

5. adjudicated delinquents,

6. 8th grade pupils whose score in each subject area on the state examination was below the basic level, 8th grade pupil who failed the examination under Wisconsin Statute 118.30(1m)(am)2, or 8th grade pupils who failed to be promoted to 9th grade.

Students will be monitored as potential at risk students if the following factors exist:

1. The student failed to be promoted to grade 5.

2. Students whose performance on the grade 4 state examination was below basic level in two or more areas.

3. Students whose performance is below basic level in one or more area of the 4th, 8th or 10th grade proficiency test.

4. Students who at the end of 10th grade have not attained 10 high school graduation points Each referral should be made to the school guidance counselors.

A building team consisting of teachers, administrative representative and the guidance counselor(s) shall review the validity of the referral. The review team will determine placement based on the above criteria, design and propose an individual plan to meet the need/issue addressed in the referral or reject the referral.

The proposed individual plan shall be submitted to the building principal and the student’s school counselor. The plan may include classroom and school interventions, alternative placements, and curricular, instructional assessment alternatives. Once the proposed individual plan is approved, the student and his/her parent/guardian will be notified.

The counselor shall meet with the student and his/her parent/guardian to discuss implementation of the plan. The counselor shall be responsible for administering the individual plan and evaluating the appropriateness of the plan to the student's individual needs. An evaluation report shall be submitted to the building principal at the culmination of each semester.

Approved: December 16, 1991

Revised: January 22, 2001

Revised: January 26, 2015

342.4 Virtual Education: Student Online Learning

VIRTUAL EDUCATION: STUDENT ONLINE LEARNING

Learning takes place in a variety of situations, environments, and locations. The District recognizes virtual education as an appropriate instructional delivery system when it supports the District’s mission. Virtual education refers to authorized instruction in a learning environment where teacher and students are separated by time or space, or both, and the teacher provides course content through course management applications, multimedia resources, computers, the Internet, videoconferencing and other sources.

The District recognizes that many essential skills and understandings are best learned in a variety of settings including collaborative groups, one-on-one, real-world applications, and many others. The District believes that creating flexible paths for students to acquire knowledge is essential and there is value in challenging students to explore and enrich their learning beyond the scope of the District’s traditional curricular offerings. This can include, but is not limited to, virtual education.

To ensure quality, these virtual education opportunities must:

  • Be aligned with the vision of the District
  • Be aligned to District approved Academic Standards, local, State and federal requirements, and College Board’s Advanced Placement (AP) curriculum
  • Have content that is relevant and accurate
  • Be taught by a highly trained and qualified licensed teacher that is certified to teach the content of the course and meets all applicable requirements
  • Comply with the District graduation or advancement requirements
  • Meet all applicable District policies and procedures

In order to make effective use of the potential that virtual education offers students, virtual education programs will be based on use of qualified service providers, quality of content, a defined curriculum, professional educator involvement, and equal educational opportunities.

Virtual education is viewed as a supplemental method for the District to enhance or expand course offerings and to provide an educational alternative better suited to the learning needs of a diverse population of students. The District shall grant credit for approved online courses in accordance with District policies and procedures.

District authorization of virtual education for any student is based upon the appropriateness of the learning experience within the student’s educational plan and parent approval of the virtual environment. A virtual education course will be paid for by the District when enrollment in the course is authorized and in compliance with a student’s individualized education plan or other school required or approved program.

Approved costs to be paid by the District include registration, course fees and course materials. The District is not responsible for a student’s offsite access to virtual education programs. District students and staff participating in virtual education programs will comply with all District policies and procedures where applicable and such use of programs will be consistent with copyright, license and other legal and contractual requirements.

Wis Stats. 118.33, 118.35

Approved: October 25, 2010

Revised: January 26, 2015

342.5 Programs for Disadvantaged Students (Title I)

PROGRAMS FOR DISADVANTAGED STUDENTS (TITLE I)

In order to meet its goal of providing educational opportunities for all students, the District shall participate in the Federal Title I program. The Board recognizes the importance of parent and teacher involvement in the Title I program and, therefore, will provide appropriate opportunities for parents and teachers to become involved in the design and implementation of the District's Title I project through Advisory Councils at the school and district level.

Specific activities for parent and teacher involvement in the District's Title I project shall be developed by the administration. Program planning activities will be reported to the Board on an annual basis.

As required by the ESEA, No Child Left Behind Act of 2001, the District has established and implemented a District wide salary schedule and will use state and local funds to provide services to Title I schools, which if taken as a whole, are at least comparable to services being provided to schools not receiving Title I funds.

Should all schools receive Title I funds, state and local funds will be used to provide services which are substantially comparable in each school.

The District will ensure equivalency among schools or grade levels in provision of:

1) Teachers, administrators, support staff and clerical

2) Instructional materials and supplies Documentation verifying compliance is maintained annually. Unpredictable changes in enrollment or personnel assignments which occur after the beginning of a school year need not be included as a factor in determining comparability of services.

LEGAL REFERENCE: Title I of the Education Consolidation and Improvement Act of 1981

CROSS REFERENCE :342.5-Procedure, Title I Program Planning Guidelines

Approved: July 24, 2006

Revised: March 23, 2009

Revised: April 13, 2015

Procedure

TITLE I PROGRAM PLANNING GUIDELINES

A. An annual plan shall be submitted to the Department of Public Instruction (DPI). This plan shall include the following components:

1. Provision for services to the designated population who are educationally disadvantaged students residing in highest areas of low-income concentration, including eligible private school students.

2. Description of program(s) based on an annual needs assessment of sufficient size, scope, and quality, to provide reasonable assurance of student progress.

3. Consultation with parents and teachers in program planning and design.

4. Regular evaluation of program(s) according to measures prescribed by the DPI and the Board of

5. Education.

6. Assurance of fiscal and program records availability to the DPI.

B. Program planning shall include parent and teacher involvement through a District Advisory Council established for this purpose. Each Title I school shall have its own Parent Advisory Committee consisting of at least three parents/volunteers to work with the Title I staff.

1. A District Title I Committee shall consist of:

a. The Title I Director

b. Two (2) Title I reading or math parents

c. Title I principals

d. Two (2) Title I reading or math teachers

e. Participating private school principals 2. School and District Advisory Council meetings shall be convened on an "as needed" basis to a. provide/seek adequate and appropriate planning information, but shall meet at least annually for purposes of planning and program evaluation.

3. At least once annually and prior to the submittal of the application to the DPI, District Advisory a. Council recommendations will be presented to the Board Curriculum and Learning Committee for approval or modification.

4. Continuity of Advisory Council representatives is encouraged. C. Upon Board Committee approval, the district Title I designee will submit the approved plan to the DPI along with required assurances and filed evidence of such.

1. Problem or disputed areas concerning the submitted application by the DPI shall be negotiated by the District Title I designee.

2. If DPI approval cannot be obtained through negotiation without severely altering the intent of the submitted plan or portions thereof, and/or compliance is questioned, such issues will be presented to the Board Curriculum and Learning Committee for resolution. D. Upon approval by the DPI, the District Title I designee shall arrange for implementation of the approved plan. 1. Evidence of all compliance requirements, as follows, shall be retained on file for five years. a. Eligible attendance areas within the district shall be designated annually based upon the highest concentrations of low-income children.

  • Attendance areas above the district average are considered eligible for services and must be served in priority rank order.
  • The most appropriate/advantageous method provided through the ESEA process for determining the poverty/low income rate will serve as the prime determinant.

b. An annual needs assessment shall be conducted in eligible attendance areas to determine children’s basic instructional needs. This process should be part of the district and school annual Data Retreat process.

  • Wherever possible, the initial screening shall be accomplished through most recent standardized test results.
  • Additional screening, including report card grades, benchmark assessments, and/or teacher observations/questionnaires, may also be utilized in absence or corroboration of standardized test results.
  • Additional diagnostic testing with program funds and staff in designated attendance centers may be used to further verify student eligibility and/or determine specific individual weaknesses/needs.

c. Children eligible for services in offered programs must reside in designated attendance areas.

  • Children to be served shall be those determined to be most educationally disadvantaged based upon needs assessment criteria and diagnostic test results regardless of family income level.
  • Private school children are eligible for services on the same basis provided services are offered outside the private school.

d. Program evaluation shall occur on an annual basis.

  • Student progress will be measured by a pre/post test format via approved measurement instruments with publisher recommendations determining dates of administration.
  • A means of assessing student performance over a period of more than one year shall be developed and utilized accordingly.

e. Program planning/implementation shall provide that program funds will be utilized in a supplemental manner and shall not supplant programs/activities that would ordinarily be made available in the absence of such federal funds.

f. The general level of services ordinarily provided to designated schools for participation shall be at least comparable to schools not designated for funding under Title I with the following written assurances filed with the DPI:

  • A district-wide salary schedule.
  • A policy ensuring equivalence among schools in teachers, administrators, and auxiliary personnel.
  • A policy ensuring equivalence among schools in the provision of curriculum materials and instructional supplies.

g. Arrange for all other facets of program implementation including, but not limited to, staffing, purchase of materials, equipment and supplies, monitoring, reporting, inservice and maintaining appropriate fiscal records.

h. Upon completion of each annual phase of the district plan or at an appropriate time depending upon DPI submittal requirements, the district Title I designee shall arrange to repeat/continue the cycle as herein specified and approved.

The stated procedures as delineated herein shall provide direction for the district in the implementation of Title I of the Education Consolidation and Improvement Act of 1981 until/unless modified.

Modifications or alterations to these procedures will be made as follows:

  • By the district Title I designee at his/her discretion to improve the process without appreciably altering the intent of the approved plan.
  • Upon recommendation/mandate of the DPI.
  • Upon recommendation of the District Title I Advisory Council, Superintendent of Schools, or the Board.

Approved: July 24, 2006

Revised: March 23, 2015

343.2 Youth Options Program

YOUTH OPTIONS PROGRAM

Eligible 11th and 12th grade students may participate in one or more courses at a University of Wisconsin System institution, a participating private, nonprofit institution of higher education located in Wisconsin, or a Wisconsin Technical College System school under the Youth Options Program.

The course(s) of study should reflect the four-year plan that each student establishes and maintains with a guidance counselor. The Superintendent or designee will determine whether the course(s) satisfies graduation requirements, if the course is comparable to one offered in the district and what, if any, high school credits will be awarded to the student.

If such course(s) is approved for high school credit, the District shall pay costs in accordance with state law and regulations. The District shall pay for no more than the equivalent of 18 postsecondary semester credits per student. Information about the Youth Options Program shall be distributed to 9th, 10th and 11th grade students annually in accordance with established procedures.

Wis. Stats. 118.33, 118.55 , 118.52 PI 40 Wis. Administrative Code

Cross Ref: Youth Options Procedures

Approved: October 12, 1998

Revised: January 24, 2005

Procedure

YOUTH OPTIONS PROCEDURE

1. Student Eligibility: Upon the student's request and with the written approval of the student's parent/guardian, any student who satisfies the following criteria may apply to attend a technical college under the Youth Options Program for the purpose of taking one or more courses.

a. The student has completed 10th grade;

b. The student is in good academic standing;

c. The student notifies the high school principal of his/her intent to attend a technical college in accordance with the timelines established in state law;

d. The student is not a child at risk as defined by law;

e. The student completes for PI 8100 with the timelines established by Youth Option Guidelines.

2. Credit: High school credit will be awarded for courses taken through the Youth Options Program if they meet any of the District's graduation requirements and any of the following conditions apply:

Awarded

a. Credit will be awarded for those courses taken that are complementary to, consistent with, or expand on a course of study or sequence of courses offered at the high school.

b. Credit will be awarded for those courses that expand the opportunity for a student to move to another level of academic or vocational course of study.

c. Credit will be awarded for those courses that meet or exceed the same standards of rigor and content as other courses approved by but not offered by the District for credit toward graduation.

d. Credit will be awarded for those courses that support rather than prevent a student from completing high school graduation requirements.

Denied

a. High school credit may be denied for a Youth Options Program course that repeats the postsecondary course content for which the student has already taken and failed.

b. High school credit may be denied for a course if it repeats the course content for which a student has already received a passing grade and high school credit.

c. Except as otherwise provided, high school credit may be denied for a Youth Options Program course if the District offers a comparable course. High school credit will be given for comparable postsecondary courses taken at a technical college that the District is required to pay for under law.

3) Payment: Courses taken as part of the Youth Options Program shall be paid by the District under the following guidelines listed below. If the course is taken for high school credit and the course is not comparable to a course offered in the District, the District shall pay as required by law.

a. If the student is attending an institution of higher education and the course is taken for high school credit and is comparable to a course offered in the District, the student shall pay as required by law.

b. If the student is attending a technical college for less than 10 credits during any semester and the course is taken for high school credit and is comparable to a course offered in the District, the student shall pay as required by law.

c. If the student is attending a technical college for 10 or more credits during any semester, the District shall pay for courses that are comparable to coursed offered in the District as required by law.

d. If the course is taken for postsecondary credit only, the student shall pay the costs associated with the course as required by law.

e. If a student attending courses at a technical college under this program is a child with a disability, the District shall also pay the costs of any special services required for the student as determined jointly by the District and technical college. The District may refuse to permit a child with a disability to attend a technical college under this program if it determines that the cost to the District would impose an undue financial burden on the District.

f. The District shall pay for no more than the equivalent of 18 postsecondary semester credits per student.

g. Transportation costs will be assumed by the student. If a student receives a failing grade in a course or fails to complete a course for which a school board has made payment, the student’s parent or guardian (or the student if he or she is an adult) is required to reimburse the school district the amount paid on the student’s behalf, if re-quested {§118.55 (7t)(c), Wis. Stats.}. Failure to make reimbursement when requested could result in future denial of Youth Options courses for that student.

3. Approval Process: Students will apply for the Youth Options Program through their high school counselor. Approval of the program will be made by the high school principal and the Director of Curriculum and Learning. The School Board Curriculum and Learning Committee will be notified annually of students in the Youth Options Program.

Cross Reference: Wis Stats. 118.33, 118.55, 118.52 Youth Options Policy 343.2

Revised: January 24, 2005

Revised: March 23, 2015

344 Adult & Community Education

ADULT EDUCATION (Community Education)

The Board of Education believes that education is a continuous process through life and supports the position that the District should cooperate with other community agencies in providing educational, cultural, and recreational opportunities for all of its citizens.

The District shall cooperate with area universities/colleges and vocational technical districts, educational and service agencies and local businesses and organizations in the development of community education programs.

The District may provide programs in the day and evening for the purpose of meeting the vocational, recreational, and cultural interests of the community. School facilities may be used for community education programs in accordance with established guidelines.

Community education programs in the schools shall be under the auspices of the Superintendent/ designee, in cooperation with the sponsoring institution, agency or organization.

Cross Reference: WI Stat 120.13(19)

Approved: December 16, 1991

Revised: March 23, 2015

344.1 Graduation Diploma for Veterans of Foreign Wars

GRADUATION DIPLOMA FOR VETERANS OF FOREIGN WARS

The District may exempt specific requirements for graduation and grant a high school diploma to a veteran who is at least 65 years old, attended high school in the school district, left high school before graduation to join the Armed Services during a war, and served on active duty under honorable conditions.

In addition, the District may grant a diploma to a person who received a high school equivalency diploma on active duty. It is the responsibility of each veteran who wishes to receive a diploma to contact the District and present necessary documentation that supports the conditions of this policy.

The right of an individual shall not be abridged or impaired because of sex, race, religion, national origin, ancestry, creed, pregnancy, marital or parental status, sexual orientation or physical, mental, emotional or learning disability.

Wis. Stats. 118.33, 45.35(5)(e) 115.29(4) Wis. Act 73

Approved: February 12, 2001

Revised: March 23, 2015

345.4 Grading System & Placement Grading System

GRADING SYSTEM AND PLACEMENT GRADING SYSTEM

The District will evaluate student achievement in all classes in order to:

A. Promote a process of continuous evaluation of student performance.

B. Inform the student and his/her parents/guardians of the student's progress.

C. Provide a basis for bringing about change in student performance if such change is deemed necessary.

Specific grading systems shall be developed for various grade levels and student groups by the administration and instructional staff. The elementary reporting system shall be uniform throughout the District. Report cards and progress reports shall be provided on a regular basis in order for students’ progress to be communicated to students and parents.

The District shall not discriminate in the methods, practices and materials used for evaluating students on the basis of sex, race, color, religion, national origin, ancestry, creed, pregnancy, marital or parental status, sexual orientation or physical, mental, emotional, or learning disability. Discrimination complaints shall be processed in accordance with established procedures.

GRADE PLACEMENT

Students transferring to the District's schools and recommended for a specific grade placement by their former schools, will be assigned to an appropriate grade placement best suited for the student, using those recommendations, along with in-district math and reading assessments that are done and consultations with parents, teachers, principal, and counselors.

Cross Ref. Procedure 345.4

Approved: December 16, 1991

Revised: May 11, 2015

Procedure

GRADING SYSTEM and PLACEMENT STUDENT PROGRESS REPORTS

Keeping parents informed of the academic progress of their child in school is achieved by periodic progress reports, regularly scheduled conferences, formal report cards, and special conferences when warranted.

A. In the elementary schools, evaluation of pupil growth and development through the written report is a major task of teachers. Written progress reports in grades 4K - 5 are prepared at least three (3) times a year. Academic evaluation is based on the student’s level of proficiency relative to content and grade level standards and benchmarks. These reports provide an evaluation of growth in knowledge, attitudes, skills and habits.

B. In the middle school and high school, parents are able to access students’ grades and progress through the schools’ web-based reporting system on a regular basis. A progress report for each pupil in a subject will be prepared by the teacher and sent to the pupil's home at least twice per semester. Semester grades will be recorded on report cards and also sent to the pupil's home. Regular report cards shall be issued for each student in the District. In addition to report cards, progress reports may be issued during each grading period.

Parent-teacher conferences shall be offered twice each school year to:

A. Supplement the report card and to serve as another means of reporting to parents/guardians.

B. Promote good relations between the home and the school through an interpretation of the school's program.

C. Share information about a student's successes and accomplishments, problems and vital information. Additional parent conference may be held upon request of the student's parent/guardian, the student's teacher, counselor, principal or assistant principal.

Cross Ref. Policy 345.4

Approved: May 11, 2015

345.5 Homework

HOMEWORK

Homework is an assignment given at any level, for the purpose of improving student success.

  • Homework may be assigned to:
  • Prepare for upcoming instruction
  • Practice or review of lessons taught Extend or apply concepts and skills taught in the classroom
  • Develop study habits and promote independent learning

Homework is a valid, desirable and expected extension of classroom learning under the following conditions:

  • Learning objectives are clear so that students know and can apply the purpose of the homework
  • The homework is within the capabilities of the student
  • The student has adequate resources and materials with which to complete the assignment
  • The homework provides an opportunity for timely, developmental feedback to the learner
  • The learning objective is essential to the practice or extension of needed skills

Use of Homework for Grading

At the Federal, State and District level there is an expectation that student performance be measured and reported on the basis of clear curriculum content related to specific standards and benchmarks. To this end, homework is a useful instructional strategy for improving student success as well as an important source of information for teachers as they personalize the learning experience. As such it is important that students complete the homework and receive timely and effective feedback from teachers. Balancing the importance of the work with the need for accurate measurement, homework related to practice, preparation, review and extension should have no more than a 10% impact on the cumulative grade.

Responsibilities

A. Teacher:

1. Know the purpose of each homework assignment and how it relates to specific standards and benchmarks.

2. Clearly communicate to the student the purpose, directions and expectations for all homework assignments.

3. Provide timely and appropriate feedback to students and parents using strategies that: Assists the student in improving his/her work. Is positive, descriptive and specific.

4. Plan the homework so it can be accomplished by the student independent of direct support from others.

5. Communicate criteria for quality to students in advance of the assignment.

6. Post all assignments and provide time for students to record them.

7. Provide appropriate and timely responses or feedback to all homework assignments.

8. Utilize discretion when assigning homework during vacation periods, legal and religious holidays and during state mandated testing.

9. Any extra credit will be directly related to district standards and promote student understanding of the curriculum.

10. Include practice, preparation and extension homework as no more than 10% of a cumulative grade.

11. Set consistent grading expectations across multiple sections of the same course.

B. Student: There is strong evidence that students who complete appropriate homework assignments will demonstrate significant improvement in academic achievement. Therefore, students have a responsibility to develop the discipline and study skills to complete homework on a regular basis.

Students must:

1. Have a system for recording homework assignments on a daily basis.

2. Have a clear understanding of the homework assignment before leaving school.

3. Request clarification from their teacher(s) if expectations are not clear.

4. Bring necessary materials home to complete the assigned tasks.

5. Set aside an appropriate amount of time daily to complete the assigned tasks.

6. Turn in homework assignments when requested.

C. Parent:

1. Provide time, place and materials for homework completion.

2. Set an expectation for homework to be completed.

3. Provide supervision to ensure successful completion of homework, but do not complete the assignment for the child.

4. Inform the teacher about homework questions or concerns.

5. Be aware of long-term assignments and assist the child in learning to budget time accordingly.

D. Building Administrator:

1. Ensure that homework relates to specific standards and benchmarks.

2. Annually review the homework policy and guidelines with teachers, parents and students through meetings, i.e. Open House, PIN, professional staff, parent and student handbooks and the school website.

3. Regularly review homework practices and procedures for consistent implementation across grade levels.

E. District Administrator:

1. Provide for a periodic, systematic review of the district philosophy and guidelines.

2. Provide relevant research and review of literature on homework issues and trends.

3. Provide support for the practices and procedures adopted by the district.

4. Ensure communication of the homework policy through district and school websites and student, parent and staff handbooks.

* Definition: Summative – Intended to examine student success in learning a new unit or a large block of material after instruction has been completed, i.e. essays, special projects, etc.

Approved: December 16, 1991

Revised: April 12, 2010

Revised: June 23, 2014

345.55 Promotion & Retention of Students

Prodecure

RETENTION APPEAL PROCESS

Level 1

To appeal a decision, the appealing party shall submit a written request to the Director of Teaching, Learning and Assessment specifying the reasons why the school’s decision to retain should be overruled. The appeal must be initiated within ten (10) school days of the written determination of retention.

Within fifteen (15) school/working days of receiving the request, the Director of Teaching, Learning and Assessment shall determine whether or not to overrule the school’s decision to retain. Prior to making this determination, the Director of Teaching, Learning and Assessment shall meet with the appealing party and the building administrator. If the Director of Teaching, Learning and Assessment determines that the appealing party has proven by a preponderance of evidence that the school’s decision should be overruled, he/she shall overrule the school’s decision. The Director of Teaching, Learning and Assessment shall provide a written decision to the parents and the school whether the student shall be promoted or retained.

Level 2

The determination of the Director of Teaching, Learning and Assessment may be appealed to the Superintendent of Schools within fifteen (15) school/working days. Within fifteen (15) days of receipt of a written appeal, the Superintendent of Schools shall decide the appeal. The decision of the Superintendent of Schools may be made on the basis of documentation prepared as part of the appeal process or, at the discretion of the Superintendent of Schools, a meeting may be held with the appealing party, the building administrator and the Director of Teaching, Learning and Assessment to decide the appeal. The decision of the Superintendent of Schools shall be final.

If the decision of the Superintendent of Schools is unfavorable to the appealing party, the appealing party shall have the right to submit a written statement of objections which shall become part of the student’s record.

Approved: March 9, 2009

Exhibit A - Promotion Alert Review Form & Options Review Grid

Exhibit B - Promotion Policy Flow Chart 4K through Grade8

Exhibit C - Sample Initial Retention Letter to Parent (s) & Guardians

Exhibit D - Retention Agreement

Exhibit E - Parent Request to Promote

Exhibit F - Parent Request to Retain

Exhibit G - Retention Promotion Appeal

Exhibit H - Instructional Intervention Plan

345.6 Competency Based Diploma

COMPETENCY BASED DIPLOMA

For students enrolled in an alternative education program under State Statute 118.33, a Board of Education may grant a high school diploma to a pupil who has not satisfied the credit requirements if the student is enrolled in an alternative education program and demonstrates a level of proficiency in the subjects credit areas required under §118.33(1)(a).

The District shall allow students to graduate with a differentiated competency-based diploma if the following conditions and guidelines have been met and agreed to by the school team, student, and parent/guardian:

  • The Menomonee Falls High School student applicant is significantly credit deficient due to special circumstances or conditions and is in jeopardy of not earning a traditional Menomonee Falls High School diploma within a total time frame of less than nine semesters. Examples of such circumstances would include but not be exclusive to: placement in a treatment facility; diagnosed medical condition(s); suspensions or expulsion from school; or displacement from home and/or family. Eligible students should be notified by the second semester of their junior year (before or during their sixth semester) of the option to apply for the competency based diploma. The student and his/her parent/guardian shall be required to meet with the high school counselor as part of the application process.
  • Students who qualify for federal special education programming shall be eligible to apply for the competency based diploma as long as they meet the conditions and objectives of their individualized education program (IEP) or 504 accommodation plan. The IEP or 504 plan should stipulate the conditions under which the competency based skills diploma will be granted.
  • Students and parents shall complete an application, requesting to be considered for the competency based diploma. After completion of the competency based diploma application, the appointed student support team (SST) shall convene to review the application. The SST shall include the student’s supervising administrator and high school counselor, and should include the parent(s) or guardian(s) whenever possible. This team may include the school psychologist, teachers aware of the student’s abilities, school nurse or representative(s) from outside agencies. The team may interview the student as part of the application process. Based on the recommendation of the SST, the supervising administrator shall make the final determination regarding acceptance into the program.
  • Students who are behind their grade equivalent peers by at least 12 or more total credits or 8 or more core required credits shall be eligible for the Menomonee Falls High School competency based diploma program.
  • Transfer students who were enrolled in a comparable alternative program in their previous school shall be considered eligible for the competency based diploma program and may apply for the Menomonee Falls High School program but shall be expected to meet district program requirements.
  • Any dismissal from the competency based diploma option must be approved by the SST and the decision may be based on: a. poor school attendance; b. excessive disciplinary problems
  • Students who meet the competencies outlined by the SST shall earn a regular diploma from the District. The competency requirements will align with the core credit requirements of the district in English, reading, math, science, social studies, health, physical education, and personal finance.
  • Adult students at least eighteen (18) years old who did not complete the graduation requirements of Menomonee Falls High School and whose most recent high school of attendance was Menomonee Falls High school (for a minimum of two semesters) shall be eligible to earn a competency based diploma by completing course requirements through a community college or technical college adult diploma program.

Cross Reference: Policy 345 – Promotion and Retention State Statute 118.33, 118.33(1)(a), 115.28 (7) (e) 1

Approved and Effective: June 27, 2016

345.8 Participation in Commencement Exercises

PARTICIPATION IN COMMENCEMENT EXERCISES

To be eligible for participation in high school commencement exercises, a senior must have earned enough credits by the end of his/her seventh semester to be able to complete the graduation requirements during the eighth semester.

Since eight credits are the most that a student can earn in a semester, a senior must earn at least 38 credits by the end of the first semester of his/her senior year. If a student does not earn enough credits in the eighth semester to total the number needed for graduation, he/she shall not be eligible to participate in commencement.

A student and his/her parent(s) guardians(s) shall be notified by the principal in writing by the end of the seventh semester if the student is at risk of not participating in commencement exercises due to credit deficiency.

The high school principal shall also be allowed to set other criteria for eligibility to participate in commencement exercises including expectations for behavior, attendance, and commencement planning activities. Parents/students may appeal the decision of the principal by writing a letter to the superintendent within 24 hours of receiving the decision, explaining why the student deserves to participate in the commencement activities.

The superintendent will consider the appeal and provide a response within 24 hours of receiving the letter of appeal. The superintendent’s decision is final.

Approved: December 16, 1991

Revised: November 19, 2001

Revised: May 9, 2005

Revised: March 21, 2016

347 Student Records

FAMILY EDUCATIONAL RIGHTS AND PRIVACY ACT (FERPA) STUDENT RECORDS

Pupil records shall be maintained in the interest of pupil to assist the school in providing appropriate educational experiences. All records relating to individual pupil shall be maintained by the building principal/designee.

Definitions

Pupil Records

Pupil records include all records relating to an individual pupil and maintained by the District.Pupil records included, but are not limited to, computer storage media, video and audio tape, film, microfilm and microfiche.Notes or records maintained for personal use by teachers or other certified personnel which are not available to others, and records necessary for and available only to persons involved in the psychological treatment of a pupil are not considered pupil records. Law enforcement unit records are not defined as pupil records.

Pupil records include the following data:

A. Progress Records

Records maintained by the school include a statement of courses taken by the pupil, the pupil’s grades, the pupil’s immunization records, the pupil’s extra-curricular activities, the pupil’s attendance record, and any lead screening records required under 254.162, Wis. Stats.

B. Behavioral Records

Behavioral records mean pupil records that include psychological tests; personality evaluations; records of conversations; any written statement relating specifically to an individual pupil’s behavior; tests relating specifically to achievement or measurement of ability; the pupil’s physical health records other than immunization records or lead screening records required under 254.163, Wis Stat., law enforcement officers’ records obtained under 48.396(1) Wis. Stat., or 93.396(1)(b)2, (c)3 Wis. Stat., and any other pupil records that are not progress records.

C. Physical Health Care Records

Pupil physical health care records include basic health information about a pupil, including the immunization records, an emergency medical card, a log of first aid and medicine administered to the pupil, an athletic permit card, a record concerning the pupil’s ability to participate in an education program, the results of any routine screening test such as for hearing, vision, or scoliosis, any follow-up to such tests, any lead screening records required under 254.162 Wis. Stats., and other basic health information as determined by the State Superintendent of Public Instruction. Such basic health information includes a log of services, such as physical or occupational therapy, provided under the authority of the District, but does not include records that contain such information as diagnoses, opinions, and judgments made by a health care provider.

D. Directory Data

The District designates the following personally identifiable information contained in a pupil’s education records as "directory information":

1. The pupil’s name

2. The pupil’s address

3. The pupil’s telephone listing

4. The pupil’s date and place of birth

5. The pupil’s major field of study

6. The pupil’s participation in officially recognized activities and sports

7. The pupil’s weight and height, if a member of an athletic team

8. The pupil’s dates of attendance as defined by the time frame in which the pupil was enrolled in the school, not the specific dates of attendance

9. The pupil’s photograph and video

10. The pupil’s degrees and awards received

11. The name of the school most recently previously attended by the pupil.


E.Patient Health Care Records

Any pupil records that relate to a pupil’s health and that do not fall within the definition of ‘physical health care record’.In general, records relating to the health of a child that contain such information as diagnoses, opinion, and judgments made by a health care provider.These records include those that are written, drawn, printed, spoken, visual, electromagnetic or digital information that is recorded or preserved, regardless of physical form or characteristics.Health care providers are defined in Wis. Stat, sec. 146.81(1).

Access and Disclosure

Pupil Records

Personally identifiable information from a pupil record will be disclosed under three circumstances:

  1. Written consent from a parent, guardian, or adult pupil,
  2. Receipt of a court order, or
  3. By authority of statute.

Records being released to a parent, or others with written consent, shall contain information related to only their child.Any identifying information about children other than their own shall be redacted.This includes all pupil records, regardless of format.

Pupil records shall be made available to persons employed by the District who are DPI licensed, law enforcement officers who are individually designated by the Board and assigned to the District, and other District officials who have been determined by the Board to have legitimate educational interests, including safety interests.A school official has a legitimate educational interest if the official needs to review an educational record in order to fulfill his/her responsibilities.

Patient Health Care Records

Patient health care records maintained by the District shall be released without informed consent to a District employee or agents, if access to the records is necessary to comply with a requirement in federal or state law.School staff who have legitimate interest or need to know shall have access to information on a pupil, including health information and safety plans that will allow them to respond to pupils’ needs. Information contained in patient health care records shall be kept confidential.Districts shall redisclose this information only if it receives informed consent, a court order or the redisclosure is for the same purpose of the original disclosure. The time, date and circumstance of any release will be recorded.

Any records that concern the results of a test for the presence of human immunodeficiency virus (HIV - the virus which causes immune deficiency syndrome - AIDS) or antibody to HIV shall be confidential and may be disclosed only with the informed written consent of the test subject. All other pupil records relating to a pupil’s physical health which are not included in the definition to pupil physical health care records as outlined above shall be treated as patient health care records in accordance with State law.

Directory Data

Directory data shall be considered public information and may be released to persons and media, unless parents/guardians or adult pupils refuse the release, in writing, via phone or email, through their own initiation. Parents/Guardians requesting a waiver will receive a follow up letter (Exhibit A) indicating how the request was made and what areas of directory data are waived. District employees shall not release any directory data waived for a pupil by a parent/guardian or adult pupil.The waiver will be applied to all areas identified by the parent and remain in effect throughout the pupil’s educational career in the District unless rescinded by the parent/guardian or adult pupil.

Any persons making a request for directory data shall do so in person; completing a request document (Exhibit B) and showing identification. A notice will be published annually in the District Student and Parent Handbook and in each school's newsletter to inform parents/guardians and pupils of this policy.

After public notice has been given that a pupil’s name has been designated as directory data, and fourteen (14) days thereafter has been allowed for the parent, legal guardian or guardian ad litem of the pupil to inform the school that the pupil’s name may not be released, the data will be considered public information.

A parent, regardless of whether the parent has legal custody of the pupil, shall have access to the pupil’s school records unless the parent has been denied access to such records as outlined by State law (e.g. denied periods of physical placement with the pupil ordered by the court). Parents who have been denied periods of physical placement with a child by court do not have the right to inspect, review or receive copies of the pupil’s education records.

Maintenance of Records

The building principals shall have primary responsibility for maintaining the confidentiality of all pupil records kept at that school. All requests for inspection or for transfer should be directed to the building principals/designee, who will determine if the inspection or transfer is permitted under this policy. The building principals/designee shall be present to interpret behavioral records when inspection is made. Upon transfer of pupil records to the central administrative office, these duties shall be assumed by the Superintendent/designee.

No behavioral or health care records may be maintained for more than one (1) year after the pupil ceases to be enrolled in the school, unless the pupil specifies in writing that his or her behavioral records may be maintained for a longer period. A pupil’s progress records will be maintained for at least five (5) years after the pupil ceases to be enrolled in the school. Records may be maintained on microfilm, optical disk or in an electronic format, or in such other form as the Board deems appropriate. Law enforcement officers’ records obtained under 48.396(1) or 938.396(1) or (1m), Wis. Stats., will be maintained separately from a pupil’s other records.A District shall not destroy any educational records if there is an outstanding request to inspect and review such records.

Under federal law, certain records will be maintained for financial audit purposes.These records include a pupil’s individual education plan (IEP), evaluation reports, IEPs, and placement notices.The records will be kept for the current fiscal year plus four more years.

Transfer of Records

Pupil records relating to a specific pupil will be transferred to another school district within five (5) working days upon receipt of written notice from an adult pupil or the parent/guardian of a minor pupil, that the pupil intends to enroll in a school in another school district; upon written notice from the other school district that the pupil has enrolled; or from a court that legal custody of the pupil has been transferred to placement in a secured correctional facility, child caring institute or group home.

Annual Notice of Student Records Policy and Procedures

Parents, guardians, and adult pupils shall be notified annually of their right to:

  • Inspect and review the pupil’s educational records,
  • Seek amendment of pupil’s education records that the parent, guardian, or adult pupil believes to be inaccurate, misleading, or otherwise in violation of the pupil’s privacy rights,
  • Consent to disclosures of personally identifiable information contained in the pupil’s education records, unless otherwise authorized without consent, and
  • File a complaint with the Department of Education for alleged violation of Federal Educational Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA).

Wis. Stats. 48.396(1), 51.30, 115.28, 115.76, 118.125, 118.126, 146.81-84, 146.83, 252.15, 254.162,767.24, 938.396(1)(b)2, (c)3

34 CFR 99.3

34 CFR 99.10(e)

34CFR 99.30

34 CFR99.32

Individuals with Disabilities Education Act


Approved: December 16, 1991

Revised: April 5, 2004

Revised:March 26, 2018

Educational Program

351 Falls Summer Academy

FALLS SUMMER ACADEMY

The District may offer students an opportunity to participate in summer school programs when there is enough student interest and available funds. All Falls Summer Academy programs must have the approval of the Board of Education.

The purpose of Falls Summer Academy will be for enrichment, academic support, and credit recovery. Courses offered in the Falls Summer Academy will be based on needs and interests of students. All children residing within the District boundaries during the summer session will be considered resident students of the District for Falls Summer Academy purposes.

Falls Summer Academy will be provided to District residents for no cost or a nominal fee to cover the cost of consumable material used in the class. Such fee will be payable upon registration. Children residing in other districts and registering for attendance at Falls Summer Academy programs offered by the District may attend such programs if room exists in the course and upon payment of non-resident tuition. Attendance of students at Falls Summer Academy will be strictly voluntary.

Students enrolling in Falls Summer Academy shall, however, be expected to attend on a daily basis. Students shall be expected to provide their own transportation to and from summer school classes. Falls Summer Academy will be operated in accordance with State aid provisions outlined in the State Statutes. The school board may establish and collect reasonable fees for social, recreational, or extracurricular summer and programs which are neither credited toward graduation nor aided under State Statute 121.14.

Reference: Wis. Stats. 118.04, 120.13(19), 121.14

Approved: December 16, 1991

Revised: January 25, 2016

352 Field Trip

FIELD TRIPS

The Board of Education supports local, state, and extended trips to enhance and enrich student learning experiences as well as to build connection to the community and state. The Board believes that the educational program available to students in the District can be enriched by travel to out of town sites further away than the usual one day field trip allows.

An out of town trip must be approved by the Curriculum and Learning Board Committee. Only teachers employed by the District may organize and solicit for such a trip. The trip advisor shall submit a written prospectus for the trip and no instructional time may be used for promotion of the trip. The process outlined in Procedure 352, Extended Out of Town Field Trips, must be implemented.

Field trips will be authorized for educational purposes only, and will always be under the direct supervision of faculty and administrative personnel. Planning of field trips and procedures to be followed on such trips shall be the responsibility of the principal or designee. Field trip transportation will normally be by bus or by vans leased/owned and insured by the district. In the case of small groups, students may be transported in private automobiles when evidence of adequate insurance coverage is filed in the principal's office, State law requirements governing the transportation of students, (Wis Stats. 121.555 Transportation of Students), and all requirements required in Policy 752, Use of Private Vehicles to Transport Students, are met.

When trips are being planned, a written rationale, costs, time schedule, and pupils involved shall be submitted by the teacher to the principal for approval. In coordinating trips, especially extended out of town trips, appropriate liability, medical, and trip insurance will be built into the costs so that all participants have coverage. Written parental permission, on forms supplied by the school, must be obtained for each student attending the field trip.

Privately planned tours are prohibited by the school system and will not be considered school supported. Menomonee Falls School Tour or a similar label involving the name of the District or district buildings, grade level, or class trip is prohibited from being used.

The right of a student to participate fully in curricular, co-curricular, student services, recreational or other programs or activities will not be abridged or impaired because of sex, race, religion, national origin, ancestry, creed, pregnancy, marital or parental status, sexual orientation or physical, mental, emotional or learning disability of the student.

Wis. Stats. 121.555 Cross Ref: Policy 752 Use of Private Vehicles to Transport Students

Approved: December 16, 1991

Revised: May 8, 2000

Revised: December 12, 2011

Revised: March 7, 2016

Revised: December 15, 2016

Revised: October 9th, 2017

Exhibit- Chaperone Guidelines

Procedure

FIELD TRIPS

All provisions of policy will apply to school field trips. Educational field trips may be developed by each school to provide a variety of experiences and enhance the student's educational opportunities. Each field trip is a learning activity and bears a direct relationship to the normal school experience and curricular program. For optimum student benefit, each field trip must be well planned beforehand and thoroughly evaluated after completion.

The teacher or sponsor in charge of the group is responsible for the activity just as if it were conducted at school. All students within the class or school group must be given the opportunity to participate in the field trip. This procedure has been developed to assist schools in planning and conducting educational field trips and travel to school-oriented activities off campus. The overall objective is to facilitate optimum learning experiences through educational field trips and school-sponsored student travel to approved activities.

The consumption of alcohol or recreational drugs is forbidden for school personnel, chaperones, volunteers, or anyone while serving in a supervisory capacity on behalf of the school district during the duration of the trip.

In Town/One Day Trips Building principals or designee will grant permission for in town or one day trips after considering the following components:

  • The plan considers how to maintain the safety and well-being of students including appropriate supervision and use of chaperones.
  • A parental permission and release is sought and obtained before students leave the District on a trip.
  • If there is a cost, a plan is in place to make sure all students have access to the trip.
  • The plan has an outlined itinerary with timelines.
  • Transportation for the trip is outlined and follows district policy. Students who participate in the trip shall ride in transportation provided by the school to and from the event.
  • Student behavior while on the trip complies with the school’s code of conduct.
  • The plan outlines emergency and medical planning appropriate for the age, the students and the planned trip.

Extended Out of Town Field Trips (Trips that require at least one night stay)

I. Requirements

A. Only trips which are formally approved, in writing, by the Director of Curriculum and Learning may receive solicitation or publicity of any kind including preliminary announcement and surveys of interest during school time and on school property.

B. Only teachers employed by the District may organize and solicit for such trips.

C. Each District sponsored trip must meet the following criteria: 1. Direct relationship to a curricular or co-curricular offering;

2. Open to all District students who are interested in participating and who have participated in the associated curricular or co-curricular activity;

3. No teacher or student time will be taken away from regular instruction either for travel or on-site time unless a specific exception is granted, in writing, by the Director of Curriculum and Learning.

4. The cost of any trip for an individual student does not exceed an amount which may reasonably be possible for any student to realize through personal employment and/or fund raising activities in the time available between the time of approval and projected time of departure;

5. The cost of the trip includes appropriate coverage for travel insurance, medical insurance, and liability in case of emergencies that may occur. A teacher employed by the District must accompany the group. In addition, there must be a number of chaperones as determined by the principal to be sufficient to provide proper supervision, given the age of the group, the site, and the travel arrangements. Recommended Ratio: Elementary-10:1, Middle School-12:1, High School-15:1. All funds collected must be deposited and accounted for through the school activity account. The trip advisor shall a complete a financial statement showing receipts and expenditures, which must be submitted to the principal within 15 days following the completion of the trip.

1. Travel costs and expenses for chaperones and supervising staff members which are prorated and included in the per student cost must be itemized. Monetary awards (cash payments) may not be granted to any staff member or chaperone.

2. All travel costs will include the cost of travel insurance. II. In addition to the requirements above, teachers wishing to organize such trips shall take the following steps and complete the Extended Out of Town Field Trip Checklist and gain approval from the Curriculum and Learning Committee (Exhibit A) and reported to the full Board before making any preliminary announcements or solicitations of interest.

STEP I Prepare a written prospectus for the trip which includes:

a. The destination

b. The curricular or co-curricular offering to which the trip is related

c. The specific educational outcomes which are expected

d. Any limitations or qualifications on those who may participate

e. The itinerary (may be revised if necessary)

f. Complete financial arrangement including the estimated cost per student (indicate source of information)

g. A detailed outline of funding activities that may occur (estimate of the ratio of personal earnings to fundraising credits that is expected in the total cost)

h. Names of chaperones (indication of where unknown chaperones will be sought)

i. Plans for disposition of moneys should trip be canceled

j. Estimated number of participants

k. A list of rules and expectations for students and chaperones

l. Payment plans, cancellation clauses, etc.

m. Liability/release statements and insurance coverage

n. Health and safety precautions that align with district policy 453.3 Medication Administration to Students.

STEP II Submit the prospectus to the principal involved, who, within five (5) working days, shall either recommend approval or disapproval of the proposal (modifications may be negotiated to the mutual satisfaction of all parties).

STEP III Once approved by the principal, the proposal is submitted to the Director of Curriculum and Learning to review with the Curriculum and Learning Committee within 30 days.

a. If approval is granted by the Director of Curriculum and Learning, the applicant will be notified in writing.

b. If approval is denied, the Director of Curriculum shall state the reasons in writing to the teacher. The teacher may appeal an adverse decision to the Superintendent. Such appeals must be made in writing within five (5) working days of receipt of denial. The superintendent shall consider the appeal and render a decision within forty-five (45) working days of receipt of the appeal from the teacher. The Superintendent’s decision is final.

III. Teachers receiving official approval of trips may promote and recruit students by doing the following:

A. Make reasonable announcements through regular school communication channels such as homeroom, public address, bulletin boards, etc.

B. Organize before and after school and lunch time promotions.

C. Use school property as available for fundraising activities. Any additional costs for maintenance must be paid from funds raised.

D. Carry on other reasonable publicity, but in no case will it extend into regular instructional time.

IV. Teachers receiving district approval may not do the following without the prior approval of the principal:

A. Request assistance from school secretarial staff.

B. Use regular instructional time for fundraising, planning, or promotional activities.

C. Use school supplies for publicity or other purposes.

V. A supplemental liability insurance policy must be provided for the trip participants. The policy will be in an amount sufficient to protect the District from liability as determined by the District’s legal counsel and insurance consultant. A specimen copy of the liability insurance policy and travel insurance policy shall be submitted by the trip advisor to the Director of Curriculum and Learning in sufficient time so that the policy can be reviewed by the District’s insurance consultant and legal advisor. In foreign countries, no automobiles will be used. All transportation will be by common carrier.

Approved: December 12, 2011

Revised: February 22, 2016

Revised: October 9, 2017

Extended Instructional Programs

361 Educational Materials Selection

EDUCATIONAL MATERIALS SELECTION

The Board of Education is responsible for the selection of all educational materials. Educational materials shall be selected to support the standards-based instructional programs of the School District and should provide a wide range of interests on all levels of difficulty, with diversity of appeal, and presentation of different points of view.

Reputable and unbiased professional selection aids will be used in selecting and evaluating educational materials. The school district shall not discriminate in the selection of educational materials on the basis of sex, race, religion, national origin, ancestry, creed, pregnancy, marital or parental status, sexual orientation or physical, mental, emotional or learning disability. Selection is an ongoing process and shall include the removal of materials no longer appropriate and the replacement of lost and/or worn materials that are still of educational value.

Gifts shall be evaluated according to the same selection criteria as similar educational materials and will be accepted or rejected as such. The Superintendent or designee is charged with responsibility for structuring and managing selection procedures. The Board respects the rights of citizens to object to educational materials they feel are inappropriate for school use and charges the administration with responsibility for developing procedures whereby challenged materials will be objectively reviewed by a Reconsideration Committee.

Appeals of review may be made to the Board by any district resident who is unsatisfied with the decision rendered by the Reconsideration Committee pursuant to Board Policy 871. The decision of the Board is final. Definitions of Materials Educational Materials – A comprehensive term referring to all print materials, including but not limited to books, pamphlets, magazines, newspapers, photos, etc., and non-print materials such as DVD’s, audio tapes, CD’s, video tapes, streaming video, transparencies, individual computer or networked software, web-based resources, etc., that are used as part of the educational program of the School District.

Other resources used by the district in its educational program such as equipment systems, resource persons, field trips, dramatic events, etc., are not within the scope of this definition of policy. Core Instructional Materials – Educational material serving as the foundation for the course or grade level subject content for all students. Supplementary Materials – Print and non-print educational materials chosen by the teacher to expand learning opportunities for students in a course or subject-area. These materials go beyond core instructional materials to enrich and support student learning.

Library/Media Materials - All educational materials self-selected by students or teachers and circulated from the school media centers for student and/or teacher use, including print and non-print media. When used for the purpose of teacher-directed instruction, library materials are viewed as supplementary materials.

Wisconsin Statutes, sections 118.03 (1), 118.13 (1), 121.02 (1)(h), 120.13 (5) Wisconsin Administrative Code, sections PI 8.01 (2) (h), PI 9.03 (1)

Cross ref: 341 Controversial Issues 871 Public Complaints about Educational Materials 690, 840 Gifts to the School District

Approved: March 12, 2007

Revised/Effective: May 23, 2016

Procedure

PROCEDURES FOR EDUCATIONAL MATERIALS SELECTION

Core instructional and supplementary materials are all materials, including but not limited to books, pamphlets, magazines, newspapers, photos, DVD’s, audio tapes, CD’s, video tapes, streaming audio and video, transparencies, individual computer or networked software and subscriptions, web-based resources, etc., that are used as part of the educational program of the School District. Materials shall be selected to support the standards-based instructional programs of the School District of Menomonee Falls and should provide a wide range of interests on all levels of difficulty, with diversity of appeal, and presentation of different points of view. They are selected for their strengths, rather than rejected for their weaknesses. They must reflect in an accurate and unbiased way the cultural diversity and pluralistic nature of American society. When selecting, consideration will be given to factors such as:

  • artistic or literary excellence
  • technical and physical qualities
  • age and level appropriateness
  • accuracy
  • authenticity
  • cost
  • freedom from bias and prejudice
  • intended use
  • capacity for technology integration
  • online access

Acceptance of gifts is subject to the same criteria as acquisition of other educational materials. Selection should be an ongoing process, including removal of material no longer considered appropriate, and replacement of lost and worn materials still of educational value. It is essential to remove materials which are outdated, inaccurate, irrelevant, or in poor physical condition and to replace them with materials that are timely, accurate, relevant, and in good physical condition.

The final approval for de-selection of core instructional material rests with the Director of Curriculum and Learning. Decisions regarding supplementary materials rest with the building-level staff. Determination of replacement of worn supplementary material is charged to the school responsible for the materials. All applicable copyright laws and guidelines must also apply. Procedures for selection of core instructional materials.

Core Instructional Materials

The educational material serving as the foundation for a course or grade level subject content for all students. The process and timeline of selecting core materials to be used in district course and/or grade level instructional programs is based on the curriculum renewal cycle with curriculum teams piloting potential resources during phase II (identification, renewal, and revision) and purchasing during phase III (implementation and investigation of impact The following are the general guidelines for the selection of core instructional materials. These guidelines should guide curriculum chairs in organizing for the adoption of core instructional materials in the school district.

The following procedures are not all-inclusive, and are only intended to provide general guidance and direction to those charged with the selection process.

1. All grade-level, course-level, or district adoptions will be facilitated by and conducted under the leadership of the Director of Curriculum and Learning.

2. Organize a committee to include at least two faculty who have knowledge of the content of the subject, reading teacher, and library/media specialist.

3. Conduct a needs survey to determine critical elements that need to be included in the text (ebooks and resources, test bank items, full alignment with approved district standards, etc).

4. Using these critical elements, create a scoring guide that can be used to judge the quality of the texts. One of the criteria needs to focus on accessibility for students with special needs (Is the material available through NIMAC files?)

5. The committee requests and reviews materials from at least three publishers.

6. The committee holds a focus group of parents and students to gain their input and feedback.

7. The committee provides teachers the opportunity to preview the material and provide feedback.

8. Based on this feedback from the focus group, the committee selects two finalists.

9. The committee works with grade level or subject area teachers to pilot at least one unit from each text series and gathers feedback from pilot teachers.

10. The committee arranges for the publishers of the selected materials to make presentations to the involved faculty.

11. The committee speaks to representatives from at least two schools that are using the materials, using a consistent set of questions.

12. The committee makes a final choice and brings recommendation to the Curriculum & Learning Committee for approval.

13. Once approval granted, materials are ordered and professional development plan is implemented for staff.

14. The above procedures are intended to provide guidance to those charged with the responsibility for the selection of instructional materials.

Other procedures may be added or modified, depending upon the scope and content of the area being considered for selection. Procedures for selection of supplementary materials.

Supplementary Materials

Print and non-print educational materials used to expand the opportunities for students in a course or subject-area. These materials go beyond core instructional materials to enrich student learning experiences in the classroom setting. Other resources used by the district in its educational program such as equipment systems, resource persons, field trips, dramatic events, etc., are not within the scope of this procedure definition.

Supplementary texts and other instructional materials used for a particular program are primarily used by the teacher to enhance instruction, or by a limited group of students to meet a specific need. The initial responsibility for selection of supplementary materials rests with the building-level staff. Teachers are expected to exercise common sense and professional judgment when selecting and using materials and methods of instruction.

  • All materials used in the School District of Menomonee Falls must support course/grade level standards and benchmarks.
  • Materials should be selected and evaluated using the approved supplementary materials evaluation criteria (Exhibit C) provided by the Office of the Director of Curriculum and Learning.
  • Supplementary materials should only be selected to support, not supplant, district materials that have been adopted to support SDMF standards and benchmarks.
  • Interactive use of relevant short clips or media segments supporting standards and benchmarks is encouraged; passive listening or viewing of materials in their entirety is discouraged. Extended use of instructional time for listening to a full-length audio book or viewing a full-length video in its entirety must be justified by the teacher and approved by the building principal.
  • Classroom teachers, reading specialists, guidance counselors, special education teachers, library media specialists, and other appropriate instructional staff will review potential supplementary materials with their building principal for approval and inclusion in the selection process.
  • The Director of Technology and Assessment must review and approve all computer media for use on the network or on district equipment.
  • All materials must be used in accordance with current copyright laws and licensing agreements.
  • Use of incidental, occasional, or just-in-time material that does not have a supplementary materials evaluation on file is permitted.

The teacher using such material will be held accountable. Teacher common sense and professional judgment must stand up to scrutiny and be well-within the parameters of the supplementary materials evaluation criteria.

Procedures for Library/Media Materials Selection

Library/media materials are the educational materials self-selected by students or teachers and circulated from the school media centers for student and/or teacher use, including print and non-print media. When used for the purpose of teacher-directed instruction, library/media materials are viewed as supplementary materials.

Library/media materials shall be selected to provide a balanced collection of books, basic reference materials, periodicals, digital and audiovisual materials to support the standards-based instructional programs of the School District as well as the leisure interests of the student population. These library/media materials should provide a wide range of interests on all levels of difficulty, with diversity of appeal, and presentation of different points of view.

They shall be selected for their strengths, rather than rejected for their weaknesses. The selection and purchase of library/media materials is delegated to the professional library media personnel. Library media specialists will incorporate the following practices in the selection of materials for purchase:

  • Select materials based on established district goals and objectives of educational materials selection
  • Select materials in order to provide all students with a current, balanced collection of books, basic reference materials, periodicals, digital and audiovisual materials that depict in an accurate and unbiased way the cultural diversity and pluralistic nature of American society
  • Consult reputable, professionally prepared selection aids for book and media reviews (e.g.: School Library Journal, and the standard catalogs for senior high school, middle school, and elementary libraries)
  • Involve teachers and students in the selection process via subject suggestions of print and non-print preview materials
  • Review newspaper, periodical, and database subscriptions annually
  • Examine materials at other libraries, exhibits, bookstores, distributors or sales displays
  • Preview non-print materials
  • Purchase a variety of titles and authors, avoiding duplication
  • Consider balance of the collection and the suitability of the material
  • Avoid sales promotions from publishers/vendors which tend to relinquish the district’s selection prerogatives
  • Other relevant factors Acceptance of gifts is subject to the same criteria as acquisition of other educational materials.

Selection should be an ongoing process, including removal of material no longer considered appropriate, and replacement of lost and worn materials still of educational value. It is essential to remove materials which are outdated, inaccurate, irrelevant, or in poor physical condition and to replace them with materials that are timely, accurate, relevant, and in good physical condition. Professionally trained library media staff is charged with the responsibility of de-selecting library media materials.

Approved: March 12, 2007

Revised: May 23, 2016

Exhibit A

Exhibit B

Exhibit C

362.1 Resource Sharing/Interlibrary Loans

RESOURCE SHARING/INTERLIBRARY LOANS

Resources in the school libraries may be shared through interlibrary loaning. Resource sharing is defined as lending school library media center material or a copy of the material to another library or patron of another library for a specified period of time. The purpose of resource sharing is to obtain library media material not available in one’s local library media center. Borrowers through a District library media center must be enrolled or employed by the District. Holdings may be accessed via the District’s library catalogs. Any type of material may be requested on loan from the District library media centers. The lending school library has the privilege of deciding in each case whether a particular item is available for loan.

School library media centers ordinarily will not loan the following:

  • Library resources in current and recurring demand that have extensive holds and waiting lists at the requested library media center.
  • Equipment
  • Materials on reserve for individual, group or class use.

Borrowers:

  • Borrowing libraries and patrons of those libraries should make every effort to exhaust their own resources before requesting from another library.
  • Borrowing libraries and patrons of those libraries will make every effort to return materials promptly and by the specified due date.
  • Students are responsible for materials borrowed and must reimburse the loaning library for any lost or damaged items.

Lending libraries:

  • The decision to loan material is at the discretion of the lending library media center. Each library media center will be as generous as possible with due consideration to the interests of its primary clientele.

All materials will be handled in compliance with current copyright regulations. This policy serves as an agreement between the libraries of the District to provide quality service. Resource sharing is not a substitute for collection development, but rather a method of providing a larger range of materials to meet information and literacy needs.

Wisconsin Statutes, Section 43.72 (1) (2) (3) Wisconsin Statues, Section 121.02 (1) (h)

Approved: October 25, 2004

Revised: October 12, 2015

363.2 Computer, internal network, electronic mail and internet safety

COMPUTER, INTERNAL NETWORK, ELECTRONIC MAIL AND INTERNET SAFETY

STUDENT ACCEPTABLE USE

The School District of Menomonee Falls provides employees and students access to the District’s computer equipment and internal network and to the Internet for the purpose of furthering the educational goals and objectives of the District, the professional development of its employees, and the educational enrichment of its students.Access to these facilities is available in all District schools.

District computers and network resources may be provided for instructional, development, and management purposes for use by students and staff, subject to the policies set forth herein.District computers and networks may not be used to disrupt educational or management functions, and hardware or software shall not be introduced, destroyed, modified, copied, transferred, decompiled, disassembled, disabled, or otherwise abused in any manner.Users shall not seek information on other users on the District’s network, including but not limited to their passwords, files, data, electronic mail, or other data that may be stored and accessible through said computers and networks.

School administrators will apply the same criterion of educational suitability used for other education resources when providing access to software and Internet information resources.All use of these resources shall be directly related to the education of the student, the professional development of the employee, or the management of these resources by staff and administrators of the District.

Because the Internet is a fluid environment that includes materials of questionable educational value, and because it provides access to many, constantly changing resources throughout the world, it is impossible for school administrators to review and pre-select materials that are appropriate for the use of our students and employees.The District expects its students to exercise good judgment designed to further their education at the District.Therefore, the District has adopted practices regarding access to and use of District electronic resources and networks, especially the Internet.

The District firmly believes that the valuable information, interaction, collaboration, and peer contact available on the Internet all outweigh the possibility that students and employees may inadvertently access materials that are not consistent with the educational and professional development goals of the District.Ultimately, we rely on the parents and guardians of minors to be responsible for conveying and enforcing standards that their children should follow when using electronic resources like the Internet or any other media, and we rely on our employees to use good judgment in selecting these resources for their use and students’ use.

We have extensive systems and security mechanisms in place for the security, integrity, and appropriateness of the data on our networks.We respect each family’s right to decide whether to allow their student(s) access to the Internet.

The District will ensure that every student’s parent or guardian is notified of these network and Internet use policies and procedures in the beginning of each school year. The District reserves the right to distribute a summary of this policy at the beginning of the year, rather than the full policy and procedure.Parents will be informed of the procedure to receive a complete copy of the policy and the procedure regarding student use of computer systems.Parents must review this policy and procedure with their children, explaining its provisions in a manner in which the student understands.Parents must grant permission for the student to access the school’s internal networks and the Internet before the District will assign a User ID and password to the student.In addition to this parental review, appropriate District employees will review this policy with students at appropriate times during each school year and will ensure that they have permission slips for all students who access the District’s networks and the Internet.

Board of Education Policy 363.2

School District of Menomonee Falls Page 2

Menomonee Falls, Wisconsin 53051

Legal References: Wisconsin Statutes: Sections 115.38(2), 118.13, 120.12(1), 120.13(1),

121.02(1)(h), 943.70, 947.0125

Wisconsin Administrative Code PI8.01(2)(h), PI8.01(2)(k), PI 9.03(1)

United States Code: Children's Internet Protection Act, Neighborhood

Children's Internet Protection Act, Children's Online Privacy Act,

Federal Copyright Law, Technology Education and Copyright

Harmonization Act (TEACH Act), 47 U.S.C. § 230 et seq., 15 U.S.C. §

6501 et seq., 20 U.S.C. § 6777, Ch. 17 USC Copyright

Code of Federal Regulations: 47 C.F.R. § 54.520

Cross References:522.7 Procedure Computer, Internal Network, Electronic Mail, and Internet Safety (Staff

Policy)

771 Policy Copyrighted Materials

411.1 Policy Harassment and Bullying of Students Prohibited

448.2 Student Suspension/Explusion

Approved:January 24, 2005

Revised: June 11, 2007

Revised: April 12, 2010

Procedure

A. Management, Administration, Monitoring, and Privacy

  1. The District has software and systems in place that monitor and record all Internet usage.The District wants users to be aware that our security systems are capable of monitoring and recording, for each and every user, each World Wide Web site visit and the amount of time spent actively using the World Wide Web, and we reserve the right to do so at any time, without advance notice or warning to the user.No District student or employee should have any expectation of privacy as to his or her computer or Internet usage, or the privacy of any content, electronic mail message, file, download, note, or other data stored on, transmitted, or received through any District computing facility.The District may review content, computing activity and usage patterns, and may choose to publicize this data to assure that the District’s computing resources are devoted to maintaining the highest standards of educational benefit and employee productivity.
  2. The District, through appropriate management personnel, reserves the right to inspect any and all data stored in public or private areas of networked and individual storage systems of any kind, without notice or warning, and at any time or for any purpose.
  3. The District uses services to identify and block Internet content that is inconsistent with the educational and professional development goals of the District. We will block access from within our networks to all such sites that we know of or that our services identify.These services endeavor to block use of the network to create, view, send, receive, store, display, or print text of graphics which may reasonably be construed to be obscene, disruptive, or harmful to the educational or working environmentNo blocking or filtering mechanism is capable of blocking all inappropriate content all of the time.Students and employees may not use District computers for viewing or accessing any site that contains any offensive, disruptive, or harmful material, including but not limited to those listed above.Offensive, disruptive, or harmful data include, but are not limited to any messages of files, or data which contain the following:
  • pornographic or erotic content,
  • sexual content,
  • racial slurs,
  • derogatory gender-specific comments,
  • information or instructions designed to cause physical harm to another person,
  • comments that offensively address a person’s age, sexual orientation, religious beliefs, political beliefs, national origin, or disability,
  • any comment intended to frighten, intimidate, threaten, abuse, annoy, or harass another person,
  • those data or activities which invade the privacy of another person

If a student or employee finds that he/she is connected to a site that contains any offensive, disruptive, or harmful material, including but not limited to those listed above, he/she must disconnect from that site immediately, regardless of whether that site has been previously deemed acceptable by any screening or rating program, and inform the teacher or supervisor of the incident.

The District’s goal in creating the above standards and reporting requirement is not to create an environment of fear and apprehensiveness for users accessing the Internet and internal networks, but to affirmatively set forth content standards for users to be mindful of when accessing these resources.

4. The District will fully cooperate with requests from law enforcement and regulatory agencies for logs, diaries, data, and archives on individual computing activities.

B. Systems Management, Data Integrity, and Security

  1. Non-District owned hardware or software should not be introduced into the system without approval from the appropriate systems management personnel.
  2. Students may only download or upload files that are specifically identified by a teacher for a specified school project. Employees shall download or upload only those materials that are applicable to their position in the District.
  3. No employee or student may use District computing facilities to download or distribute software or data that is pirated, or in a manner inconsistent with its license agreement or applicable copyright law and District copyright policy.Any software or files transferred in any manner into or via the District’s computing facilities becomes the property of the District, subject to the restrictions of any existing licensing agreement or applicable copyright law or policy.In any event, such downloaded files, regardless of license or license ownership, may only be used in a manner consistent with their licenses or copyrights, applicable District policy and other controlling authority.
  4. Unless software or data transferred into the District’s computing facilities is part of an approved educational curriculum, students and employees must understand that the unauthorized use or independent installation of non-standard data may cause computers and networks to function erratically, improperly, or cause data lossNo software should be installed that is not directly related to or approved through an existing curriculum.Users should seek the assistance of qualified systems management personnel in using non-standard software and data, and must never install downloaded software to networked storage devices without the assistance and approval of appropriate personnel.
  5. No employee or student may use the District’s computing facilities to propagate any virus, worm, Trojan horse, trap-door program code, or any form of destructive or malicious computer instruction.Further, employees or students may not propagate any virus “warnings” via electronic mail except to alert appropriate District systems management personnel.
  6. Students and employees may not intentionally delete or modify data that is used as part of an approved educational curriculum, except where the deletion or modification of said data is part of that curriculum.Users must respect the fact that, much like a library, software and data are made available for all to use and benefit from.
  7. No employee or student may use the District’s computing facilities to disable or overload any computer system or network, or to circumvent any system intended to protect the privacy or security of another user or the user’s data.
  8. All data that is transferred into the District’s computing facilities must be checked for viruses before it is run or otherwise accessed.On computers where virus scanning takes place automatically, the virus scanning software must not be disabled, modified, uninstalled, or otherwise inactivated.If you are uncertain as to whether the workstation you are using is capable of detecting viruses automatically, or you are unsure whether the data has been adequately checked for viruses, you should contact appropriate site systems management personnel.
  9. Employees and students may have a limited amount of space (quota) available to them on the district network. The network administrator will allocate and monitor space used to determine the appropriate quota.
  10. No student or employee may use the District’s computing facilities to access or attempt to access stored materials or data that are not appropriate for their position, or are outside the scope of their education or employment duties.

C. User IDs and Passwords

  1. Every student and employee accessing District computing resources will be assigned a User ID and/or password that functions as the method of access to our computing facilities.Users should guard this information as any other identifying material, such as bank account numbers.Users will be held fully accountable for activity that occurs on any District computing facility under the individual User ID and password, regardless of whether the person assigned to the User ID and password is the actual user.
  2. The process used for assigning an account for employees will always begin with a written or electronic notification from the Human Resources department to the Technology Services Department. The naming convention for the new user account will be determined by the Human Resources Department. When an employee no longer works for the district, the Human Resources Department will also notify the Technology Services Department with a written or electronic notification indicating when the employee is leaving the district. Technology Services will inactivate the account at the end of the work day on the last day of employment.
  3. Therefore, great care should be taken not to share or otherwise disclose this information to another person.
  4. User IDs and passwords should never be written in a conspicuous place, written down together, or shared with any third party other than authorized District personnel.If a password is lost or forgotten, (or User ID and password together), the student or employee must immediately inform appropriate systems management personnel so his/her account can be temporarily deactivated and a new password assigned.
  5. The District has security facilities available to detect an intruder who may be attempting to use or guess another’s User ID and password to gain access to resources they are not authorized to use.If you find that your account has become disabled because of an intruder’s attempt to access our computing facilities, you should contact appropriate systems management personnel for assistance.
  6. Some student users may not be granted User Ids and passwords if their foreseeable computer use will not involve storing files or accessing the Internet.
  7. Passwords not disclosed to authorized District personnel may not be used.
  8. Employees will be prompted to change their district network and email passwords every 90 days. When changing the password, the new password must be different than all previous passwords. Passwords will use the complex password criteria (uppercase, lowercase, numbers, special characters). Three of the four criteria must be used with such passwords.

D. Electronic Mail

  1. Electronic mail should primarily be used for District business, instructional purposes, collaboration with fellow students and peers, and other activities directly related to a user’s education or employment.While we recognize that a minimal and incidental amount of personal use occurs with any communications medium, we strongly discourage users from using District computing resources for personal communication, and expressly prohibit commercial use or for personal enrichment or profit.
  2. Though electronic mail is a fast and relatively easy mode of communication, nothing should be included in an electronic mail message that the user would not want read by a third party.
  3. Employees and students may not use District electronic mail facilities to propagate chain letters, advertising, jokes, personal files, images, offensive, disruptive, or harmful material or any other materials not directly related to their employment or education.
  4. Employees and students should keep in mind that electronic mail is a written form of communication, just like a paper letter.Though electronic mail is relatively spontaneous compared with regular mail, care should be taken to use the same level of discretion and forethought before sending a message, checking it for completeness, accuracy, and grammar just as any written correspondence.

E. World Wide Web Publishing and Use

  1. District employees, staff, and teachers will lead students in activities and exercises that strengthen their research skills and enrich the educational process.This may include using search engines in a way that is appropriate for the curricular goal and cognitive level of students, using pre-determined Web resources as a group, or allowing students to independently research subjects consistent with established curriculum and content guidelines set forth herein.
  2. Employees and students should read information on the World Wide Web with an evaluative and critical attitude, verifying the sources, authenticity, and accuracy of information to the best of their ability.To that end, employees will endeavor to review Web materials that will be used in classroom learning activities, and use only those that are of the highest quality.
  3. Employees and students may bookmark educationally sound Web sites so they may be referred to quickly and easily, without the sometimes-tedious process of discovering the resource on one’s own.These bookmarks may be saved on an individual workstation or networked storage device, and should be reviewed regularly by the user for relevance, currentness, and appropriateness to the educational and employment environment.
  4. Materials published to the World Wide Web using District computing facilities are considered official District materials, and will be created by appropriate employees.Students may, upon approval of their teacher, create Web pages relating to class projects or other school-related activities.The purpose of Web pages published by the District shall be to communicate information about the District to students, parents, and the public, and to provide an instructional tool with links to other sites that correlate with current curriculum, are age-appropriate, and are reviewed in advance by appropriate District employees.
  5. Creation and publishing of Web pages is subject to the following guidelines:
  6. Pages and the data contained thereon belong to the District, and should reflect quality work and accurate information.
  7. Contents must adhere to this Acceptable Use Policy, applicable privacy policies and laws, applicable copyright policies and laws, and other established District policies.
  8. Information published on District web pages should be education-related, non-confidential, and non-commercial.However, advertising for non-profit, school-sponsored organizations is acceptable.
  9. All pages should be created to facilitate easy loading and viewing of graphics and audiovisual materials by the user of the page, whether internal or outside the District, and subject to the restrictions contained in this Acceptable Use Policy.
  10. Links to commercial or personal Web pages shall not be made from any District web page, except where such linking would serve a legitimate educational purpose, and the content on the entire linked site would not violate any provision of this Acceptable Use Policy.
  11. District web pages shall not contain the following items without the written consent of an adult pupil or a minor pupil’s parent or guardian, or in the case of information about an employee, the employee:
  • Students’ full names, electronic mail addresses, telephone numbers, street addresses, or any other identifying information.
  • Identifying photographs, video, or likenesses of students and staff.
  • Employees’ personal electronic mail addresses, personal telephone numbers, street addresses, or any other identifying information of a personal nature.Web pages may contain an employee’s name, title, work telephone number, work electronic mail address, the building or facility they are employed in, and other work-related information to facilitate communication with parents and other outside correspondents.

12. District web pages should be updated regularly on a schedule determined by appropriate District systems management personnel.Links to outside pages must be reviewed and checked regularly for accuracy.Staff shall be responsible for complying with all District policies and rules and ensuring the content of each District web page and online forum is professional and consistent with the educational mission of the District.Building principals shall review the content of District web pages for purposes of determining compliance with District policies and rules.Any questions from staff regarding the content of District web pages should be directed to the building principal.

13. The District encourages the development of an online educational community through interaction and communication in the District’s online classroom forums, District web pages, and other online communication tools.Sharing the work of students with other staff and students throughout the District is a means of fostering the educational community and furthering the educational mission of the District.Use of online forums for classroom discussion and assignments by students and staff is another means of fostering the educational community and furthering the educational mission of the District.Students may use the District’s online forums and the work of students may be published on the District’s Web pages provided that written consent is provided by the adult pupil or the minor pupil’s parent or guardian to allow for such use and disclosure.District web pages and online forums are accessible by District students, staff, parents and guardians, and may be accessible by the public.

14. Students shall demonstrate proper etiquette when using District computers and networks.Each employee and student using the Web and other Internet facilities of the District shall identify himself or herself honestly, accurately, and completely at all times.No employee or student may purport to represent the District or its views, policies, or opinions without the advance approval of the Superintendent, and must refrain from political advocacy, endorsement of products, services, or educational methods, or communication with any media outlet or public forum without such advance approval.


F. Internet Safety

1. The District strives to further its educational mission.In furtherance of that mission, it is the policy of the District to:

(a) prevent the access or transmission of inappropriate content in its computers and over its networks through electronic mail or other forms of communication;

(b) promote the safety and security of minors using the District’s computers, electronic mail, chat rooms, text messaging, instant messaging and other forms of communications;

(c) prevent unauthorized access (such as “hacking”) and other unlawful activities;

(d)prevent unauthorized online disclosure, use, or dissemination of student personally identifiable information; and

(e) comply with CIPA—the Children’s Internet Protection Act, N-CIPA, and all other applicable laws.

2. The District prohibits users of the District’s computers or networks from using, accessing, storing or transmitting inappropriate content through the District’s computers and networks.Examples of inappropriate content include offensive, profane, abusive, harassing, sexually explicit, threatening or obscene language or visual depictions, as well as pornography and child pornography.Additionally, inappropriate content includes any content in violation of the District’s policies and rules, including policies and rules regarding discriminatory conduct, bullying or harassment.The District also prohibits the use of its computers and networks for fostering any acts of academic misconduct, including cheating or plagiarism.

3. Applicable laws require the District to implement technology protection measures such as filters and blocks to prevent online access to inappropriate contentSpecifically, technology protection measures must be applied to depictions of obscene material or child pornography, and to any material deemed “harmful to minors” under CIPA.The District uses commercially reasonable technology protection measures that allow it to meet CIPA’s requirements.In certain limited circumstances reserved to the discretion and decision of the Superintendent or the Superintendent’s designee (an administrator, supervisor or other authorized person), the technology protection measures may be disabled, circumvented, or minimized for those demonstrating a bona fide research need to access such filtered or blocked materials, or for other lawful purposes.

4. The ultimate responsibility for appropriate use is the sole responsibility of the individual user.The District understands that a determined user may be able to access inappropriate content on the District’s network and that it is impossible to guarantee that users will not gain access to content that may constitute offensive, objectionable or controversial content,The user or the minor user’s parent or guardian should not interpret such access as the District’s endorsement that the site is CIPA/N-CIPA-compliant or is acceptable, or both.The use of or access to such inappropriate information violates this Policy and other District Policies, which may result in suspension of technology privileges, legal action, and discipline up to and including suspension and expulsion for students and discipline up to and including discharge for employees.

5. The District’s prevention of inappropriate network usage includes: (a) preventing minors from accessing inappropriate content online; (b) promotingthe safety and security of users of the District’s online computer network when using electronic mail, chat rooms, text messaging, blogging, instant messaging, and other forms of communication; (c) preventing unauthorized access (such as “hacking”), vandalism,and other unlawful activities; (d) preventing the unauthorized disclosure, use, and dissemination of a student’s personally identifiable information; and (e) restricting access to materials that are harmful to minors.The District uses commercially reasonable measures to promote the online safety and security of information and users of its network and computers, such as firewalls, anti-virus software, and the technology protection measures described above.

6. In order to facilitate the District in its compliance with CIPA , N-CIPA, and other laws and in furtherance of the District’s education mission, in the event that a user accesses inappropriate information through the District’s network or in the event a user circumvents, disables or modifies the District’s network technology protection measures, then the user must immediately report such action—whether intentional or unintentional—or any other possible misuse by any person of the District’s computer system to the teacher, building administrator or authorized District personnel.

7 District staff shall supervise and monitor the use of the District’s computers and network by students, in accordance with this policy and applicable law.The District may monitor District computer and network activities by any users for any content, including inappropriate content.District staff shall also be responsible for training and educating District students regarding compliance with District Policy.

G. Resource Considerations

  1. Students and employees with Internet access should not use District computing facilities to transfer images, video, or sound materials unless there is an explicit educational purpose for such a transfer.The regular and widespread transfer of such large amounts of data creates a significant burden on any computing facility.Rather than transferring large files via the public Internet, users should ideally download a large amount of data once, then distribute it to others using the District’s faster internal network.
  2. Whenever possible, students and employees should schedule communications-intensive operations such as large file transfers, video downloads, mass emailing, or the use of streaming audiovisual technology for times when other users are not likely to be performing the same activity.
  3. Students and employees will be granted a limited amount of space on the District’s networks to store electronic mail, files, and other data.Users may not exceed this quota without the advance approval and assistance of appropriate systems management personnel, and users at their storage limit may find that their access to some resources will be automatically restricted or disabled to ensure that the resource will be equally available for everyone to use at all times.
  4. The District may, at any time and without warning, move or delete data stored on networked systems to efficiently allocate computing resources to all users.While every reasonable attempt will be made to inform users of such modifications or deletions, users should preserve important or sensitive data on a disk or other removable storage medium, and particularly recognize that there may be circumstances when such a notification will not be possible, such as at the end of an academic year or during a vacation period.

H. Enforcement

  1. Any user who fails to comply with District policy and rules or who is identified as a security risk or having a history of problems with computing systems may be denied access to the District’s computing facilities, with or without advance notice, warning, or opportunity to cure a defect that may result in such a revocation of privileges.
  2. The District reserves the right to report all violations or suspected violations of District, local, State, or Federal laws and policies to the appropriate administrator, agency, or law enforcement authority, and may cooperate fully in the investigation of any activity that may violate established law or policy.
  3. The District reserves the right to randomly and periodically review any files and use of the network and to investigate suspected or reported violations of this policy or the law.Violations of this acceptable use policy will be investigated by appropriate District personnel.The scope and nature of the district’s investigation will be determined by the nature and seriousness of the alleged violation. Where appropriate, disciplinary action will be taken against students and employees violating any provision of this policy, as provided for by Board policy.


Legal References: Wisconsin Statutes: Sections 115.38(2), 118.13, 120.12(1), 120.13(1),

121.02(1)(h), 943.70, 947.0125

Wisconsin Administrative Code PI8.01(2)(h), PI8.01(2)(k), PI 9.03(1)

United States Code: Children's Internet Protection Act, Neighborhood

Children's Internet Protection Act, Children's Online Privacy Act,

Federal Copyright Law, Technology Education and Copyright

Harmonization Act (TEACH Act), 47 U.S.C. § 230 et seq., 15 U.S.C. §

6501 et seq., 20 U.S.C. § 6777, Ch. 17 USC Copyright

Code of Federal Regulations: 47 C.F.R. § 54.520

Cross References:522.7 Procedure Computer, Internal Network, Electronic Mail, and Internet

Safety (Staff Policy)

771 Policy Copyrighted Materials

411.1 Policy Harassment and Bullying of Students Prohibited

448.2 Student Suspension/Explusion

Revised: January 24, 2005

Revised: June 11, 2007

Revised: April 12, 2010
Revised August 29, 2013


As a user of the School District of Menomonee Falls Computer System, I recognize and understand that the District’s computer systems are to be used for educational purposes only and in the interests of the District, and that all equipment, software, messages and files are the exclusive property of the District.I understand that use of the computer systems for non-educational purposes or in violation of District Policy is strictly prohibited.I agree not to use the computer systems in a way that is disruptive, offensive, or harmful to myself, others or to the District.Further, I agree not to use a password that has not been disclosed to the District or to share or disclose my password with others.I agree not to use pass codes, access a file or retrieve any stored communication, other than where authorized, unless there has been prior clearance by a teacher or District administrator.I agree not to copy, send or receive copyrighted or confidential materials without permission.

I am aware that the District reserves, and will exercise the right, to review, audit, intercept, access and, if necessary, disclose all matters on the District’s computer systems when legitimate purposes require it.I am aware that the District may exercise these rights with or without notice.I am aware that use of a password or code does not guarantee confidentiality, privacy or restrict the District’s right to access electronic communications.

STUDENT

I understand and will abide by the Computer, Internal Network, Electronic Mail, and Internet Safety Policy and related Policies and Rules.Should I commit any violation, I understand that the District may take appropriate legal action, disciplinary action up to and including suspension or expulsion, and other action to preserve the integrity of the District’s property and networks.If I am an adult student, then I consent to the use of the District’s online forums and web pages and to the disclosure of my personally identifiable information and the disclosure or showcase of my image and work on District web pages and online forums where consent may be required under this Policy.

Name (please print): ____________________________________________________________________

Signature:____________________________________________________________________________

Date:_____________________________ Grade:_____________________________

PARENT OR GUARDIAN:

As the parent or guardian of this student, I have read the Computer, Internal Network, Electronic Mail, and Internet Safety Policy. I understand that this access is designed for educational purposes.I recognize that it is impossible for the School District of Menomonee Falls to restrict access to all controversial materials, and I will not hold them responsible for materials acquired on the network.I consent to my student’s use of the District’s online forums and web pages and the disclosure of my student’s personally identifiable information and the disclosure or showcase of his or her image and work on District web pages and online forums where consent may be required under this Policy. I hereby give permission to issue accounts for my child and certify that the information contained in this form is correct.

Parent or Guardian’s Name (please print): ______________________________________________________

Signature: _______________________________________________________________________________

Date: ___________________________________________________________________________________

Extracurricular Activities & Programs

370 Co-Curricular Activities

CO-CURRICULAR ACTIVITIES

The Board of Education supports all efforts to enhance the instructional program with co-curricular school activities which contribute to the learning process for students in academic, social, community, and physical activities.

A. Co-curricular activities are an integral part of the school's program. Activities are designed to be an extension of a curricular offering and should provide positive educational experiences.

B. Students will participate in those activities appropriate to their age and/or grade levels as established under the direction of the Athletics and Activities Director in coordination with building principals and the superintendent.

C. All rules and regulations for participation as documented in the Activities/Athletics Handbook must be approved by the Board.

D. Activities and events shall be scheduled in such a way as to minimize infringement upon the regular school day and avoid interference with daily schedule of classes. Any activity or event scheduled during the school day must have approval of the building principal.

The District shall have an Activities/Athletics Handbook that provides a code of conduct. The code of conduct shall outline the expectations for behavior including academic eligibility and corresponding consequences when infractions occur. The code of conduct shall also have an appeal process available if there is disagreement. For some school activities, coaches/supervisors may have necessary additional safety or health requirements which are unique to the activity.

Enforcement of Handbook Policies and Rules

A. Any staff member observing an infraction of the Athletic and Activity Handbook will report, in writing, such violation to the Athletic Director who will then do a follow up investigation.

B. Conduct code and/or rule infractions must be reported within five days of the infraction. The District shall not discriminate in admission to any program or activity, standards and rules of behavior, disciplinary actions or facilities usage on the basis of sex, race, color, national origin, religion, ancestry, creed, pregnancy, marital or parental status, sexual orientation, or physical, mental, emotional, or learning disability or handicap in education programs or activities; and provides equal access to the Boy Scouts and other designated youth groups. If anyone, including a student, feels there has been a discriminatory situation in regard to any of the above named classes or in violation of Title IX, Section 504, Title II, or ADA, please contact the building administrator or the Director of Pupil Services at 262-255-8440.

Discrimination complaints shall be processed in accordance with established procedures outlined in Board policy and procedure 411.

References: Title VI of Civil Rights Act of 1964 Title IX of the Education Amendments of 1972 Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 Title II of the American with Disabilities Act of 1990 Wis. Stats. 118.13

Cross Reference: Policy 374, 411, Procedure 411

Approved: December 16, 1991

Revised: March 21, 2016 October 10, 2016

372 Student Publications

SCHOOL SPONSORED STUDENT PUBLICATIONS and DIGITAL PRODUCTIONS

School-sponsored student publications and electronic media productions serve several functions, the most fundamental of which is to instruct students in the basic skills of responsible journalism within a school and social setting. The Board of Education encourages the development of student-produced newspapers, yearbooks and electronic media. As determined by the courts, student exercise of freedom of expression and press freedom is protected by both state and federal law, especially by the First Amendment to the United States Constitution. Accordingly, school officials are responsible for encouraging and ensuring freedom of expression and press freedom for all students. While student publications and digital productions are protected by law, that protection is not without limitations.

School-sponsored publications and productions shall serve as “limited public forums” and provide opportunities for student expression and, within the framework of law and board policies, students will be free to provide thoughtful, relevant comment on topics of interest to readers. Student publications and electronic media productions shall adhere to all rights and responsibilities as guaranteed under the First Amendment of the Constitution of the United States, shall be guided by the established professional standards and ethics of the Society of Professional Journalists, and shall follow guidelines as outlined in course syllabi.

The teacher and/or faculty adviser will monitor style, grammar, format and appropriateness of materials. Students will be directed by the teacher/faculty adviser to judge literary value, newsworthiness and to recognize and edit out material considered an invasion of privacy, a copyright infringement, obscene, libelous, slanderous or apt to incite students to the commission of unlawful acts, violations of school regulations or to disrupt school operations.

Publication rights to official school publications, whether in print or digital, can only be held by designated paid staff, designated volunteer staff, and current District students.

The principal may prevent or restrict publication, production or distribution of school-sponsored student publications and electronic media for any valid educational purpose or reason, including, but not limited to, the standards and objectives set forth in this policy.

Cross Reference: 372 Procedure, SCHOOL SPONSORED STUDENT PUBLICATIONS and DIGITAL PRODUCTIONS

Legal Reference: Section 120.13(1)(a) Wisconsin Statutes Wisconsin Constitution, Article 1 – Section 3 Wis. Stats 947.01 Wis. Stats 947.0125 Wis. Stats 948.11

Approved: December 16, 1991

Revised: February 13, 2017

Procedure

SCHOOL-SPONSORED STUDENT PUBLICATIONS and DIGITAL PRODUCTIONS and DISTRIBUTION OF NON-SCHOOL-SPONSORED MEDIA

Forums for student expression at the high school may include the student newspaper, student productions through the media productions courses, and the school yearbook.

Guidelines for free and responsible student journalism are as follows:

  • The First Amendment to the Constitution protects the right of students to freedom of expression.
  • Student publications shall serve as educational tools, as means of expression for students and the public, as forums for discourse on issues and as sources of entertainment and enlightenment.

Responsibilities of Student Journalists

Students who work on official, school-sponsored student publications or electronic media determine the content of their respective publications and are responsible for that content. These students should:

l. Determine the content of the student media;

2. Strive to produce media based upon professional standards of accuracy, objectivity and fairness;

3. Review material to improve sentence structure, grammar, spelling and punctuation;

4. Check and verify all facts and verify the accuracy of all quotations; and

5. In the case of editorials or letters to the editor concerning controversial issues, determine the need for rebuttal comments and opinions and provide space therefore if appropriate.

B. Unprotected Expression

The following types of student expression will not be protected:

1. Material that is a “harmful description or narrative account,” “harmful material,” or “harmful to children” based on WI State Statute 948.11:

a) Predominantly appeals to the prurient, shameful or morbid interest of children;

b) Is patently offensive to prevailing standards in the adult community as a whole with respect to what is suitable for children; and

c) Lacks serious literary, artistic, political, scientific or educational value for children, when taken as a whole.

2. Libelous material. Libelous statements are provably false and unprivileged statements of fact that do demonstrated injury to an individual's or business's reputation in the community.

3. Material that is reasonably forecasted to cause "a material and substantial disruption of school activities."

(a) Disruption is defined as student rioting, unlawful seizures of property, destruction of property, or substantial student participation in a school boycott, sit-in, walk-out or other related form of activity. Material such as racial, religious or ethnic slurs, however distasteful, is not in and of itself disruptive under these guidelines. Threats of violence are not materially disruptive without some act in furtherance of that threat or a reasonable belief and expectation that the author of the threat has the capability and intent of carrying through on that threat in a manner that does not allow acts other than suppression of speech to mitigate the threat in a timely manner. Material that stimulates heated discussion or debate does not constitute the type of disruption prohibited.

(b) For student media to be considered disruptive, specific facts must exist upon which one could reasonably forecast that a likelihood of immediate, substantial material disruption to normal school activity would occur if the material were further distributed or has occurred as a result of the material's distribution or dissemination. Mere undifferentiated fear or apprehension of disturbance is not enough; school administrators must be able affirmatively to show substantial facts that reasonably support a forecast of likely disruption.

(c) In determining whether student media is disruptive, consideration must be given to the context of the distribution as well as the content of the material. In this regard, consideration should be given to past experience in the school with similar material, past experience in the school in dealing with and supervising the students in the school, current events influencing student attitudes and behavior and whether there have been any instances of actual or threatened disruption prior to or contemporaneously with the dissemination of the student publication in question.

(d) School officials must protect advocates of unpopular viewpoints.

(e) "School activity" means educational student activity sponsored by the school and includes, by way of example and not by way of limitation, classroom work, official assemblies and other similar gatherings, school athletic contests, band concerts, school plays and scheduled in-school lunch periods.

C. Legal Advice

1. If, in the opinion of a student editor, student editorial staff or faculty adviser, material proposed for publication may be "obscene," "libelous" or would cause an "immediate, material and substantial disruption of school activities," the legal opinion of a practicing attorney should be sought. Student journalists may seek legal counsel regarding laws applicable to their rights and responsibilities by contacting the Superintendent.

2. The final decision of whether the material is to be published will be left to the student editor or student editorial staff.

D. Protected Speech

1. Except for the reasons set out in Section B of this policy, School officials cannot:

a. Ban student expression solely because it is controversial, takes extreme, "fringe" or minority opinions, or is distasteful, unpopular or unpleasant;

b. Ban the publication or distribution of material relating to sexual issues including, but not limited to, virginity, birth control and sexually-transmitted diseases (including AIDS);

c. Censor or punish the occasional use of indecent, vulgar or so called "four-letter" words in student publications;

d. Prohibit criticism of the policies, practices or performance of teachers, school officials, the school itself or of any public officials;

e. Cut off funds to official student media because of disagreement over editorial policy;

f. Ban student expression that merely advocates illegal conduct without proving that such speech is directed toward and will actually cause imminent unlawful action.

g. Ban the publication or distribution by students of material written by non-students; h. Prohibit the endorsement of candidates for student office or for public office at any level.

2. Commercial Speech

Advertising is constitutionally protected expression. Student media may accept advertising. Acceptance or rejection of advertising is within the purview of the publication staff, which may accept any ads except those for products or services that are illegal for all students. Ads for political candidates and ballot issues may be accepted; however publication staffs are encouraged to solicit ads from all sides on such issues.

E. On-Line Student Media and Use of Electronic Information Resources

1. On-Line Student Media.

On-line media, including Internet Web sites, e-mail, listserves and Usenet and Bitnet discussion groups, may be used by students like any other communications media to reach both those within the school and those beyond it. All official, school-sponsored on-line student publications are entitled to the same protections and are subject to no greater limitations than other student media, as described in this policy.

2. Electronic Information Resources

Student journalists may use electronic information resources, including Internet Web sites, e-mail, listserves and Usenet and Bitnet discussion groups, to gather news and information, to communicate with other students and individuals and to ask questions of and consult with sources. School officials will apply the same criteria used in determining the suitability of other educational and information resources to attempts to remove or restrict student media access to on-line and electronic material. Just as the purchase, availability and use of media materials in a classroom or library does not indicate endorsement of their contents by school officials, neither does making electronic information available to students imply endorsement of that content. Although faculty advisers to student media are encouraged to help students develop the intellectual skills needed to evaluate and appropriately use electronically available information to meet their newsgathering purposes, advisers are not responsible for approving the on-line resources used or created by their students.

3. Acceptable Use Policies

The Board recognizes that the technical and networking environment necessary for on-line communication may require that school officials define guidelines for student exploration and use of electronic information resources. The purpose of such guidelines will be to provide for the orderly, efficient and fair operation of the school's on-line resources.

The guidelines may not be used to unreasonably restrict student use of or communication on the on-line media. Such guidelines may address the following issues: file size limits, password management, system security, data downloading protocol, use of domain names, use of copyrighted software, access to computer facilities, computer hacking, computer etiquette and data privacy.

III. Adviser job security

The student media adviser is not a censor. No person who advises a student publication will be fired, transferred or removed from the advisership by reason of his or her refusal to exercise editorial control over student media or to otherwise suppress the protected free expression of student journalists.

IV. Non-school-sponsored media

A. Non-school-sponsored student media and the students who produce them are entitled to the protections provided in this policy. In addition school officials may not ban the distribution of non-school-sponsored student media on school grounds. However, students who distribute material described in section II(B) of this policy may be subject to reasonable discipline after distribution at school has occurred.

1. School officials may reasonably regulate the time, place and manner of distribution.

(a) Non-school-sponsored media will have the same rights of distribution as official student media;

(b) "Distribution" means dissemination of media to students at a time and place of normal school activity, or immediately prior or subsequent thereto, by means of handing out free copies, selling or offering copies for sale, accepting donations for copies of the media or displaying the media in areas of the school which are generally frequented by students.

2. School officials cannot:

(a) Prohibit the distribution of anonymous literature or other student media or require that it bear the name of the sponsoring organization or author;

(b) Ban the distribution of student media because it contains advertising;

(c) Ban the sale of student media; or

(d) Create regulations that discriminate against non-school-sponsored media or interfere with the effective distribution of sponsored or non-sponsored media.

B. These regulations do not apply to media independently produced or obtained and distributed by students off school grounds and without school resources. Such material is fully protected by the First Amendment and is not subject to regulation by school authorities. Reference to or minimal contact with a school will not subject otherwise independent media, such as an independent, student-produced Web site, to school regulation.

V. Prior restraint

No student media, whether non-school-sponsored or official, will be reviewed by school administrators prior to distribution or withheld from distribution. The school assumes no liability for the content of any student publication, and urges all student journalists to recognize that with editorial control comes responsibility, including the responsibility to follow professional journalism standards each school year.

VI. Circulation These guidelines will be included in the handbook on student rights and responsibilities and circulated to all students.

373 Fund Raising Activities

FUND RAISING ACTIVITIES

Fund raising activities throughout the District should be coordinated in an annual planning session. At all times student participation is voluntary. Legal guides and laws will be enforced.

Sponsors of such fund raising projects will submit a written proposal giving a rationale for the fund drive along with descriptions of the products to be promoted, the schedule for the activities, and the type of prizes or rewards to pupils. The principals will inform parents before the events of the type of activities being endorsed by the school and of the rationale for it.

Any fund raising activities for which children go into the community attempting to sell products or to solicit contributions must be approved in advance by the building principal.

COMMERCIAL ADVERTISING

Before products or materials which display commercial labels/ logos are displayed or distributed in the school setting, approval must be obtained from the building principal. Staff members wishing to use commercial materials will submit a written rationale stating the purpose for use and indicating what benefits their use will offer to pupils. When these materials are distributed to children as gifts, awards, or prizes, a notice will be sent to parents informing them of the purpose for the distribution of these products.

By requiring written request and giving formal approval, principals will be informed about all commercial products and/or promotions being carried on in their buildings, particularly those directly affecting pupils. Principals must use their judgment in determining the efficacy of such promotions for achieving education ends. A staff member should not receive personal benefit from the use of a given product nor from advertising a product or company. Any items given to staff as benefits, gifts or bonuses in conjunction with programs involving children will become and remain the property of the school.

Approved: December 16, 1991

373.1 Charitable Fund Raising

CHARITABLE FUND RAISING

Fund raising for charity involving students is not encouraged.

The principal's decision is final.

Wis. Stats. 103.12, 103.64 Cross Ref: Procedure 373, Policies 371, 653

Approved: December 16, 1991

374 Athletic Activities

ATHLETIC ACTIVITIES

The athletic program is an integral and important part of the school's co-curricular program.

All students are encouraged to participate in athletic activities. To maintain eligibility a student shall abide by all rules and regulations established by the Board of Education, the Activities Director, the school administration and the Wisconsin Interscholastic Athletic Association (WIAA). The rules and regulations are prescribed in the Student Code of Conduct (Policy 443), the District Student Athlete & Activities Handbook, and the written expectations of the coach and the Activities Coordinator. Athletic code regulations will be enforced on a twelve month basis.

Students who are disciplined for violations of the athletic code may appeal the disciplinary action to the Activities Director and the Athletic Board of Appeals.

The District shall hold membership in the Wisconsin Interscholastic Athletic Association.

The District shall not discriminate in student participation in athletic programs or activities, standards and rules of behavior, disciplinary actions or facilities usage on the basis of sex, race, color, national origin, religion, ancestry, creed, pregnancy, marital or parental status, sexual orientation, or physical, mental, emotional, or learning disability or handicap in education programs or activities; and provides equal access to the Boy Scouts and other designated youth groups. If anyone, including a student, feels there has been a discriminatory situation in regard to any of the above named classes or in violation of Title IX, Section 504, Title II, or ADA, please contact the building administrator or the Director of Pupil Services at 262-255-8440. Discrimination complaints will be processed in accordance with established procedures outlined in Board policy and procedure 411.

References: Title VI of Civil Rights Act of 1964 Title IX of the Education Amendments of 1972 Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 Title II of the American with Disabilities Act of 1990 Wis. Stats. 118.13, 120.13, PI 9.03(1) Wisconsin Administrative Code Cross Ref: Board Policies: Nondiscrimination 112, Equal Educational Opportunities, Pupil Nondiscrimination, Pupil Harassment 411; Procedure 411

Approved: December 16, 1991

Revised: December 8, 2014 October 10, 2016

375 Selection of Play Productions

SELECTION OF PLAY PRODUCTIONS

All musical and drama productions shall adhere to consistent and appropriate production standards. The selection shall be made in consultation with the director and in accordance with established procedures.

The building principal shall be responsible for the final selection of a musical or drama production.

Cross Ref. Procedure 375

Approved: December 16, 1991

Procedure

SELECTION OF PLAY PRODUCTIONS

Theatrical and musical productions are an important part of the educational program. Productions should provide a diversity of appeal and present a variety of points of view. They should also allow for maximum use of student talent, provide for a high level of student participation, and make the best utilization of existing facilities.

Two general principles will be used in the selection of musical or drama productions:

1. Productions will be chosen that enrich and support the curriculum, taking into consideration the varied interests, abilities and maturity levels of the students served.

2. Sound educational judgment will be replaced above personal opinion, prejudices and special interests in order to assure a selection appropriate for the students of the School District of Menomonee Falls.

When selecting a production, professionally prepared selection aids such as reputable reviews, recommended lists, and appropriate sources will be consulted. It shall be the responsibility of the principal to review the selection of the production with the director prior to the final choice being made. The responsibility for the final selection of the production will rest with the building principal.

Approved: December 16, 1991

376 Relations with Parent Organizations

RELATIONS WITH PARENT ORGANIZATIONS

The Board of Education endorses the creation of parent organizations such as PTA, and PTSA units, parent advisory councils, or booster clubs as appropriate means of achieving effective involvement of parents and citizens in the affairs of their schools.

The Board expects all staff members to work closely and in harmony with the officers and directors of all parent organizations in pursuit of the following goals:

1. To involve parents, other citizens, and school personnel in a cooperative and sustained system of activities which will increase the educational opportunities of the children both in school, in the community and at home.

2. To improve school/community/home relationships by enabling parents and other school personnel to

(a) define their relationship to each other;

(b) define their roles as they pertain to children served by the schools;

(c) identify family needs and resources including those of community as well as school needs and resources.

3. To provide teachers and administrators with opinions and viewpoints that will lead to better analysis of the needs of students.

4. To sustain parental and community interest through a program of information and educational services.

5. To develop the skills needed by personnel to function effectively in working relationships with parents and other community members.

6. To provide assistance for parent projects to better serve the needs of the students and community.

In addition these operational guides will be adhered to:

1. These groups shall keep accurate and complete records of each fund raising activity and submit an annual report to the building principal showing a summary of all revenues and expenditures.

2. The Board of Education shall approve any and all projects which parent organizations undertake that will add to or change the appearance of the school, grounds or curriculum etc.

3. These groups shall interact with the principal regarding projects for the year. This shall include anticipated fund raising projects, their purposes or goals, and the expenditure of these funds.

4. Any and all monies or gifts donated by these groups to a school will be for a purpose which was previously approved by the principal. Acceptance and recognition shall be processed through the Board of Education.

5. All pertinent Board of Education policies and regulations will be followed.

6. These groups shall have a copy of written bylaws on file in the principal's office.

Approved: December 16, 1991

377 Use of School Buildings by School Clubs

USE OF SCHOOL BUILDINGS BY SCHOOL CLUBS

The School District of Menomonee Falls shall permit school buildings to be used by student clubs only for school sponsored education goal related activities. Each student group must be school sponsored, each group must have faculty sponsorship and each shall be considered directly under the control of the school administration. A student club will be officially approved only after consideration that the club would advance one or more of the educational goals of the School District.

Any student club possessing any one of the following characteristics is directly related to the school's curriculum:

1. Student participation in the club receives academic credit.

2. If the subject matter of the student group concerns the body of courses as a whole.

3. If the subject matter of the student group is actually taught or soon will be taught in a regularly offered course.

4. If participation in the student group is required for a particular course. If any of these characteristics are present in a club, the club is curriculum related.

Approved: December 16, 1991

Miscellaneous Instruction Policies

383 Animals in the Learning Environment

ANIMALS IN THE LEARNING ENVIRONMENT

The following procedure has been developed to assist in maintaining a safe, healthy, and clean learning environment for students and staff in the District.

A. Animals in the Classroom

Animals may be brought into the classroom for educational purposes, but only under conditions that ensure the safety of students and staff and the well-being of the animal.

  1. Prior permission must be obtained from the teacher and administration before an animal is brought into the classroom.
  2. Live organisms brought into the classroom by non-district personnel for demonstration purposes are the sole responsibility of the presenter and must be removed at the end of the presentation.
  3. All inoculations must be up-to-date for those animals of which it is required. (Certain diseases are transmitted from animals to humans. Some of these include rabies, salmonellosis, Lyme disease, and psittacosis.)
  4. Classroom teachers must ascertain whether there are students with allergies in their classroom whose allergy symptoms could be aggravated by exposure to the animal. If there is a student with allergies, the teacher must contact the parent to seek approval for the animal to be in the classroom setting. Parental permission is also required (see exhibit 383). If a student is perceived to develop an allergic reaction when the animal is in the classroom, the parent should be notified and the child removed immediately and accessed by the health room aid.
  5. Only the teacher or student(s) designated by the teacher are to handle the animal. The teacher must assume primary responsibility for the humane treatment of the animal while on school premises.
  6. If administration becomes aware of potentially harmful health or safety concerns, adverse smells or disruptive sounds regarding animals in the school, then appropriate actions will be taken. This may include removing the animal from the school setting.
  7. In general, reptiles are not appropriate for the school setting because they are carriers of salmonella. The Wisconsin Division of Health epidemiologist states reptiles should never be chosen as classroom pets. They may be permitted for “show and tell” or special classroom presentations if they are in a cage and students are not permitted to handle them.
  8. Birds need to be checked for psittacosis and other diseases on an annual basis. They should not be permitted to fly free in the classroom. Other flying animals are also not permitted to fly free in a classroom.

B. Proper Care and Cleanup of Animal Areas

Increased activity and sudden movements can make animals feel threatened, so all student contact with animals should always be supervised. Even very tame animals may act aggressively in strange situations.

  1. Animal bites can generally be avoided if students are kept in small groups.Rough play or teasing an animal is not allowed. Students should never directly feed animals from their hands.
  2. If an individual is bitten or scratched by an animal and the skin is broken, the affected areas must be cleansed thoroughly with soap and water, the parent must be notified by administration or other designated staff, and appropriate public health authorities may need to be notified. An incident report must also be completed and the Health Care Assistant should assess the injury.
  3. Good hand washing is a must after handling or cleaning up after animals, or handling their equipment.
  4. No animals are allowed near the sinks where students or staff wash their hands, where food is stored, prepared or served, or where first aid is rendered.
  5. The use of bleach and water (1:10 dilution) will also reduce the risk of disease transmission. However, it is not healthful for some animals to have this method of cleanup. Please contact the public health department to obtain special protocols for cleaning up after the animal in your classroom.
  6. Children and food service workers should never be allowed to handle or clean up any form of animal waste. Animal waste should be bagged separately, sealed and marked “animal waste,” and taken to the outside garbage waste receptacle.
  7. The classroom teacher (or volunteering staff member) must meticulously clean animal houses and surrounding areas weekly. Fresh water needs to be given on a daily basis.
  8. If animals are to be kept in the classroom on days when school is not in session, the teacher must make arrangements for the animal’s care and safety.
  9. Dead animals should be disposed of humanely and in a discreet, sensitive manner. The administration and teachers should work closely with custodial staff to make appropriate disposal arrangements.

C. Lab/Dissection Activities

  1. All experiments using live animals must have prior approval of administration.
  2. Dissections should not be done at the elementary level without administrative permission.
  3. Dissection is not recommended at the middle school level unless facilitated by appropriately trained personnel.

Regarding the use of dissection activities in school classrooms, NSTA recommends that teachers:

  1. Be prepared to present an alternative to dissection to students whose views or beliefs make this activity uncomfortable and/or difficult for them.
  2. Conduct laboratory and dissection activities with consideration and appreciation for the organism.
  3. Plan laboratory and dissection activities that are appropriate to the maturity level of the students.
  4. Use prepared specimens purchased from a reputable and reliable scientific supply company. An acceptable alternative source for fresh specimens (i.e., squid, chicken wings) would be an FDA-inspected facility such as a butcher shop, fish market, or supermarket. The use of salvaged specimens does not reflect safe practice.
  5. Conduct laboratory and dissection activities in a clean and organized work space with care and laboratory precision.
  6. Conduct dissections in an appropriate physical environment with the proper ventilation, lighting, furniture, and equipment, including hot water and soap for cleanup.
  7. Use personal safety protective equipment, such as gloves, chemical splash goggles, and aprons, all of which should be available and used by students, teachers, and visitors to the classroom.
  8. Address such issues as allergies and squeamishness about dealing with animal specimens.
  9. Insure that the specimens are handled and disposed of properly.
  10. Ensure that sharp instruments, such as scissors, scalpels, and other tools, are used safely and appropriately.
  11. Base laboratory and dissection activities on carefully planned curriculum objectives.

D. Field Trips

  1. Field trips to sites such as local natural areas, farms, and zoos are encouraged. Learning objectives should be outlined and guidelines for appropriate student behavior discussed before the trip. Permission slips shall be used to inform parent/guardian of the trip and permission granted by the parent/guardian.
  2. Whenever possible, teachers should obtain prior knowledge of the field trip area, including layout and potential dangers to students and other organisms.
  3. Plant and wildlife should not be removed from the field site unless prearranged.
  4. Teachers and students should take care not to harm the natural environment.

E. Other Situations

  1. Animals are not to be transported on school buses.
  2. Animals trained, or being trained, to assist persons who are physically impaired shall have access to district property and district-provided transportation when being used for that purpose.

a. Animals that are specifically trained to assist individuals with disabilities may be permitted on district property and at district events.An individualized Educational Program (IEP) team or 504 team will make the determination as to whether the service dog is a reasonable accommodation in the school setting and necessary in order to implement the IEP or 504 and/or address the individualized and learning needs of the student within the school setting.The need for the service animal will be documented in the student’s IEP or 504 plan, and does not require prior approval from the principal.

b. Service animal means any dog that is individually trained to do work or perform tasks for the benefit of an individual with disability, including a physical, sensory, psychiatric, intellectual, or other mental disability.Tasks performed can include, among other things, pulling a wheelchair, retrieving dropped items, alerting a person to a sound, reminding a person to take medication, or pressing an elevator button.

Approved:June 14, 2010

Revised: June 22, 2015

Procedure

ANIMALS IN THE CLASSROOM Exhibit 383

Parent Letter

Date:

Dear Parents:

The presence of animals in a school can provide many opportunities for addressing academic standards and supporting the social/emotional growth of students.Live animals are part of our natural environment and can provide opportunities to learn about nature and the environment.They may also be used in classrooms to increase students’ interest in learning.A positive bond between an animal and a child can support social and emotional growth.

As your child’s teacher, I am planning to have an animal in the classroom to support instruction (Please see below for details).The principal has given tentative approval for this plan.

Number and type of animal (s):

Instructional purpose and activities:

Length of time animal will be at school:

It is recognized that some children have health problems when they are near animals.Other children may have an extreme fear to certain types of animals.If your child has any health problems or extreme fears towards the animal described above, please complete the bottom portion of this form and return to me by ________________.

Sincerely,

[Teacher’s name]

[Contact information]


My child has health concerns when exposed to animals as described above.

My child has extreme fear of animals as described above.


__________________________

(Child’s name)

__________________________ ___________________

(Parent’s signature)(Date)


400: Students

Student Policies Goals

411 Equal Educational Opportunities

EQUAL EDUCATIONAL OPPORTUNITIES

PUPIL NONDISCRIMINATION PUPIL HARASSMENT

The District is firmly committed to maintaining an education environment that is free of discrimination and harassment of any form. The right of a student to be admitted to school and to participate fully in curricular, extra-curricular, student services, recreational or other programs or activities will not be abridged or impaired because of sex, race, color, religion, national origin, ancestry, creed, pregnancy, marital or parental status, sexual orientation or physical, mental, emotional or learning disability of the student.

In keeping with the requirement of federal and state law, the District shall not have any vestige of discrimination in admission to any school, class, program or activity standards and rules of behavior, including student harassment; disciplinary actions, including suspension and expulsion; acceptance and administration of gifts, bequests, scholarships and other aids, benefits or services to student from private agencies, organization or person; instructional and library materials used in the District; methods, practices and materials used for testing, evaluating and counseling students; location and use of facilities; opportunity for participation in athletic programs or other extra-curricular activities; and in school sponsored food service programs. This policy applies to all District student policies (Series 400) and instructional policies (Series 300).

This policy prohibits discrimination and harassment under applicable state and federal statues, including Title IV of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 (race and national origin), Title IX of the Educational Amendments of 1972 (sex), Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 (handicap) and Wis. Stat. §118.13 (pupil nondiscrimination). Discrimination is defined as any action, policy, or practice, including bias, stereotyping and pupil harassment, which is detrimental to a person or group of persons, and differentiates or distinguishes among person, or which limits or denies a person or group of persons opportunities, privileges, roles or rewards based in whole or in par on sex, race, color, national origin, ancestry, creed, pregnancy, marital or parental status, sexual orientation, or physical, mental, emotional, or learning disability or which perpetuates the effects of past discrimination. If any person, including a student, feels there has been a discriminatory situation in regard to any of the above named classes or in violation of Title IX, Section 504, or Title ADA, please contact:

The building administrator or the Director of Pupil Services, Kathy Young, at District Office located at W156 N8480 Pilgrim Road, Menomonee Falls, WI 53051, by phone at 262-255- 8440, or by email at younkat@sdmfschools.org

COMPLAINT PROCEDURE

The District encourages informal resolution of complaints, however, a formal procedure is available under this policy and procedure. If any person believes that the District has discriminated against any student on the basis listed above, he or she may file a complaint. The procedure for filing a complaint is outlined in the District procedure.

Complaints regarding the interpretation or application of this policy will be referred and processed in accordance with the established procedure. Notice of this policy and the accompanying complaint procedure will be made available to students, parents, employees, and others to inform them about the proper process of making a complaint. In addition, a student nondiscrimination statement will be included in student and staff handbooks, course selection handbooks and other published materials distributed to the public describing school activities and opportunities.

RELIGIOUS BELIEFS AND EDUCATION

The District shall provide for reasonable accommodations of a student’s sincerely held religious beliefs with regard to all examinations and other academic requirements, confidential requests for any such accommodations will be made in writing and approved by the building principal/designee. Accommodations may include, but not be limited to, exclusion from participation in an activity, alternative assignments, release time from school to participate in religious activities and opportunities to make up work due to attendance at religious observances.

HARASSMENT

The District is committed to maintaining and ensuring an educational environment that is free of pupil harassment. The District recognizes that harassment, including sexual harassment, is a form of pupil discrimination and is prohibited under state and federal law. Accordingly, the District prohibits employees, students and those engaged in the operation of any and all District programs and activities from engaging in any behavior that constitutes harassment, including sexual harassment. This includes any act that takes place on or immediately adjacent to school grounds, at any school sponsored activity, on school provided transportation or at any official school bus stop, use of the district internet system, use of a personal digital device or any other electronic device on campus or school sponsored off campus activities that causes a substantial and material disruption of the District’s schools or interferes with the rights of the individual, including the right to be secure.

The District defines pupil harassment and sexual harassment:

1. Pupil harassment means behavior towards pupils based, in whole or in part, on sex, race, color, national origin, ancestry, creed, religion, pregnancy, marital or parental status, sexual orientation, or physical, mental, emotional or learning disability or handicap which is severe and pervasive and substantially interferes with a pupil’s school performance or creates an intimidating, hostile, or offensive school environment. It could include, but not limited to, abusive behavior of a nonverbal, verbal or physical nature. Wis. Admin. Code PI §9.02, Wis. Stats. 118.13(1), and Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964

2. Sexual harassment is a form of discrimination on the basis of sex. Sexual harassment means unwelcome sexual advances, unwelcome requests for sexual favors, unwelcome physical contact of a sexual nature or unwelcome verbal or physical conduct of a sexual nature. “Sexual harassment” includes conduct directed by a person at another person of the same or opposite gender. “Unwelcome verbal or physical conduct of a sexual nature” includes, but is not limited to, the deliberate, repeated making of unsolicited gestures or comments of a sexual nature; the deliberate, repeated display of offensive sexually graphic materials which is not necessary for business purposes; or deliberate verbal or physical conduct of a sexual nature, whether or not repeated, that is sufficiently severe to interfere substantially with a student’s performance or to create an intimidating, hostile, or offensive school environment. Sexual harassment includes any deliberate, repeated or unwanted physical sexual contact, sexually explicit derogatory statements or sexually discriminatory remark which is offensive or objectionable to the recipient, which causes the recipient discomfort or humiliation, or which interferes with the recipient’s academic performance. Sexual harassment can take the form of, but is not limited to, any unwanted sexual or gender related behavior ranging from leering, pinching, patting, offensive jokes, unwanted flirtations, graphic commentaries about a person’s body, verbal comments, display of graphic or written sexual material, overt or implicit threats or bribes and subtle or express pressures for sexual activity. Admin. Code §PI 9.02(12) and Wis. Stats. 111.32(13)

For the purposes of this policy, the term ‘harassment’ does not mean merely offensive, rude or discourteous expression. The District recognizes that individuals have the right to express their opinion, beliefs or ideas in the school setting. However, expression that is lewd or profane, or infringes upon the rights of others to participate in and enjoy the benefits, opportunities, roles or rewards of a public education, or that substantially disrupts the operations of the school is not protected expression and such expression is prohibited under this policy.

INVESTIGATION

All reports of discrimination and/or harassment will be promptly investigated, and individual privacy will be protected to the extent authorized by law. It is the intent of the District to create an atmosphere where complaints are treated fairly and promptly. There will be no retaliation against anyone who in good faith makes a report regarding harassment or discrimination against any person.

DISCIPLINARY ACTION

Individuals who, upon investigation, are determined to have engaged in discrimination and/or harassment under the provision of this policy may be subjected to disciplinary action. In the case of employees, that action may include, but is not limited to, suspension, discharge and nonrenewal. In the case of students, discipline may include removal and prohibition from participation in such activities or programs, suspension or expulsion.

FALSE COMPLAINTS

The District recognizes that false or fraudulent claims of harassment or discrimination may be filed. The District shall treat all discrimination and harassment claims as valid claims unless and until the District’s investigation reveals that the complaint was filed falsely, fraudulently or for an improper purpose. The District reserves the right to discipline any person filing a false or fraudulent claim of discrimination and harassment, with the same range of discipline as described in the above paragraph.

Wis. Stats. 111.32(13)

Wis. Stats. 118.13

Wis. Admin. Code §PI9

Wis. Admin. Code §PI41

PI 9 Wisconsin Administrative Code

American Disability Act of 1990

Civil Rights Act of 1991

Title IX of the Educational Amendments of 1972

Title VI Civil Rights Act of 1964

Section 504 Rehabilitation Act of 1973

Cross Ref. Procedure 411

Approved: April 13, 1992

Revised: January 22, 2001

October 10, 2016

Revised: June 12, 2017

411.1 Bullying of Students Prohibited

BULLYING OF STUDENTS PROHIBITED

The District and the Board of Education are committed to providing a safe, secure, respectful and nurturing learning environment for all students in school buildings, on school grounds, and school buses, and at school-sponsored activities. Bullying whether by other students, staff or third parties, has a harmful social, physical, psychological and academic impact on bullies, victims and bystanders. The District consistently and vigorously addresses bullying behavior so that there is no disruption to the learning environment and learning process. The District does not tolerate bullying of students in any form and will take all necessary and appropriate action to eliminate it, up to and including discipline of offenders and expulsion.

The policy applies both on school grounds and during activities that occur off school property if the student or employee is at any school-sponsored or school-related activity or function, such as field trips or athletic events where students are under the supervision of school authorities, or where an employee is engaged in school business.

This policy applies not only to students or staff who directly engage in an act of bullying, but also to students or staff who, by their indirect behavior, condone or support another student’s or staff member’s acts of bullying.

Individuals, including students, who believe they are being harassed based on whole or part of the basis of sex, race, color, national origin, religion, ancestry, creed, pregnancy, marital or parental status, sexual orientation, or physical, mental, emotional, or learning disability or handicap, shall reference Board policy 411: Equal Educational Opportunities, Pupil Nondiscrimination, Pupil Harassment or contact:

The building administrator or the Director of Pupil Services, Kathy Young, at District Office located at W156 N8480 Pilgrim Road, Menomonee Falls, WI 53051, by phone at 262-255-8440, or by email at younkat@sdmfschools.org

Approved October 27, 2008

Revised : October 11, 2010

Revised: June 12, 2017

Procedure

BULLYING OF STUDENTS PROHIBITED PROCEDURES

Definitions Bullying

Bullying is deliberate or intentional behavior using words or actions intended to cause fear, intimidation, or harm. Bullying is a form of victimization and is not necessarily a result of or part of an ongoing conflict. Bullying may be repeated behavior and involves an imbalance of power between the bully and the bullied. Furthermore, it may be serious enough to negatively impact a student’s educational, physical, or emotional well being.

The behavior may be motivated by an actual or perceived distinguishing characteristic such as, but not limited to:

age; and social, economic or family status; however it need not be based on any of the above characteristics. It includes, but is not limited to, such behaviors as physical or verbal assaults, nonverbal or emotional threats or intimidation, social exclusion and isolation, extortion, cyber bullying or use of any electronic or telecommunication device or equipment to send embarrassing, slanderous, threatening, or intimidating messages.

Bullying can be also characterized by teasing, put downs, name calling, cruel rumors, false accusations and hazing as defined in 948.51 (2) of state statute.

Cyber bullying

All forms of bullying in cyberspace commonly referred to as cyber bullying are prohibited under this policy. Cyber bullying includes but is not limited to the following misuses of technology: teasing, intimidation, threatening, or terrorizing another person or group of people by sending or posting inappropriate and hurtful e-mail messages, instant messages, text messages, digital pictures or images, or website postings, including blogs or any other messages via cyberspace. The definitions of bullying under this policy, applies not only to students or staff who directly engage in an act of bullying, but also to students or staff who, by their indirect behavior, condone or support another student’s or staff member’s acts of bullying.

The following are used throughout K-12 to help students distinguish between bullying behavior and other types of concerning interactions:

  • Teasing: Everyone is having fun; no one is getting hurt; everyone is participating equally.
  • Conflict: No one is having fun; there is a possible solution to a disagreement; equal balance of power.
  • Mean Moment: Someone is getting hurt on purpose; reaction to a strong feeling or emotion; an isolated event (does not happen regularly)
  • Bullying: Someone is being hurt on purpose; repetitive (happens often); imbalance of power.

Prohibition

Bullying behavior is prohibited in all schools, buildings, property and educational environments, including any property or vehicle owned, leased or used by the school district. This includes transportation regularly used by students to go to and from school or to and from any other school district related activity or event. The educational environments include, but are not limited to, every activity under school supervision.

In the case of cyber bullying, this prohibition also includes the use of school equipment. In situations in which cyber bullying originated off school property or from a non-school computer or telecommunication device, but is brought to the attention of school officials, it shall be governed by and prohibited under this policy if it is determined to be severely disruptive of the educational process, or creates an intimidating, hostile or offensive school environment. This includes, but is not limited to, bullying or making a threat off school grounds through cyberspace that is intended to endanger the health, safety, or property of others at school, a District employee or a school board member.

A student bullying an adult staff member or an adult school staff member bullying a student or another staff member is prohibited using the same criteria. Retaliation against any individual who complains of bullying, or who participates in any way in the investigation of bullying, is strictly forbidden under this policy, and anyone engaging in retaliatory behavior will be subject to immediate discipline, up to and including discharge, suspension or expulsion.

Reporting Bullying and Filing a Complaint

An individual who believes he/she is being subjected to bullying is encouraged to advise the person who is engaging in such conduct (the accused) of their objections to or bullying behavior. If the victim of such behavior is unable or unwilling to advise the person alleged to be engaging in bullying behavior, or if this fails to resolve that behavior, the individual should immediately report the behavior to a teacher, principal, associate principal or district administrator and file a complaint.

Complaints against the building principal or associate principal should be filed with the Superintendent, Director of Pupil Services or Director of Human Resources. Complaints against the Superintendent should be filed with the Board president. In addition, all school staff members and school officials who observe or become aware of acts of bullying are required to report these acts to their building principal, associate principal or district administrator. Any other person, including a student, who is either a victim of bullying, or is aware of bullying, of others or any other concerned individual is encouraged to immediately report the incident(s) to a building principal, associate principal, or district administrator.

Third party witnesses are strongly encouraged to report observed incidents of bullying to the administration. Reports of bullying may be made verbally or in writing and may be made confidentially. All such reports will be taken seriously and a clear account of the incident is to be documented. Reports should include the name of the person alleged to be engaged in the alleged bullying, the specific nature of the bullying, and should detail, in so far as possible, the times, dates, location and other details of the alleged bullying. If the report is made verbally, a written record of the report, including all pertinent details, will be made by the recipient of the report.

The school official receiving a report of bullying shall immediately notify the building principal or associate principal. The District will maintain the confidentiality of the report and any related student records to the extent required by law. Any person who knowingly makes a false complaint under this policy shall be subject to disciplinary action. Filing a report in good faith will not reflect upon the individual’s status, nor will it affect his or her grades or employment status by the District if the complainant is an adult staff member. There will be no retaliation against individuals making such reports. Individuals engaging in retaliatory behavior shall be subject to disciplinary action.

Investigation of Reports of Bullying

All initial complaints involving allegations against a student shall be investigated promptly by the building principal or associate principal. If a report alleges bullying by a school staff member or official, the school official receiving the report shall immediately submit the complaint in writing to the Superintendent, or the Director of Human Resources. The administrator (principal, associate principal or district administrator) designated to investigate the bullying shall thoroughly investigate the complaint and, within one school day, shall interview the victim(s) of the alleged bullying and collect whatever other information is necessary to determine the facts and the seriousness of the report. The timeline may be extended if individuals who need to be involved in the investigation are not available.

The investigator shall also notify the person accused of the bullying behavior of the complaint and the specifics contained therein. The accused individual shall be permitted to respond to the allegations either verbally or in a signed statement. If such response is verbal, it shall be the 4 responsibility of the investigating administer to ensure that the verbal statement is recorded accurately in written format. Parents/guardians of each pupil involved in the bullying will be notified prior to the conclusion of the investigation. Upon completion of the investigation, the findings will be communicated to the involved students, staff members, and/or parents/guardians.

If a complainant or accused are not satisfied with the findings of an investigation conducted by a building principal or associate principal, they may appeal the decision to the Director of Human Resources (when involves staff) or Director of Pupil Services (when involving students), who will investigate the complaint and transmit the findings of his/her investigation to the Superintendent. Within fifteen (15) days of the Superintendent’s receipt of the Director of Human Resources’ or Director of Pupil Services’ findings, the Superintendent shall send by US Postal mail the written findings to the involved parties which contain the conclusions from the District’s investigation.

If the complainant or the accused is not satisfied with the Superintendent’s findings and sanctions, he/she may submit a written appeal to the Board of Education. The appeal will be filed within ten (10) school business days of the response received from the Superintendent. The appeal shall be filed with the Superintendent who shall transmit the appeal to the Board for prompt hearing in closed session. The appeal shall include the nature of the disagreement and the complainant’s reasons for disagreement.

Both the complainant and the accused shall have the right to appear at the Board hearing, to be represented by legal counsel and to call witnesses. The Board shall respond to the complaint and the respondent within ten (10) school business days of the hearing with respect to the Board’s findings and determination in the matter of the appeal. The Superintendent and/or Board reserves the right or may have the legal duty to invoke disciplinary action to appropriate legal authorities in cases where child abuse may be a factor or in cases where reasonable belief exists that a criminal act may have occurred.

A copy of the notification letter and the details of notification to the complainant, together with any other documentation related to the incident and the statement of findings of the investigation shall be kept in a discipline file or in the case of a staff member a copy will be placed in their personnel file. Harassment Individuals, including students, who believe they are being harassed based on whole or part of the basis of sex, race, color, national origin, religion, ancestry, creed, pregnancy, marital or parental status, sexual orientation, or physical, mental, emotional, or learning disability or handicap, shall reference Board policy 411: Equal Educational Opportunities, Pupil Nondiscrimination, Pupil Harassment or contact the building administrator or the Director of Pupil Services, Sanctions and Supports Students or staff members found to have engaged in bullying behavior or who have retaliated against anyone reporting bullying behavior or participating in the investigation of such behavior will be subjected to disciplinary action.

Such action may include, but is not limited to a warning, suspension, expulsion and referral to law enforcement officials for possible legal action. Employees found to have participated in bullying behavior, or having become aware that bullying was taking place and failed to report the behavior, are considered to be in violation of the prohibition expressed in this policy. They may be subject to disciplinary action including but not limited to transfer, remediation, termination or discharge, consistent with statutory authority, school district policies and other regulations or practices. Disciplinary action taken in response to bullying will be sufficiently severe to try to deter future violations and to appropriately discipline prohibited behavior. Action may also include implementation of programs and services designed to support the victim of bullying, as well as to support and redirect students from continued bullying behavior.

All staff shall review the definitions, prevention, and intervention strategies of this policy yearly. The policy should be included in orientation for all new staff and volunteers. The District will follow any Department of Public Instruction or statutory bullying awareness days. The district will utilize only evidence-based curriculum in any prevention curriculum in each elementary, middle, and high school. Disclosure and Public Reporting This policy will be referenced annually to all students enrolled in the school district, their parents and or guardians and employees. It will also be distributed to youth organizations in the community having cooperative agreements with the schools. The District will also provide a copy of the policy to any person who requests it. Records will be maintained on the number and types of reports made, and sanctions imposed for incidents found to be in violation of the bullying policy.

The Superintendent, Director of Pupil Services or Director of Human Resources shall be responsible for keeping a record of all complaints and data under this policy for the purpose of monitoring school climate and assessing the need for education or training. Kathy Young, at District Office located at W156 N8480 Pilgrim Road, Menomonee Falls, WI 53051, by phone at 262-255-8440, or by email at younkat@sdmfschools.org

An annual summary report shall be prepared and presented to the Board, which includes trends in bullying behavior and recommendations on how to further reduce bullying behavior. The annual report will be available to the public. Reference: Wisconsin State Statutes 118.02 (9t), 118.46

Approved: October 27, 2008

Revised October 11, 2010

Revised: November 1, 2017

412 School Census

SCHOOL CENSUS

A census of children under the age of twenty (20) living in the School District of Menomonee Falls will be taken annually.

The collection and reporting of data will be carried out under the supervision of the Director of Pupil Services.

The census collection information will be submitted to the Department of Public Instruction annually in accordance with state law. WI. Stats. 43.70(1)

Approved: April 13, 1992

Revised: November 28, 2011

412.1 Fulltime Students

FULL TIME STUDENTS

Primary School:

PreK (4 year-old) A student who attends the 4-year-old program is counted as .6 (parent outreach is 10%).

Grades K5 A student who attends an integrated 5-year-old district approved kindergarten program may be counted .5 for aid purposes.)

A full time student is defined as:

A student who attends the full day 5-year-old Kindergarten program A student who attends school for the full primary school day.

Middle School Grades 6 – 7 - 8 : A student who attends school for the full middle school day.

High School Grades 9-10-11-12: A student who attends school for the full high school day including the following exceptions: A student having both administrative and parental permission for early release to:

a) participate in an approved work-experience program,

b) report to a part-time job. Special Items: Students with Disabilities: Students may have less than a regular full day program if so determined by the IEP (Individual Education Program).

Approved: April 13, 1992

Revised: October 12, 1998

Revised: February 25, 2002 Updated (2009 School Configuration Changes)

Revised: November 28, 2011

School Admissions

420 Early Admission to School

EARLY ADMISSION TO SCHOOL

All children residing in the District who meet the age requirements of the State for four (4) year old kindergarten, five (5) year old kindergarten and first grade, shall be admitted to the public schools in the District. District staff shall provide parents and students with the necessary information, services and consultation to ensure the appropriate placement of each student.

Children who are four or five years of age on or before September 1st in the year they propose to enter school shall be enrolled in four or five year old kindergarten, respectively. Children are eligible to enter first grade if they are six years old on or before September 1st in the year they propose to enter school. A birth certificate, or other legal document, denoting the child’s date of birth will be required to verify date of birth.

The District of shall admit students to five year old kindergarten or first grade below the legal age in accordance with State law and established procedures. Early admission decisions shall be made by a team, which include the school psychologist, the social worker, the principal and others as deemed appropriate. The results of the evaluation will be compared to the criteria outlined in the procedures.

Early admission to four year old kindergarten will not be considered. Students with disabilities who do not meet age requirements for four or five year old kindergarten may be placed or spend time in these programs for appropriate integration with non-disabled peers per their Individual Education Program (IEP).

The District shall not discriminate in admissions to any school, class, program or activity on the basis of sex, race, color, national origin, religion, ancestry, creed, pregnancy, marital or parental status, sexual orientation, or physical, mental, emotional, or learning disability or handicap in education programs or activities. If anyone, including a student, feels there has been a discriminatory situation in regard to any of the above named classes or in violation of Title IX, Section 504, Title II, or ADA, please contact the building administrator or the Director of Pupil Services at 262-255-8440.

Discrimination complaints will be processed in accordance with established procedures, outlined in Board procedure 411.

References: Title VI of Civil Rights Act of 1964 Title IX of the Education Amendments of 1972 Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 Title II of the American with Disabilities Act of 1990 Wis. Stats. 118.13, 18.14, 118.15, 140.05(16) PI 9.03(1) Wisconsin Administrative Code 2 Cross Reference: Policies 343.2, 342.1 (Gifted & Talented Program), 345.55 (Promotion and Retention of Students), 422, 423, 423.1, 424, 447, 411 Procedures 420, 411,

Approved: April 13, 1992

Revised: June 11, 2007

October 10, 2016

420.1 Homeless Children

HOMELESS CHILDREN AND YOUTH CHILDREN IN OUT OF HOME PLACEMENT/FOSTER CARE

The District shall implement the McKinney-Vento Homeless Education Assistance Act and Title I, Part A of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act to ensure that children and youth experiencing homelessness or children who are in out of home/foster care placement are provided with equal access to the same free, appropriate public education, including a public preschool education as provided to other children and youths.

Children and youths experiencing homelessness or are placed out of the home/foster care shall have equal opportunity to meet state and district academic achievement standards, have access to programs and activities offered to other children attending the District schools, including educational services for which children meet eligibility, career and technical education programs and school nutrition programs; and are free from discrimination, segregation and harassment as outlined in Board policy 411: Equal Educational Opportunities.

The District shall review and revise policies and practices that may act as a barrier to enrollment, attendance, or success in school of children and youths experiencing homelessness.

LEGAL REF.: Section 118.13 Wisconsin Statutes P11 Wisconsin Administrative Code McKinney-Vento Homeless Assistance Act 42 U.S. Code Part B-Education for Homeless Children and Youths Title I, Part A of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act WI Statute sections: 121.84 118.51 121.79 Cross Reference: Policy and Procedure 411: Equal Educational Opportunities Policy and Procedure 423: Open Enrollment and Course Options Policy 347: Student Records

Approved: June 13, 2011

Revised: June 24, 2013

Revised: February 13, 2017

Procedure

HOMELESS CHILDREN AND YOUTH CHILDREN IN OUT OF HOME CARE/FOSTER CARE DEFINITIONS

Homeless/Student in Transition: A child or youth shall be considered to be homeless as long as he or she is living in a situation described below:

  • Sharing the house of other people due to loss of housing, economic hardship, or similar reason
  • Living in motels, hotels, campgrounds, or trailer parks due to lack of alternative adequate accommodations
  • Living in emergency or transitional shelters
  • Abandoned in hospitals
  • Awaiting foster care placement
  • Have a primary nighttime residence that is a private or public placed not designed for or ordinarily used as a regular sleeping accommodation for human beings
  • Living n a car, park, public space, abandoned building, substandard housing, bus or train station or similar setting
  • Migratory children and unaccompanied youth who are living in a situation described above
  • Unaccompanied, which includes young people who have run away from home, been thrown out of their home, and/or been abandoned by parents or guardians.

Out of Home/Foster Care Placement:

A child shall be considered in an out of home placement or foster care placement if living in a situation described below:

Placement in a 24 hour substitute care for children who are placed away from their parents or guardians and

For whom the child welfare agency has placement and care responsibility.

This includes, but is not limited to:

  • Placement in foster care homes
  • Foster homes of relatives
  • Group homes
  • Emergency shelters
  • Residential facilities
  • Child care institutions
  • Pre-adoptive homes

School of Origin:

The school of origin is the school in which a student is enrolled at the time homelessness is experienced or the school in which the child is enrolled at the time of foster care placement, including a preschool if the district has a preschool program. The following procedures will be applied to all students and their families experiencing homelessness and all students and their foster care parents who are in out of home/foster care placement unless otherwise specified.

DISTRICT/BUIILDING LIAISONS

The Director of Pupil Services will be identified as the District Liaison for Homelessness and Out of Home/Foster Care placements. The School Social Workers will be identified as the building liaison for all students experiencing homelessness or placed in out of home/foster care placements.

SERVICES

The following services will be provided as deemed necessary by the District Liaison, the building liaison and the parent or foster parent:

  • Transportation
  • Title I
  • Education services for which the student meets eligibility criteria, including special education and related services and services for English Language Learners
  • Vocational and technical education programs
  • Gifted and talented programs
  • School nutrition programs
  • Before and after school programs
  • Preschool programs
  • All the above services will be provided without delay and without a requirement for paperwork documentation. School of Origin Decisions Individuals involved in with the student, including welfare agency representatives, will make decisions related to the school of origin that is in the student’s best interest. Consideration will be given to stability for the student, age of the student, location of transitional housing or foster care placement and any other considerations deemed relevant by those involved in the decision. It is expected that district staff and the child welfare agency work collaboratively to consider all the above factors and to make the best interest determination. If there is dispute regarding best interest determination for children in out of home/foster care placements, the child welfare agency should be considered the final decision, as the agency is position to assess the noneducational factors such as safety, sibling placements, permanency of the goals, and the other components of the case/safety plan. 3 Transportation At the request of the parent or foster parent and in collaboration with the liaison, transportation will be provided for children or youth experiencing homelessness or in foster care placement to the school of origin for the duration of the situation. For those students who are out of district, transportation will be arranged and financially shared with the district in which the student has transitional housing or is in foster care placement. In some cases, the transportation costs for students in foster care will be shared with the district and the child welfare agency. Students at the preschool level will receive transportation that is comparable to other preschool students in the District. Once permanent housing is found for students who are homeless, the student may stay in the school they are attending, the school of origin, or attend the school they have found housing until the end of the academic year. The parent will complete all necessary State mandated paperwork under the Tuition Waiver or Open Enrollment, as applicable, in order for attendance to continue. Once the student becomes permanently housed, transportation will be the responsibility of the family. Attendance When a student in transitional housing or out of home/foster care placement has concerns with attendance and tardiness, consideration should be given to his/her living circumstance. As appropriate, excused absences should be given and assistance from the pupil service team to address the absences or tardies will be provided. PROCESSES FOR STUDENTS EXPERIENCING HOMELESSNESS ONLY Free Meals Hunger and poor nutrition are obvious barriers to learning. To help ensure that children that are homeless and unaccompanied youth are available for learning, the US Department of Agriculture has determined that all children that are homeless and unaccompanied youth are automatically eligible for free meals. On the day a child that is homeless or unaccompanied youth indicates such or enrolls in the District, the enrolling school must submit the student’s name to the District nutrition office for immediate processing. Title I Children and youth in transition will automatically be eligible for Title I services, regardless of what school they attend. The trauma and instability of homelessness put students at sufficient risk of academic regression to warrant additional support. The District will provide services comparable to those provided to Title I students to children and youth in transition attending non-participating schools. Reserved funds will be used to provide education-related support services to children and youth in transition, both in school and outside of school, and to remove barriers that prevent regular attendance. The District’s Title plan will be coordinated with McKinney-Vento services, through collaboration between the Title I Coordinator and the liaison. Children and youth in transition 4 shall be assessed, reported on, and included in accountability systems, as required by federal law and U.S. Department of Education regulations and guidance. School Selection and Enrollment Disputes If a dispute arises over school selection and enrollment, the child or youth experiencing homelessness shall be immediately admitted to the school in which enrollment is sought, pending final resolution of the dispute. The student shall also have the rights of a student in transition to all appropriate educational services, transportation, free meals, and Title I services while the dispute is pending. The school where the dispute arises shall provide the parent or unaccompanied youth with a written explanation of its decision and the right to appeal, and shall immediately refer the parent or youth to the liaison. The liaison shall ensure the student is enrolled in the school of his/her choice, receiving other services to which he/she is entitled during the dispute resolution process, and shall resolve the dispute as expeditiously as possible. The parent or unaccompanied youth shall be given every opportunity to participate meaningfully in the resolution of the dispute. The liaison shall keep records of all disputes and exam the records for any patterns that would demonstrate a delay or denial in educational services. The parent or unaccompanied youth may appeal the liaison’s decision, following complaint procedures, the State Superintendent of Public Instruction in accordance with the State’s dispute resolution. PROCESSES FOR OUT OF HOME/FOSTER CARE PLACEMENTS ONLY The District’s point of contact person will be the Director of Pupil Services when addressing the needs of students placed in foster care. The point of contact person will: 1. Work with administrators and other District personnel to ensure that policies, procedures and practices remove barriers for children in foster care systems. 2. Coordinate with the points of contact and other appropriate representatives of child welfare agencies and of other education agencies on implementation of the Title I provision related to ensuring educational stability of children in foster care. 3. Request, facilitate, and confirm, as applicable, the timely transfer of student records any time a child in foster care will be enrolling in a school, within or outside of the District, other than the school the child is currently attending or most recently attended. 4. Facilitate the sharing of student record information with the child welfare agency personnel in a manner that is consistent with applicable legal requirements and any applicable record sharing agreements. 5. Collaborate with other District staff and, if appropriate, with child welfare agency representatives, to assist children n foster care with their educational transition (i.e., from early childhood to elementary, from elementary to middle school, from middle school to high school and from high school to post secondary). 5 6. For a child in foster care who is a high school student and who is newly enrolled in high school in the District, ensure that the child meets with a high school counselor to review previous course work and the awarding of credit for such course work, review credits needed for graduation, and review the options available to the child for meeting the graduation requirements. 7. Coordinate professional development activities and resources, and serve as a local resource, as needed, for other District staff related to the Title I provisions and the educational needs of children in foster care. 8. In collaboration with administrators and other District staff, coordinate the collection and appropriate reporting of any data that is needed to meet the established legal requirements related to children in foster in care. Under State rules, foster parents and other out of home providers can make reasonable and prudent parenting decisions regarding: 1. Extracurricular, enrichment, cultural or social activities, including activities related to transportation, formal or informal employment and related activities, and activities related to personal expression. 2. Age or developmentally appropriate activities, which are defined as (a) activities that are generally accepted as suitable for children of the same chronological age or level of maturity or that are determined to be developmentally appropriate for a child based on the cognitive, emotional, physical, and behavioral capacities that are typical for children of the same age or age group, and (b) activities that are suitable based on the child’s cognitive, emotional, physical and behavioral capacity. A foster parent or out of home care provider may not do any of the following: 1. Permit the child to participate in an activity that would violate a court order or any federal or state statute, rule or regulation. 2. Represent the child in legal actions or make other decisions of substantial legal significance 3. Determine which school the child attends or make decisions for the child regarding education right or requirement that is provided in federal or state law. For example, only a parent can make decisions related to special education/IDEA. Approved: June 13, 2011 Revised: February 13, 2017

Exhibit A - Form

422.1 Admission of Foreign Students

ADMISSION OF FOREIGN STUDENTS

The District promotes international understanding. Foreign students will be accepted according to State and Federal law. Foreign students will abide by the rules and regulations of all students and the policies and rules of the school board.

Reference:

WI Stats. 121.84(1)(c)

8 USCA 1184(1)

Approved: October 27, 1997

Revised: January 11, 2016

Procedure

ADMISSION OF FOREIGN STUDENTS

1. A foreign student having a J-1 visa (Foreign Exchange student) or F-1 visa (an alien who enters the United States expressly for educational pursuits) may be accepted by the School District of Menomonee Falls provided said student is in compliance with all State and Federal laws and meets requirements set forth by the Superintendent and/or Board of Education.

2. A foreign exchange student having a J-1 visa shall be represented by a bona fide organization recognized by the current Advisory List of International Educational Travel and Exchange Programs of the Council on Standards for Educational Travel (CSIET) and the Board of Education. Sponsoring organizations will be responsible for all student procedures and documents required by Federal and State government. The organization representing the foreign student shall establish to the satisfaction of the Board of Education that an adult in the District has the authority to act in Loco Parentis. The adult supervisor will be financially and otherwise responsible. No tuition fee will be charged.

3. A foreign student having an F-1 visa who enrolls for the sole purpose of receiving an education in grades nine through twelve (9-12) shall be required to pay the full unsubsidized per capita cost of education in advance An F-1 student is limited to a period of attendance not to exceed 12 months. Federal law prohibits attendance of an F-1 student in grades kindergarten through grade eight (K-8).

4. Any foreign student admitted to the School District of Menomonee Falls is expected to abide by all policies, rules, and regulations of the District. The student is expected to comply with all policies of the Immigration and Naturalization Service of the United States of America.

5. The school district reserves the right to terminate a foreign student’s enrollment, when in its judgment, the student’s continued enrollment would be detrimental to the foreign student, other students, or school personnel.

6. All applications for enrollment shall be reviewed and approved by the high school principal by June 15 of the preceding school year.

7. The Superintendent reserves the right to accept or reject any foreign student application.

Wis. Stats. 121.77(1), 121.84 Public Law 104-208 Section 625 8 USCA 1184(l)

Approved: October 27, 1997

423 Open Enrollment and Course Options

OPEN ENROLLMENT AND COURSE OPTIONS

Wisconsin’s inter-district public school open enrollment program allows parents to apply for their children to attend school in a school district other than the one in which they reside. The District shall participate in the Wisconsin Public School Open Enrollment Program in accordance with applicable law and the relevant procedure of the District.

Decision Criteria for Nonresident Applications:

Decisions regarding nonresident open enrollment applications will be based on the following criteria:

1. Whether there is space available, as determined by

a. Enrollment projections for all schools in the District

b. The number and percentage of students currently attending through tuition programs (ie., open enrollment, Chapter 220)

c. The number of home schooled and private school students projected to attend one of the schools in the District

d. Class size guidelines, including teacher to student ratio and class demographics per grade level at each school.

2. Whether the nonresident student has been expelled from any school district within the current school year or the two (2) proceeding school years.

3. Whether any disciplinary proceeding involving the nonresident pupil, based on any of the following criteria, is pending:

a. Conveying or causing to be conveyed any threat or false information concerning an attempt or alleged attempt being made to destroy any school property by means of explosives;

b. Engaging in conduct while at school or under supervision of a school authority that endangered the health, safety or property of others;

c. Engaging in conduct while not at school or while not under the supervision of a school authority, any employee of the District or member of the School Board that endangeredthe health, safety or property of others at school,

d. Possessing a dangerous weapon (as defined in 939.22(10), WI Stats.) while at school or while under the supervision of a school authority.

4. Whether the nonresident student attended school in the District under open enrollment and was habitually truant, as defined in Board policy and procedure 431, Compulsory Attendance, during the prior school year or prior semester.

Special Education Consideration:

Decisions whether to accept a nonresident student with disabilities who applied for open enrollment will be made based on the following criteria:

1. Whether the special education services outlined on the student’s Individualized Education Plan (IEP) are available in the District

2. Whether space is available to deliver the services outlined in the student’s IEP.

3. Whether the student is currently participating in a special education evaluation but determination for eligibility has not yet been made.

If the student’s IEP is developed or changed after starting in the nonresident district, and it is then

discovered that the District does not have necessary programs available or does not have space in the programs needed, the nonresident student may be returned to the resident school district.

Decisions whether or not to approve a resident student with disabilities application for open enrollment will be based on the following criteria:

Whether the implementation of the student’s IEP will cause an undue financial burden as

determined by the cost estimate provided by the nonresident district and as outlined in Wis. Stats. § 118.51 (12) (b) 1 and Chapter PI 36.12(4).

Guaranteed Placement:

Guaranteed placement will be given to an applicant who is currently attending the District under a tuition waiver. After guaranteed placements have been made, all available spaces will be filled randomly, provided that first priority will be given to siblings if space is available in the sibling’s grade level.

Selection Process of Open Enrollment Applications

1. Prior to accepting any open enrollment applicant, the District will reject all applications that were submitted after the State determined timeline.

2. The District will reject all applications that will increase racial imbalance.

3. After implementing 1 and 2, if there are more applications than spaces available, the available spaces will be filled by random selection using the following process:

a. Students attending under tuition waiver will be guaranteed open enrollment seats.

b. Siblings of currently open enrolled students will be given preference if space in the required grade is available.

c. The remaining applicants will be selected at random and assigned a number in the order they are chosen with all siblings of randomly selected applicants assigned numbers consecutive to the number assigned to the first applicant drawn in that family.

d. Applicants will be offered available seats in order of the number they are assigned in the random selection process based upon the match between grades requested and seat availability.

e. After all seats have been offered at the initial selection, the remaining students will be placed on a waiting list in the same order they were assigned in the initial random selection.

Racial Imbalance

For the purposes of this policy, racial imbalance in the District may occur (a) when the ratio of minority to non-minority students enrolled in the District (excluding pupil transfers under Chapter 220) is substantially disproportionate to the ratio of minority to non-minority students of school age who reside in the District, or (b) when minority students, including transfers under Chapter 220 and the Open Enrollment Program, constitutes thirty percent (30%) or more of the number of pupils enrolled in the District. [Wis. Stats. 121.85(2)(a)(b)]

Notification of Acceptance and Denial

Notification of acceptance and denial will be provided as outlined in WI Stats. in regard to process and timeline.

Reapplication Process

The Board will not require accepted nonresident pupils to reapply under the open enrollment policy when the nonresident pupil enters middle school or high school.

Habitual Truancy

Nonresident students who are habitually truant as defined in WI Stats. 118.16(1)(a) and Board Policy and Procedure 431, Compulsory Attendance, shall be prohibited from attending school in the District the succeeding semester or school year.

Transportation for Open Enrollment

Transportation is the responsibility of the parent of the pupil attending the course at the educational institution. If a student with a disability has transportation in his/her IEP, the nonresident district must provide the transportation.

Course Options for Public School Students

Any student attending a public school may apply to take up to two courses in another public institution during any semester, regardless of grade level. Courses may be taken in any educational institution, including a public school in a nonresident school district, the University of WI System, a technical college, a nonprofit institute of higher education, a tribal college, a charter school, and any nonprofit organization approved by the WI DPI.

The Board may deny the course option application if any of the following applies:

1. The course requested at another education institution conflicts with the student’s individualized education program (IEP).

2. The course does not satisfy high school graduation requirements.

3. The course does not conform or support the student’s academic and career plan.

4. Spaces in the course are not available.

a. If there are more applications than spaces, students will be selected on a random basis.

The Board may not deny an application as a result of undue financial burden.

Course Option Application Process

1. Students wishing to attend an educational institution to take a course under this section shall submit an application on the form provided by the Department of Public Instruction to the educational institution the student wishes to attend no later than 6 weeks prior to the date on which the course is scheduled to begin.

2. The application will identify the course and the school(s) the student wishes to attend.

3. The educational institution shall send a copy of the application to the student’s resident district.

Response to application:

No later than one week prior to the date on which the course is to begin, the educational institution shall notify the student and the resident school board, in writing, whether the application is accepted and which school the pupil may attend.

If the application is denied, the reason for the denial must be included in the letter.

No later than one week prior to the dates on which the courses is scheduled to begin the resident district shall:

If the application is denied, notify, in writing, the applicant and the educational institution of the reason for the denial for reasons identified in the prior section of this policy.

Following the receipt of a notice of acceptance but prior to the start date of the course, the student’s parent shall notify the resident district and the educational institute of the student’s intent to attend.

Students attending a course under this section shall have all the rights and privileges of other students attending the educational institution, and shall be subject to all the same rules and regulations as other students.

Disciplinary Records:

Upon request, the resident board shall provide to the educational institution to which the student applies

under this section a copy of any expulsion findings and orders, a copy of records of pending discipline, a

written explanation of the reason for the expulsion or pending disciplinary proceedings and the length of

the term of expulsion or other possible outcomes of the pending disciplinary proceedings.

Transportation for course options:

Transportation is the responsibility of the parent of the pupil attending the course at the educational institution.

References:

Wis. Stats. 118.16

Wis. Stats. 118.51

Wis. Stats. 118.52

Wis. Stats. 121.85

PI 36

Approved: January 9, 2006

Revised: January 26, 2015

Procedure

OPEN ENROLLMENT ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURES

Full-time Open Enrollment

I. Application Procedures for Nonresident Students – Applications from nonresidents for full time open enrollment into a district school must be (a) submitted on-line using the Open Enrollment Application Log(OPAL), which is the form provided by the Department of Public Instruction (“DPI”) and (b) received between the first Monday in February and the last day of April. Untimely applications will not be processed nor will the review process be delayed by failure to submit supporting documentation. Nonresident pupil applications are shared on OPAL and a request for any Special Education referrals, IEP’s, pending disciplinary proceedings, and/or Expulsion Orders for the current and previous two years will be sent to the resident school district upon request.

II. Timetable for Decisions on Applications – District decisions on Applications – District decisions on full-time open enrollment applications will be made after last day in April and no later than the Friday following the first Monday in June. For a pupil to participate in open enrollment, both the resident School Board and the nonresident school board must approve the application.

III. Decisional Criteria for Nonresident Applications. Decisions regarding nonresident open enrollment applications will be based on the following criteria:

A. Whether there is a space available for nonresident transfer students. The District Administration or Director of Pupil Services will report to the School Board the space available for Open Enrollment students. In determining such space available, the the following will be considered:

1. Whether there is space available, as determined by

a. Enrollment projections for all schools in the District

b. The number of students currently attending through tuition programs (ie., open enrollment, Chapter 220)

c. The number of home schooled and private school students projected to attend one of the schools in the District

d. Class size guidelines, including teacher to student ratio and other demographic information (i.e., percentage of students with disabilities, economically disadvantaged, ELL per grade level at each school)

2. Whether the nonresident student has been expelled from any school district within the current school year or the two (2) proceeding school years.

3. Whether any disciplinary proceeding involving the nonresident pupil, based on any of the following criteria, is pending:

a. Conveying or causing to be conveyed any threat or false information concerning an attempt or alleged attempt being made to destroy any school property by means of explosives;

b. Engaging in conduct while at school or under supervision of a school authority that endangered the health, safety or property of others;

c. Engaging in conduct while not at school or while not under the supervision of a school authority, any employee of the District or member of the School Board that endangered the health, safety or property of others at school,

d. Possessing a dangerous weapon (as defined in 939.22(10), WI Stats.) while at school or while under the supervision of a school authority.

4. Whether the nonresident student attended school in the District under open enrollment and was habitually truant during the prior school year or prior semester.

Special Education Consideration:

Decisions whether to accept a nonresident student with disabilities who applied for open enrollment will be made based on the following criteria:

1. Whether the special education services outlined on the student’s Individualized Education Plan (IEP) are available in the District

2. Whether space is available to deliver the services outlined in the student’s IEP

3. Whether the student is currently participating in a special education evaluation but determination for eligibility has not yet been made

Note:

1. If the student’s IEP is developed or changed after starting in the nonresident district, and it is then discovered that the District does not have necessary programs available or does not have space in the programs needed, the nonresident student may be returned to the resident school district.

Decisions whether or not to approve a resident student with disabilities application for open enrollment will be based on the following criteria:

1. Whether the implementation of the student’s IEP will cause an undue financial burden as determined by the cost provided by the nonresident district.

IV. Selection Process of Open Enrollment Applications

A. The Board will fill the available spaces by random selection as provided below.

1. Currently enrolled tuition waiver students with guaranteed seats (per board policy criteria) will be placed first.

2. Siblings of currently enrolled open enrollment students will be given preference if space is available.

3. The remaining applicants will be selected at random and assigned a number in the order they are chosen with all siblings of randomly selected applicants assigned numbers consecutive to the number assigned to the first applicant drawn in that family.

4. Applicants will be offered available seats in order of the number they are assigned in the random selection process based upon the match between grades requested and seat availability.

5. After all seats have been offered at the initial selection, the remaining students will be placed on a waiting list in the same order they were assigned in the initial random selection.

B. Notice of selection for open enrollment: Parents will be notified of selection by mail and the notice will include:

1. Notice that the student has been selected for an open enrollment seat;

2. Name of the school/program to which the pupil is assigned;

3. Date by which the parent(s) must notify the Board of whether the pupil will attend the nonresident school district and the procedures to follow for notification, registration, and enrollment.

C. If parent(s) do not respond within ten (10) calendar days, the acceptance will be rescinded and the open space will be offered to the next applicant on the waiting list.

D. Notice of denial of selection and placement on the waiting list: Parents of students who are not initially selected will be notified by mail of the denial of placement and placed on the waiting list of applicants. The applicant’s number on the waiting list will be in the same order as he/she received in the initial random selection, however, renumbered beginning with number “1”. The notice will include:

1. Notice that placement has been denied and that the student has been placed on the waiting list;

2. The number/rank the student has been assigned on the waiting list in the random selection process.

3. If seats become available due to non-acceptance or no response from students initially offered open enrollment seats in the District, students on the waiting list will be offered seats in the order they appear on the waiting list.

4. The last date on which the School Board may offer open enrollment applicants a space from the waiting list is the third Friday in August.

V. Notification of Decisions – Written notice of acceptance or denial of both nonresident and resident applications must be sent to all applicants on or before the first Friday following the first Monday in April June. Notice of denial will include a reason for the determination.

Additional Notices When a Nonresident Pupil is accepted – If the Board approves an open enrollment application of a nonresident pupil, it will send a written notice to the applicant no later than the 2nd Friday following the first Monday in June of the specific school or program that the applicant may attend during the following school year. The parents/guardians of an accepted nonresident pupil must notify the Board no later than the last Friday following the last Monday in June of the pupil’s intent to attend school in the District during the following school year; and 3 use OPAL indicate the intent .

Additional Notice if a Resident Pupil’s Application to Another District is Denied If the Board denies a resident’s application to attend another district, it shall send a copy of the notice of denial to the other district on or before the first Friday following the first Monday in April.

VI. Reapplication Procedures – The Board may require accepted nonresident pupils to reapply under the open enrollment policy when the nonresident pupil enters middle school, junior high school or high school. A nonresident pupil may be required to reapply only once.

VII. Transportation – The parents or guardians of a pupil attending a nonresident school district will be solely responsible for providing transportation to and from the school site, unless the nonresident pupil is a student with a disability and transportation is required by his/her IEP.

VIII. Tuition Payment – The Board shall pay to the nonresident school board tuition calculated under 121.83, Wis. Stats. for District pupils with a disability attending school in the nonresident school district.

IX. Rights and Privileges of Nonresident Pupils – Non resident pupils attending school in the District on a full-time basis will have all of the rights and privileges of resident pupils and will be subject to the same rules and regulations as resident pupils, including, but not limited to, those relating to discipline and expulsion.

A. Habitual Truancy – Nonresident students attending school in the district under open enrollment who are habitually truant may be prohibited from attending school in the district in the succeeding semester or school year.

X. Racial Imbalance – For the purposes of this policy, racial imbalance in the District may occur (a) when the ratio of minority to non-minority pupils enrolled in the District (excluding pupil transfers under Chapter 220) is substantially disproportionate to the ratio of minority to non-minority pupils of school-age who reside in the District or (b) when minority pupils enrolled in the District, including transfers under Chapter 220 and the Open Enrollment Program, constitute thirty percent (30%) or more of the number of pupils enrolled in the District Wis. Stats 121.85(2)(a)(b).

XI. Part-Time Open Enrollment

A. Application Procedures – The Board will accept open enrollment applications from nonresidents enrolled in a public school in the high school grades for individual courses. Applications must be submitted on the form provided by the DPI. Nonresidents may not

attend more than two (2) courses at any time in the District. The applications must be made no later than six (6) weeks prior to the start of the course. Copies of all nonresident pupil applications will be sent to the resident school board of each non-resident pupil. The Board must receive copies of all applications by District pupils seeking part-time open enrollment in other school districts.

The Board shall consider only the following criteria for nonresident open enrollment applications:

1. The same criteria applied to District pupils selecting courses.

2. Whether the nonresident pupil is already enrolled in two (2) courses in the District.

B. Resident Acceptance Criteria – The Board will consider approval or denial of applications of residents enrolled in the high school grades to attend courses in other school districts based upon only the following criteria:

a. Whether the course would conflict with the IEP of an exceptional education pupil.

C. Notice of Decisions – Written notice of acceptance or denial will be sent to all applicants no later than one (1) week prior to the start of the course. Notice of denial will include a reason for the determination and will also be sent to the nonresident school board, which initially reviewed the application. Notice of acceptance shall include the names of the school the pupil will attend and the names of the course(s) in which he/she will enroll. If the Board approves an open enrollment application of a nonresident pupil it will also send a copy of the notice of acceptance to the resident school board no later than one (1) week prior to the start of the course.

D. Resident Pupils Attending Other Schools – The Board will notify a resident pupil no later than one (1) week prior to the start of a course in a nonresident district whether the course will satisfy District high school graduation requirements.

E. Reapplication Procedures – Approval of part-time open enrollment for a course in another district applies only to the semester, year or other session for which the course is offered. The Board will require nonresident pupils to reapply under the part-time open enrollment policy for each additional semester, year or other session for which a course is offered.

F. Transportation – The parents or guardians of a pupil attending a course in a non-resident school district will be solely responsible for providing transportation to and from the school site.

G. Tuition Payment – The Board will pay to the nonresident school board tuition in an amount equal to the cost of providing the course for District pupils attending courses in the nonresident district.

H. Rights and Privileges of Nonresident Pupils – Nonresident pupils attending courses in the District on a part-time basis will have all of the rights and privileges of resident pupils and will be subject to the same rules and regulations as resident pupils.

XII. Procedures for Evaluating Applications by District Residents to Transfer to another District – The Board will consider only the following criteria for denying resident applications:

A. Whether the application would increase racial imbalance as defined in Section (X) of the full-time open enrollment portion of this policy in either the District or the district to which the student has applied.

B. Whether the resident pupil is a student with disabilities or impairments and the implementation of his/her IEP in the other district would impose an undue financial burden on the District. Notwithstanding the Board’s approval of a resident pupil’s application, the

Board may withdraw approval if, after the district pupil has begun in the other school district, the IEP as implemented by the nonresident school district would impose an undue financial burden on the district.

Approved: January 26, 1998

Revised: February 25, 2002

Revised: January 24, 2005

Revised: January 9, 2006

Revised: January 24, 2011



423.1 Admission of Students & Intradistrict Transfers

ADMISSION OF STUDENTS AND INTRADISTRICT TRANSFERS

Any child who physically resides in the District for a purpose other than school attendance will be considered a resident student and will be eligible for tuition free admission to the District schools.

A child of non-resident parent whose care, custody and support has been assigned to a resident of the District and with whom the child resides, may attend school without payment of tuition provided required documentation has been submitted to one of the schools or to the District office. In such cases, the reason for school admittance must be unrelated to any educational or extra-curricular benefit that may be attained by attending a District school rather than a school in the child's resident district. Proof is required that the residence of the child in the District of is for other than educational or extra-curricular benefits.

Upon approval from the District, a child shall be permitted to:

A. continue to attend school without payment of tuition until the end of the school year and completion of a tuition waiver and provide his/her own transportation, if the parent/guardian moves from the District, or

B. attend school without payment of tuition and provide his/her own transportation, if the parent/ guardian provides documentation of future residency of the District within a nine (9) week period.

A foreign exchange student may attend school in the School District of Menomonee Falls without payment of tuition provided the student resides in the District.

A student who has gained senior status as determined by accumulated credits and is a resident of the District at the time of gaining such status will be permitted to complete the senior year without payment of tuition if his/her parent/guardian becomes nonresidents of the District. Under these circumstances, transportation will be the responsibility of the family.

All non-resident students will only attend the District under acceptance through a State approved program, such as Chapter 220 or Open Enrollment.

Parents/Guardians who have their children enrolled in one elementary school but move within the District to another elementary resident, may request for their children to stay at the elementary school from their previous residency through an intra-district transfer given approval of the current principal. Younger siblings, step siblings, or other children living in the household not yet enrolled in school will be granted permission to attend the non-neighborhood school.

Parents/Guardians will have the responsibility to transport their children if they are not attending their neighborhood school.

Students attending 4K will not be able to request an intra-district transfer and must attend their resident school for 5K.

Students with a disability may attend a school other than their neighborhood school if the Individual Education Program (IEP) team deems it necessary in order to receive special education services as outlined on the IEP.

Wis. Stats. 121.77(1)(a), 121.81(2), 121.84

Cross Reference: Board Policy 423: Open Enrollment and Course Options

Approved: April 13, 1992

Revised: October 12, 1998

Revised: April 27, 2015

423.5 Entry/ReEntry into School from Home-Based Private Education Program

ENTRY/REENTRY INTO SCHOOL FROM HOME-BASED PRIVATE EDUCATION PROGRAM

The District recognizes a home-based private educational program as a “program of educational instruction provided to a child by a child’s parent or guardian or by a person designated by the parent or guardian. An instructional program provided to more than one family unit does not constitute a home-based private education program.”

Students receiving educational services through home-based instruction may enroll in the public school. At the time of enrollment, written evidence showing a completion of a course of study will be requested. Students will be placed at a chronological grade level and may participate in assessments to determine appropriate skill level and necessary services.

Cross Reference: WI Stats.118.145 WI stats 118.165(1)(g) WI Stats 115001(3g)

Approved: April 22, 2002

Revised: October 10, 2011

Procedure

ENTRY/REENTRY INTO SCHOOL DISTRICT OF MENOMONEE FALLS FROM HOME-BASED PRIVATE EDUCATION PROGRAM

In order to establish the appropriate grade placement for a student entering/reentering from home-based private education, the district may request information from a student’s parents/guardians or the administration of the former home-based education program with regard to the home-based education program curriculum and instructional hours. This information may include, but is not limited to: grade transcripts, progress reports, portfolios of completed work, curriculum reviews, recommendations, and assessments administered.

Students entering/reentering from 5 year old Kindergarten though grade 8:

If a placement assessment is administered to the home-based private education program students, it will assess knowledge/skills in language arts (English), mathematics, and reading in grades one through five, with science and social studies being incorporated at all other grade levels.

The grade placement assessment shall be administered by a team of district personnel as assigned by the Director of Pupil Services and/or Director of Teaching, Learning and Assessment. Placement recommendations shall be at the grade level believed to be appropriate to the student’s chronological age and assessment results as collaboratively determined by the administration, staff and parents.

Students entering/reentering at the high school level, grades 9-12:

If a student seeks placement at the high school level, records which show the courses the student has already taken will be requested by the high school principal or designee. Credit for such courses may be given when documentation of successful completion of the coursework is present. The student may be required to take an examination(s) in order to be awarded credit for prior coursework. Students who are required to take such examination(s) must take semester and/or final examinations and must earn 70% or better on such exams in order to receive high school credit.

Credits earned will be recorded on the student’s transcript as “Pass.” Home-based private education program grades will not be recorded on a Menomonee Falls High School transcript. Grades and grade point averages from home-based private education programs will not be used in determining class rank.

A Menomonee Falls High School diploma will be granted to home-based private education program students who have attended Menomonee Falls High School for a minimum of two (2) full semesters, one of which must be the final semester before graduation.

A decision denying a request for admission to a course or transfer into a particular grade level may be appealed to the Superintendent. If not resolved at that level, an appeal may be made to the School Board.

Cross Reference: Wis. State Stats 118.165(1)(d)

Board Policy 423.5

Approved: April 22, 2002

424 Participation of Non-Public School Students

PARTICIPATION OF PRIVATE SCHOOL, PAROCHIAL SCHOOL AND HOME-BASED EDUCATIONAL PROGRAM STUDENTS IN DISTRICT COURSES/PROGRAMS

Resident students enrolled in a private school, parochial school or home-based private educational program may participate in public school activities as follows:

1. A non-public school resident student may participate in District classes or programs when specifically required by law

2. A non-public school resident student may enroll in not more than two core or noncore courses during each school semester in at all grade levels provided the following conditions are met:

a. the student has met the standard for admission to the course at that grade level;

b. the student takes no more than two courses in any one district a semester.

c. there is sufficient room in the class.

When fees are normally charged for a course, the non-public school student shall be

responsible for the fee.

3. The rules of the Wisconsin Interscholastic Athletic Association (WIAA) and other cocurricular

activity regulatory entities will be followed where applicable.

4. The student must agree to abide by public school rules and regulations.

5. Transportation to and from the District class(es), program or activity shall be the responsibility of the student’s parent(s)/guardian(s).

A student attending private school may not apply for full time or part time open enrollment.

A decision denying a request may be appealed to the Superintendent/designee. If not resolved by the Superintendent/designee, an appeal may be made to the Board.

Reference:

Wis. Stats. 118.145

Wis. Stats. 118.53

Approved: October 25, 2004

Revised: January 26, 2015

Procedure

PARTICIPATION OF PRIVATE SCHOOL, PAROCHIAL SCHOOL AND HOME-BASED EDUCATIONAL PROGRAM STUDENTS IN DISTRICT COURSES/PROGRAMS

Home-Based Education Student Eligibility

The Governor’s office and the Legislative Council have stated that the law inserted in the budget bill does provide home-based private education students (home school students) eligibility for interscholastic sports in their public school district of residence.

Eligibility Requirements for Home-Based Private Education Students

  • Home-Based Private Education Students are registered with the District and DPI
  • Students live within the District attendance boundary of their primary residence and shall provide necessary documents required by the District.
  • Students shall complete necessary paperwork to partake in District athletics:

1.) Sign the Activity Code of Conduct

2.) Complete the concussion management form

3.) Sign the WIAA eligibility form

4.) Complete a Physical Examination and turn in necessary documents

5.) Pay the athletic Fee

6.) Provide a birth certificate to show proof of date of birth

Students shall complete the necessary paperwork to partake in District activities:

1.) Sign the Activity Code of Conduct

2.) Pay the Activity Fee

3.) Provide a birth certificate to show proof of date of birth

WIAA Rules of Eligibility

All WIAA Rules of Eligibility apply to Home-Based Private Education student eligibility with

the exception of full-time enrollment in your school district.

The athletic director shall verify that the student has met the academic requirements.

Reference:

Wis. Stats. 118.133

Revised: November 15, 2015

Attendance

431 Compulsory Attendance

COMPULSORY ATTENDANCE

The District believes truancy and excessive absences affect a student’s education and increase the chance of failure. The Board of Education encourages a strong partnership between the home, school and community. It recognizes a positive relationship between good school attendance, and success in school and employment. If student learning and growth are to occur, parents/guardians, students and school personnel must recognize their responsibilities to assure regular attendance.

In accordance with State law, any person having under his/her control a child who is enrolled in the District between the ages of six (6 )and eighteen (18) years, or a child enrolled in kindergarten, shall cause the child to attend school regularly during the full period and hours, religious holidays excepted, until the end of the school term, quarter, trimester or semester of the school year in which the childbecomes eighteen (18) years of age, s. 118.l5 (1) (a)(am), Wis. Stats., unless the child:

a. Is temporarily not in proper physical or mental condition to attend a school program but is expected to return to a school program upon termination or abatement of the illness or condition.

The school attendance officer may request the parent/guardian of the child to obtain a written statement from the treating physician, as sufficient proof of the physical or mental condition of the child. An excuse under this paragraph shall be in writing and shall state the time period for which it is valid, not to exceed thirty (30) days.

b. Is excused in accordance with the Board’s written attendance procedures and with the written approval of the child’s parent or guardian. A child may not be excused for more than ten (10) days in a school year. The child’s truancy, discipline or school achievement problems or disabilities as described in s. 115.76 (5), Wis. Stats., may not be used as the reason for an excuse under this paragraph.

c. Has been authorized by the Superintendent/designee to attend an alternative educational program leading to high school graduation or a high school equivalency diploma.

d. Has graduated from high school.

Parents/guardians have primary responsibility under State law for student attendance at school.

Enforcement of student attendance and truancy policies and procedures shall be a shared responsibility between the schools, family service agencies, law enforcement officials, students, parents/guardians and the community at large.

Definitions:

1. Truancy/Unexcused Absences: any absence of part or all of one or more days from school during which the school attendance office, principal or teacher has not been notified of the legal cause of such absence by the parent or guardian of the absent student. It also means intermittent attendance carried on for the defeating the intent of s. 118.15

2. Habitual truant: a student who is absent from school without an acceptable excuse for part or all of five (5)or more days a semester, and ten (10) days a year.

3. School attendance officer: an employee designated by the school board to deal with mattersrelating to school attendance and truancy.

Religious Instruction:

With written permission of a parent or guardian, students shall be permitted to be absent from school at least sixty (60) minutes but not more than 180 minutes per week to obtain religious instruction outside of the school during the school day. The supervisor of the religious instruction shall regularly report monthly to the principal of the school, the names of the students who attended the weekly religious instruction. The Board may deny the privilege of released time to students who are absent from the religious instruction upon request of the privilege.

Suspension/Expulsion:

The period in which a student is absent from school due to suspension or expulsion is not an unexcused absences. Students will be permitted to make up class work, including examinations, missed during the period of suspension.

Class work and Credits:

Students with unexcused absences shall be permitted to make up the missed class work, including examinations, during such absences and, therefore, shall receive credit for such work. Students shall not be denied credit for any course or subject solely based upon the student’s unexcused absences or suspensions from school.

A limited number of absences may be required criteria for participation in certain programs. In these situations, the requirement for attendance will be honored in order to keep the integrity of the program.

Any student, who withdraws from school under the law, has the right to be readmitted upon request so long as he/she remains of school age. The principal shall specifically inform the student who withdraws from school of this right for re-admittance. A student requesting re-admittance must wait until the beginning of the next semester to return to school, unless an alternate start date is mutually agreed upon between the administrator and student.

Legal Reference: Wis. Stat. Sec. 118.14, 118.15, 118,155, 118.16

Cross References: Homebound Instruction, Policy 342.2; Children at Risk, Policy 342.3; Youth

Options Program, Policy 343.2;

Approved: April 13, 1992

Revised: November 9, 1998

Revised: May 13, 2013

432 Pledge of Allegiance & National Anthem

Pledge of Allegiance/National Anthem

In accordance with State law, every elementary school, middle school and high school in the District will offer the pledge of allegiance or the national anthem each school day. Each building principal shall determine the time and place of compliance.

No student shall be compelled, against the student's objections or those of the student’s parent/guardian, to recite the pledge or to sing the anthem. Students who do not participate will not be required to provide an explanation and shall remain silent during the recitation of the pledge of allegiance or the singing of the national anthem. Students declining to participate shall respect the rights and interests of other classmates who wish to be involved.

Wis. Stats. 118.06(2)

Approved: November 19, 2001

May 13, 2013

Students Rights & Responsibilities

440 Students Rights & Responsibility

STUDENT RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES

The privileges and rights of all students shall be guaranteed without regard to race, religion, sex or sexual orientation, national origin, creed, ancestry, pregnancy, parental or marital status, or learning, emotional, mental or physical disability. Discrimination complaints shall be processed in accordance with established Board policy 411, Equal Educational Opportunities, and related procedures.

Students shall have the right to advocate change of any law, policy, or regulation. Students may exercise their right to freedom of expression through speech, petition and other lawful means.

The exercise of this right may not interfere with the rights of others. Freedom of expression may not be utilized to present material which tends to be obscene or slanderous, to defame the character of others, or to advocate violation of federal, state and local laws, or official school policies, rules and regulations.

No right is absolute. Every right has its limitations. One basic limitation is this: the freedom of an individual or group to exercise rights ceases when that exercise unduly infringes upon the rights of others. Since the legitimate right of individuals may be incompatible, it is necessary to recognize that rights must be balanced to protect as many persons as possible.

Teachers and students shall promote tolerance for the views and opinions of others, as well as for the right of an individual to form and hold different opinions or beliefs.

Each student has a right to an education. Student behavior that unduly disrupts the learning environment, involves substantial disorder or invades the rights of others shall not be tolerated.

Principals shall be responsible for ensuring due process to members of the student body in the preservation of private rights.

Wis. Stats. 118.13

Article 1 Wisconsin Constitution

PI 9.03(1) Wisconsin Administrative Code

Cross Reference: Procedures 440,411

Policies 411, 443

Approved: April 13, 1992

Revised: January 22, 2001

Revised: March 24, 2014

Procedure

STUDENT RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES

Freedom of Expression

Freedom of expression may not be restricted unless its exercise interferes with the orderly conduct of classes and school work.

1. Buttons or other insignia may not be worn or displayed if the message is seriously disruptive to the educational process by mocking, ridiculing or deliberately demeaning others because of race, religion, national origin, or individual views, or to illustrate obscenity or profanity.

2. No student may distribute buttons or other literature during regular school hours either in class or in the halls between classes, unless authorized by the principal.

3. Publications not sponsored by the school may be distributed as long as they do not violate provisions of Board policy.

4. Students distributing buttons or other literature are responsible for removing litter which may result from their activities.

5. Failure to observe these rules may result in confiscation of the material, curtailment of the privilege, or when necessary, disciplinary action, including suspension.

6. Speech or actions which disrupts the work of the school or the rights of other students are unacceptable.

Student Petitions

Students are authorized to present petitions to the school administration at anytime. Collection of signatures, however, is restricted to before or after school hours.

Petitions must be free of obscenities, libelous statements and personal attacks and must be within the bounds of reasonable conduct.

Approved: April 13, 1992

442 Student School Board Member

STUDENT SCHOOL BOARD MEMBER

The purpose of the District is to serve the educational needs of the students who attend the schools. In order for the Board to gain a better understanding of student issues, to facilitate communication between the Board and district students, to increase awareness of the democratic process within the district and to improve the opportunity for student participation in the decision-making process, one Menomonee Falls High School student shall be selected to serve as a non-voting Student School Board Member.

Selection process, length of term, and specific responsibilities of the Student School Board Member shall be determined by the School Board.

Cross Reference: Policy 144, Policy 171.3

Approved: April 13, 1992

Revised: October 12, 1998

Revised: August 11, 2008

Revised: March 12, 2012

Procedure

STUDENT SCHOOL BOARD MEMBER

The Board recognizes the unique perspective held by students regarding issues impacting the District. Therefore, the Board shall welcome a Student Board Member. This student shall provide a student viewpoint on agenda items discussed at regularly scheduled Board meetings, but may not make or vote on motions per state law.

Expectations and responsibilities for the Student Board Member are as follows:

1. Serve as a non-voting Board Member for a term of one school year

2. Lead the Pledge of Allegiance at Board meetings

3. Attend only open meetings of the Board

4. Sit at the Board table, participate freely in discussion, answer questions and request items be placed on the agenda in the same manner as elected Board Members, but provide the viewpoint of a student

5. Be a junior or senior at the high school and available to begin his/her term with the start of the school year

6. Be selected by the School Board through an application process designed by the board including recommendations and interview

7. Demonstrate consistent attendance at Board Meetings or be subject to dismissal

8. Communicate Board actions or discussions of interest to students by submitting informational bulletins to the high school newspaper

9. Expected to review relevant materials and be prepared for each meeting

10. Facilitate a student body survey, to be completed prior to Spring break. Topics to be determined.

Process for selection of student school board member:

1. Distribute Board policy 442 exhibit to families/students:

a. In June via email

b. As a hard copy in the summer packet

2. Interview Team

a. Team will consist of a minimum of 3 board members and will have an odd number of representatives

b. Applications will be received in adherence with the stated deadline

c. Determination to extend the deadline due to low response will be made by the interview team

d. All applicants will participate in the interview process

3. Initiation

a. The selected student school board member will be initiated at the first school board meeting in October.

Approved: August 11, 2008

Reviewed: August 27, 2012

Exhibit A- Application

442.5 School Safety Plan

SCHOOL SAFETY PLANS

The District is committed to providing a safe environment for students, employees and citizens while present on school premises or participating in school-sponsored activities. With this goal in mind, a school safety plan shall be developed and in effect in each school in the District.

School safety plans will be developed with the involvement of Board of Education members, administrators, staff, students, parents, law enforcement and other community agencies, and other interested parties as deemed appropriate and necessary.

School safety will be addressed through various plans and will be consistent with District policies and legal requirements and shall include the following:

  • measures to prevent violence, disruption and unsafe conditions;
  • intervention strategies to help maintain a safe environment, keep problems isolated and deter them from reoccurring;
  • and a crisis management plan.

  • School safety plans will be reviewed and updated annually or sooner when necessary. A current copy of each school safety plan shall be filed in the school and District Office. District employees shall receive a copy of the school safety plan relevant to their responsibilities. Staff training will be provided.

    The District Administrator/designee shall provide regular reports to the Board regarding school safety plans, needs, and issues. Students, staff, parents and the public should be made aware of school safety efforts being taken in the District so as to enhance their confidence in the safety of the schools.

    Wis. Stats. 118.07(2)(a)(b), 118.07(4)

    Cross Reference: Policy 443 Code of Conduct

    Approved: May 8, 2000

    Revised: November 13, 2013

    443 Code of Conduct

    CODE OF CONDUCT

    Students who actively engage in their education maximize their educational opportunities, demonstrate a willingness to learn, contribute to a more effective learning environment and to display a concern for the rights and privileges of others. Administrators and teachers shall be expected to take reasonable action to maintain a proper learning environment, whether in or out of the classroom.

    The principal shall maintain and distribute written rules of conduct and discipline for students in the building within the provisions of state and federal law and adopted Board policies.

    Dangerous, disruptive or unruly behavior within the school, on the school grounds or at any school sponsored event, or behavior that interferes with the ability of the teacher to teach effectively or compromises the safety of others will not be tolerated in the District. Students who interfere with the ability of the teacher to teach effectively by failing to participate in class activities, refuse to respect the teacher and peers, or continually disregard the individual teacher and School Code of Conduct may be removed from class. The principal/designee will be informed about the student’s behavior and, after due process, will make a determination about consequences. Should the student’s behavior continue, the principal/designee will form a team of involved teachers and pupil services staff. The team will review the following: behavioral records, including grades, attendance, behavioral logs; prior interventions and the effects of those interventions; and other relevant data. Considering the interests of the student and the other students in the educational setting, the team will make a determination about the best educational program for the student, including placement options. Parents/Guardians of minor students will be involved in the discussion and will be kept informed of any decisions made by the team.

    School rules and policies relating to conduct and discipline will be made available to students and parents prior to the start of the school year. Parents and students will be required to sign-off on their review and understanding of the School Code of Conduct.

    Students with disabilities will be subject to the District Code of Conduct to the extent consistent with the Individuals with Disabilities Act (IDEA), the student’s IEP and/or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act.

    The District shall not discriminate in standards and rules of behavior, including student harassment, or disciplinary measures, including suspensions and expulsions, on the basis sex, race, color, national origin, religion, ancestry, creed, pregnancy, marital or parental status, sexual orientation, or physical, mental, emotional, or learning disability or handicap in educationnprograms or activities. If anyone, including a student, feels there has been a discriminatory situation in regard to any of the above named classes or in violation of Title IX, Section 504, Title II or ADA, please contact the building administrator or the Director of Pupil Services at 262-255-8440. Discrimination complaints shall be processed in accordance with established Board policy 411, Equal Educational Opportunities, and related procedures.

    References:

    Title VI of Civil Rights Act of 1964

    Title IX of the Education Amendments of 1972

    Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973

    Title II of the American with Disabilities Act of 1990

    Wis. Stats. 118.13, 118. 164, 120.13

    Cross Reference:

    Policy 374, 411, Procedure 411 (Equal Educational Opportunities)

    Approved: October 25, 1999

    Revised: March 24, 2014

    October 10, 2016

    443.1 Physical Assault on District Employees

    PHYSICAL ASSAULT ON DISTRICT EMPLOYEES

    Physical assault on a District employee by a student is strictly forbidden.

    Physical assault on a District employee by a student will result in an immediate three (3) day suspension from school. At the time of the suspension the principal/designee shall contact the parents of the student to discuss the situation and determine next steps. Physical assault on a District employee may result in expulsion and a referral to the police department.

    Reference:

    WI Stats. 120.13

    Approved: May 11, 1992

    Revised: January 11, 2016

    443.2 Student Dress Code

    STUDENT DRESS CODE

    Restrictions concerning dress, hairstyles and cleanliness will be confined to those situations which cause interference with school work, create classroom or school disorder, or interfere with the health and safety of the student or other students.

    Articles of clothing that cause excessive maintenance problems, such as cleats on boots or clothing with metal rivets that scratch furniture, will be considered unacceptable. Principals shall maintain written rules of student dress code, and shall determine discipline when the dress code is violated.

    Wis. Stats. 120.13(1)(a)

    Approved: April 13, 1992

    Revised: October 12, 2015

    443.3 Student Conduct on School Buses

    STUDENT CONDUCT ON SCHOOL BUSES

    Students shall conduct themselves while on the bus in a manner consistent with established standards. A set of bus rider rules shall be adopted and distributed annually to all students who qualify for bus transportation.

    When a student fails to conduct himself/herself properly, such misconduct shall be brought to the attention of the building principal by the bus driver. Where continuing or serious problems exist, the bus riding privileges of the student may be suspended.

    Wis. Stats. 120.13(1), 121.52(1)(b)

    Cross Reference: Procedure 443.2

    Approved: April 13, 1992

    Procedure

    STUDENT CONDUCT ON SCHOOL BUSES

    The following rules apply to any school sponsored trip. Students on trips must respect the instructions of the chaperones who have been appointed by school officials to accompany the bus riders.

    Loading/Unloading

    1. Students shall ride on assigned buses. Parental requests for exceptions shall be made, in writing, to the building principal.

    2. Students shall get on and off the bus at their regular stop unless a written parental request for change, signed by the building principal, has been presented to the bus driver.

    3. Students shall be on time at the designated school bus stop, and shall help keep the bus on schedule.

    4. Students shall walk on the side of the road facing traffic to get to the bus stop and shall stay off the road while waiting for the bus.

    5. When leaving the bus, students should cross the road at least ten (10) feet in front of the bus, but only after checking to be sure no traffic is approaching and/or after receiving a signal from the bus driver. Students should be alert to the danger signal from the bus driver.

    6. Students shall be courteous, behave in an orderly fashion and help look after the comfort and safety ofsmall children.

    Conduct While on the Bus

    1. Students shall obey the bus driver.

    2. Students shall assist in keeping the bus safe and sanitary at all times.

    3. Students shall sit in their assigned seats, if applicable, and remain seated while the bus is in motion.

    4. Students shall not throw anything inside the bus or out of the bus windows and should keep hands and head inside the bus at all times.

    5. Students shall never tamper with the bus or any of it's equipment. Damages shall be paid for by the offender.

    6. Students shall refrain from loud talking and laughing or unnecessary confusion as it can divert the attention of the bus driver and could cause an accident. When approaching a railroad crossing stop, riders shall remain silent.

    7. Students shall remain in the bus in case of a road emergency, unless directed to do otherwise by the bus driver.

    8. Transporting live animals, glass articles, or skateboards on the bus is not permitted because of the potential safety hazard.

    9. Students shall keep personal items out of the aisle.

    10. Obscene or vulgar language is not allowed.

    11. Food or beverages are not to be consumed on the bus, and use of tobacco is prohibited.

    Approved: April 13, 1992

    443.4 Student Alcohol and Other Drug Use

    STUDENT ALCOHOL AND OTHER DRUG USE

    It is the belief of the Board of Education that students and employees have the right to attend school and work in an environment that is free from the non-medical use of alcohol, drugs and mood-altering substances. These substances interfere with the learning environment of students and the performance of students and employees.

    Possession, distributing , selling, or intending to sell any quantity of drugs, tobacco, intoxicants, look-alike drugs or drug paraphernalia while on school premises or involved in any school related activity, including contracted transportation, by students is strictly prohibited.

    This policy does not prohibit the authorized use of prescription drugs or over the counter drugs, with the written permission of the student's parent/guardian and physician as outlined in Board policy 453.3, Medication Administration to Students.

    Students who violate this policy shall be subject to disciplinary procedure, which may result in expulsion, Board policy 448.2, Student Suspension/Expulsion. This action will be taken in accordance with established procedures as well as referral to the appropriate law enforcement authorities.

    The District will continue to maintain and support an Alcohol and Other Drug Abuse (AODA) committee comprised of staff and community members. The role of this committee will be to promote the district policy and continue developing instructional programs for staff, students and parents to meet present and future needs related to the effects of drug and alcohol use.

    Wis. Stats. 118.257, 120.13(1), 125.02(8m), 125.09(2)

    Drug-free Schools and Communities Act Amendments of 1989

    Cross Reference Policies:

    453.3, Medication Administration to Students

    448.2, Student Suspension/Expulsion

    Approved: January 24, 1994

    Revised: May 21, 2007, November 13, 2013

    Procedure

    DEALING WITH STUDENT ALCOHOL AND OTHER DRUG USE

    A. Definitions

    1. Intoxicants: All fermented malt beverages (including beer and malt liquor) and intoxicating liquors as defined by state law.

    2. Drugs: All controlled substances, prescription drugs and narcotics as defined by state law.

    3. Drug Paraphernalia: Drug paraphernalia as defined by state law.

    4. Look-alike Drugs: Look-alike drugs as defined by state law.

    5. Alcohol Abuse: Anyone under the influence of intoxicants while on school premises or while involved in any school related activity.

    6. Drug Abuse: Anyone under the influence of drugs, who is not under the supervision of a licensed physician, while on school premises or while involved in any school-related activity.

    7. Inhalants: Chemicals that give off fumes or vapors that cause intoxication such as, but not limited to, solvents, gasoline, paint thinner, glue or white out, aerosols or amyl and butyl nitrate and nitrous oxide (laughing gas) as defined by state law.

    B. Staff procedures for suspected use:

    1. The staff member suspecting a student who is under the influence of drugs or alcohol will refer the student to the appropriate administrator.

    2. The staff member suspecting a student who is under the influence of drugs or alcohol will refer the student to the building Student Assistance/AODA coordinator by completing a referral form.

    C. Staff procedures for witnessing possession of drugs or alcohol:

    1. Any staff member witnessing drug or alcohol use shall remain with the student and notify the building administrator as soon as possible. At school-sponsored activities, the student shall be referred to the building administrator or person in charge. The building administrator shall determine the appropriate course of action within the guidelines of these procedures.

    2. The staff member, if practical, will attempt to confiscate the substance and/or paraphernalia.

    3. The staff member will document the incident by completing a disciplinary form.

    4. The staff member will report the incident to the building Student Assistance/AODA coordinator.

    D. Staff procedures for witnessing distribution or sale of drugs or alcohol:

    1. The staff member will notify the building administrator as soon as possible.

    2. The staff member, if practical, will attempt to confiscate the substance.

    3. The staff member will document the incident by completing a disciplinary form.

    4. The staff member will report the incident to the building Student Assistance/AODA coordinator.

    E. The administration will take the following steps when the Board’s student alcohol and other drug abuse policy is violated. All cases will be handled on an individual basis using any or all of the following alternatives:

    1. Suspected of using or suspected of being under the influence of intoxicants, including alcohol, drugs, or inhalants:

    a. Contact parent or guardian.

    b. Contact police if the alleged conduct is reasonably understood as likely to constitute a violation of law.

    c. Possible suspension (1-5 days).

    d. Contact building Student Assistance/AODA Coordinator.

    e. May recommend parent or guardian seek student drug screening or in the case of alcohol may require student to submit to a breath test to determine presence of alcohol.

    2. Selling and/or distribution of intoxicants, including alcohol, drugs and look-alike drugs or inhalants:

    a. Contact parent or guardian.

    b. Contact police if the alleged conduct is reasonably understood as likely to constitute a violation of law.

    c. Suspension – 5 days.

    d. Contact building Student Assistance/AODA Coordinator.

    e. If appropriate, develop and implement a pre-expulsion behavioral contract. The student and parent(s) (if student is a minor) must sign to indicate their agreement to abide by all provisions contained in the contract. If these provisions are not followed, the administration will proceed to (E) (2) (f).

    f. Refer to the superintendent for a possible referral to the School Board for an expulsion hearing. The superintendent may consider all relevant factors including without limitation: recommendation of the building administrator or administrators, need for deference of further instances of alleged conduct, the involved student’s general disciplinary record, the extent of student cooperation or candor in investigation, and whether accused student enticed or tempted to entice other students in participating in or covering up the alleged conduct.

    3. Confirmed possession or being under the influence of intoxicants, including alcohol, drugs, look-alike drugs, or inhalants, or misuse of products containing alcohol:

    a. Contact parent or guardian.

    b. Contact police if the alleged conduct is reasonably understood as likely to constitute a violation of law.

    c. Suspension – 5 days.

    d. Contact building Student Assistance/AODA Coordinator.

    e. If appropriate, develop and implement a pre-expulsion contract. The student and parent(s) (if student is a minor), must sign to indicate their agreement to abide by all provisions contained in the contract. If these provisions are not followed, the administration will proceed to (E) (3) (f).

    f. Refer to the superintendent for a possible referral to the School Board for an expulsion hearing. The superintendent may consider all relevant factors including without limitation: recommendation of the building administrator, need for deference of further instances of alleged conduct, the involved student’s general disciplinary record, the extent of student cooperation or candor in investigation, and whether accused student enticed or tempted to entice other students in participating in or covering up the alleged conduct.

    4. Refusing to submit to a required breath test to determine the presence of alcohol.

    a. Contact parent or guardian.

    b. Contact police if the alleged conduct is reasonably understood as likely to constitute a violation of law.

    c. Possible suspension.

    d. Contact building Student Assistance/AODA Coordinator.

    e. May recommend parent or guardian seek drug screen or blood test to determine presence of alcohol.

    f. If appropriate, develop and implement a pre-expulsion behavioral contract. The student and parent(s) (if student is a minor), must sign to indicate their agreement to abide by all provisions contained in the contract. If these provisions are not followed, the administration will proceed to (E) (4) (g).

    g. Refer to the superintendent for a possible referral to the School Board for an expulsion hearing. The superintendent may consider all relevant factors including without limitation: recommendation of the building administrator, need for deference of further instances of alleged conduct, the involved student’s general disciplinary record, the extent of student cooperation or candor in the investigation, and whether accused student enticed or tempted to entice other students in participating in or covering up the alleged conduct.

    5. Possession of drug paraphernalia:

    a. Confiscate paraphernalia.

    b. Contact parent or guardian.

    c. Contact police if the alleged conduct is reasonably understood as likely to constitute a violation of law.

    d. Contact building Student Assistance/AODA Coordinator.

    e. Suspension (3-5 days).

    f. If appropriate, develop and implement a pre-expulsion behavioral contract. The student and parent(s) (if student is a minor), must sign to indicate their agreement to abide by all provisions contained in the contract. If these provisions are not followed, the administration will proceed to (E) (5) (g).

    g. Refer to the superintendent for a possible referral to the School Board for an expulsion hearing. The superintendent may consider all relevant factors including without limitation: recommendation of the building administrator, need for deference of further instances of alleged conduct, the involved student’s general disciplinary record, the extent of student cooperation or candor in the investigation, and whether accused student enticed or tempted to entice other students in participating in or covering up the alleged conduct.

    6. Second violation of any one or a combination of any of the above (1-5) of the alcohol or other drug prohibitions outlined in Board policy will result in the following:

    a. Review the first violation of this policy including any consequences or behavioral contracts.

    b. Contact parent or guardian.

    c. Contact police if the alleged conduct is reasonably understood as likely to constitute a violation of law.

    d. Suspension from school – 5 days.

    e. If appropriate, develop and implement a pre-expulsion behavioral contract. The student and parent(s) (if student is a minor), must sign to indicate their agreement to abide by all provisions contained in the contract. If these provisions are not followed, the administration will proceed to (E) (6) (f).

    f. Refer to the superintendent for a possible referral to the School Board for an expulsion hearing. The superintendent may consider all relevant factors including without limitation: recommendation of the building administrator, need for deference of further instances of alleged conduct, the involved student’s general disciplinary record, the extent of student cooperation or candor in the investigation, and whether accused student enticed or tempted to entice other students in participating in or covering up the alleged conduct.

    7. A third violation of the Board’s student alcohol or other drug abuse policy will result in immediate referral to the superintendent for a referral to the School Board for expulsion

    F. Medical emergency related to the use of alcohol, controlled substances or other drugs

    1. Any staff member discovering such an emergency shall:

    a. Carry out necessary emergency procedures, first aid, etc. to protect the health and safety of the student.

    b. As soon as possible notify the building administrator.

    c. Remain with the student until professional help arrives or until relieved by the building administrator.

    d. Complete appropriate documentation.

    2. The building administrator shall:

    a. Ensure that emergency services have been provided and, as soon as possible, contact the student’s parent(s)/guardian(s)

    b. Arrange for a parent/guardian conference to be held as soon as possible.

    c. Determine appropriate disciplinary action.

    Revised: February 25, 2002

    Revised: May 21, 2007

    443.5 Dangerous Weapons

    DANGEROUS WEAPONS

    No person shall possess a dangerous weapon or look-alike weapon on school property, on school busses or at any school related event. Persons are prohibited from storing a dangerous weapon or look-alike weapon on school premises. The only exceptions to this prohibition are weapons under the control of law enforcement personnel or weapons handled in a legal manner for the purpose of education as authorized in advance by District administration.

    A dangerous weapon is defined as any object that by its design and/or use can cause bodily injury or property damage. A look-alike weapon is defined as any object that is not a real weapon, but looks like a real weapon. Look-alike weapons can cause the same feeling of threat as weapons that are real, and may carry the same consequences as possession of a real weapon.

    This definition includes, but is not limited to guns, knives, razors, karate sticks, metal knuckles, and pepper spray.

    A student who violates this policy shall also be subject to discipline as determined by the principal, with the exception of real gun possession. A student who possesses a real gun on school grounds or at school sponsored activities, will be recommended to the Board for an expulsion for not less than one year. The one year requirement may be modified on a case by case basis. Students with a real gun on his/her possession will also be referred to the local law enforcement agency.

    Expulsions, including those for weapon possessions, will be reported to the State on an annual basis.

    Wis. Stats. 120.13(1), 948.60, 948.605, 948.61

    Gun-Free School Acts 1994

    18 U.S.C. 921(a)(3)

    20 U.S.C. 8921(b)(1)

    20 U.S.C. 8921(d)(1) and (2)

    Cross reference:

    Board Policy 448.2: Student Suspension/Expulsion

    Approved: December 18, 1995

    Revised: November 9, 1998

    Revised: January 24, 2005

    Revised March, 24, 2014

    443.6 Use of Canine Units in Search of Illegal Substances and Devices

    USE OF CANINE UNITS IN SEARCH OF ILLEGAL SUBSTANCES AND DEVICES

    In order to maintain a drug free school and safe environment, the use of canines trained for drug detection and explosive devices will be used. Accompanied by law enforcement personnel and building administration, canines may be used for purposes of exploratory sniffing of the outside of lockers, vehicles parked on school property, and any other areas of school property deemed appropriate. Canines may also be used for random student searches in extra-curricular, nonmandatory activities. Searches that involve canine units will be carried out on a random or periodic basis. The activity will be scheduled by the Superintendent/designee.

    Cross Reference:

    Policy 445.1 Search and Seizure

    Approved: April 28, 2003

    Revised: January 9, 2017

    Procedure

    USE OF CANINE UNITS IN SEARCH OF ILLEGAL SUBSTANCES AND DEVICES

    The following procedures apply to the use of canine units:

    1. The District shall annually provide a copy of the policy and procedures (Number 443.6) to each student and parent grades 6-12 through inclusion in school handbooks or by separate distribution.

    2. Canines may be used without prior notification of students and/or school personnel.

    3. Canines may be called by the school principal with notification of the superintendent.

    4. A canine “walk through” may be scheduled as deemed necessary at the 6-12 school buildings.

    5. Students will be restricted to classrooms and kept out of the hallways while canines are in use.

    6. In the event of a positive canine reaction, the locker or other area will be searched further, pursuant to established district procedures.

    7. Any item seized during a search and follow-up investigation will be safeguarded until proper law enforcement authorities can determine its content. The use of trained canine units for an informational assembly will be scheduled through the building-level administrator.

    Approved: April 28, 2003

    Revised: December 12, 2016

    443.7 Student Possession and Use of Electronic Communication Devices

    STUDENT POSSESSION AND USE OF ELECTRONIC COMMUNICATION DEVICES

    The School District of Menomonee Falls recognizes the value of student possession and use of personal electronic communication devices while at school when those devices are used for furthering the educational mission of the District and the health, safety, and welfare of our students. Students may be permitted to use personal electronic communication devices, including, but not limited to, personal digital assistants, cell phones, pagers, and portable media players (iPods and MP3 players) on school premises and at school-sponsored activities. Possession and use of electronic communication devices must be conducted by students according to Board Policy and the Rules set forth at each individual school.

    Students shall annually be provided with a copy of the Rules that govern the possession and use of thedevices covered by this Policy.

    Nothing in this Policy shall be construed to limit a student’s ability to use a personal electronic communication device in a manner that functions as assistive technology necessary for a student’s education that is required under an individualized education plan or agreement.

    Prohibited Conduct

    Use of an electronic communications device is a privilege. With privileges come responsibilities for students to fulfill. Possession or use of an electronic communication device may not in any way:

    a. disrupt the education process;

    b. endanger the health or safety of the student or anyone else;

    c. invade the rights or privacy of others at school;

    d. involve illegal or prohibited conduct of any kind.

    Use of electronic communication devices, both on campus and off campus must be consistent with District Policies and Rules. Since the District’s networks may be used by electronic communication devices, all use must be consistent with district network Policies. Using personal electronic communication devices in a manner that may disrupt the educational mission of the District or for discrimination, harassment or cyberbullying is expressly prohibited. Prohibited behavior includes, but is not limited to:

    a. engaging in conduct in violation of District Policy, including policies regarding discrimination, harassment and bullying and other rules of conduct.

    b. transmitting a message or image that threatens to inflict injury or physical harm to a student or staff member or their property or is with the intent to frighten, intimidate, threaten, or abuse or harass that person;

    c. transmitting a message or image that uses any obscene, lewd or profane language or suggests or displays any obscene, lewd, profane or lascivious act;

    d. transmitting repeated messages or images with the intent of harassing that person.

    e. transmitting content or otherwise engaging in behavior that threatens to or results in a disruption in District operations or security;

    f. engaging in activities that interfere with the rights of other students to participate fully in school or extracurricular activities.

    g. engaging in academic misconduct, including but not limited to plagiarism and cheating.

    Under no circumstances may electronic communication devices be used in any area where students or staff can reasonably expect privacy, such as in a restroom or locker room.

    Students are prohibited at all times from possessing or bringing laser pointers or similar disruptive devices onto school premises.

    Violations of this policy or rules may result in legal action and disciplinary action against the student, up to and including expulsion. Confiscation of an electronic communication device may also occur in order to cease any use in violation of Board Policy or Rules, to ascertain ownership or to preserve evidence of wrongdoing. A confiscated electronic communication device may only be returned to a student’s parent or guardian.

    Responsibility for Care and Use

    Students who possess or use a personal electronic communication device shall be responsible for its care and do so at their own risk. At no time shall the District be responsible for theft, loss, damage or any other liability to any personal electronic communication device. The District shall not be responsible for any use of a personal electronic communication device or for any websites or content viewed by students on such personal electronic communication device. Parents or guardians of students should take appropriate measures to filter or screen content on the student’s personal electronic communication device.

    Legal References: Wisconsin Statutes: Sections 118.13, 118.258, 120.13(1), 121.02, 943.70, 947.0125

    Wisconsin Administrative Code PI8.01(2)(h), PI8.01(2)(k), PI 9.03(1)

    United States Code: 47 U.S.C. § 230, 15 U.S.C. § 6501 et seq., 20 U.S.C. § 6777

    Code of Federal Regulations: 47 C.F.R. § 54.520

    Cross Ref: 522.7 Procedure Computer, Internal Network, Electronic Mail, and Internet Safety 771

    Policy Copyrighted Materials

    Approved January 24, 2005

    Revised: March 14, 2011

    445 Student Interviews

    STUDENT INTERVIEWS

    School Related Incidents

    There are times when incidents that violate a school rule and/or District policy occur within the school setting. In these cases, the situation will be investigated through interviews of involved students, staff and witnesses for a purpose of gaining a comprehensive understanding of the events that occurred. The questioning will be conducted by a principal/designee. The results of the investigation will determine if any consequences will be applied to students. In order to begin an investigation and to be comprehensive and timely, parents will not be notified when their child is being interviewed.

    The police department will be contacted immediately if there is reason to believe that a student violated any laws. If law enforcement officers are contacted by school personnel, or become involved in an incident that has occurred on school grounds, or at a school sponsored event away from school premises, it may be necessary to interview the student. If the principal/designee requests assistance, the police officer may conduct an investigation within the school building and interview students as possible witnesses in school and during the school day.

    Police involvement does not remove the responsibility of the District to conduct a school investigation. Administrators will work with the police department to coordinate their investigations to ensure both are conducted in a comprehensive manner and without interference.

    I. Communication with Parents/Guardians

    A. Parents/Guardians of involved students will receive communication prior to the release of school should a school investigation be ongoing. The concerns of the situation and the fact that the investigation is ongoing will be communicated with the parents/guardians. Upon completion of the investigation, parents/guardians will receive communication as outlined in I(B) of this policy.

    B. Parents/Guardians will be notified of a school related incident for all involved students upon completion of the investigation. Communication will include, but not be limited to, results of the investigation as it pertains to their child, the impact of the investigation on their child and the consequences, if any, that will be applied to their child.

    C. If police are involved in an investigation, communication to parents/guardians will be determined by the police department. The decision about what and when communication will take place may be done in coordination with administration.

    It is the intent of the District to allow police to do a thorough investigation without interference.

    D. There are times when communication to all parents at the school or within the District is necessary. This decision will be made on a case by case basis. The message to be communicated and the manner of communication will be made by the principal/designee in coordination with District administration.

    Non-School Related Incidents

    Police officers shall make every attempt to interview students outside of school hours and outside of the school setting in cases where assistance by school authorities has not been requested. This procedure will not apply to circumstances where serious crimes are involved or where imminent threats to persons or property are involved. If the police deem it necessary to interview students at school, the police department shall first contact the principal/designee regarding the planned visit and inform the principal/designee of the need to investigate.

    If it is believed that a student is in need of protective services as determined by the principal/designee, appropriate officials shall be contacted to observe and/or interview a student at school.

    Approved: December 18, 1995

    Revised: October 24, 2016

    Procedure

    PROCEDURES AND GUIDELINES INVESTIGATION AND INTERVIEW

    I. Investigating and Interviewing Students in the School Setting

    A. A principal/designee will interview involved students, staff and witnesses for the purpose of obtaining comprehensive information about the event. Due to the need to be timely and comprehensive, parents will not be notified when students are interviewed.

    B. After all evidence is gathered, the principal/designee will make a decision of consequences, if any, that will be applied to the student(s) involved.

    C. Parents of involved students will be contacted to share evidence and any consequences that may be applied to the students.

    D. If there has been a determination to involve police, the principal/designee will continue an investigation to completion. The school investigation is separate from a police investigation.

    II. Guidelines: When Officers Will be Used by the School

    A. The police officer is responsible for areas where direct violations of the law have occurred and will not be used as an arm of the school discipline. The following guidelines provide the parameters as to when the police officer can assist the school:

    i. School officials are to make attempts to resolve problems before involving a police officer.

    ii. Police officers can act as counselors for students who have questions or concerns about the law and how it affects them.

    iii. Police officers can assist school personnel in providing classroom presentations and discussions with students on legal issues, police profession and other pertinent information.

    iv. Police officers can assist school officials in referring students to other social agencies when the need warrants.

    v. Police officers may assist teachers, principals, and other personnel in understanding the law, referral procedures, and other pertinent information.

    vi. Police officers are not to deal with issues that are the responsibilities of school officials. Such problems are attendance problems, discipline, student parking, and other similar problems, except where the law provides.

    vii. Violations of law, such as assaults, drugs, guns or weapons, loitering, extortion, theft, alcohol, burglaries.

    viii. Police officers can be invited to faculty meetings and/or other meetings or committees upon the request of school officials.

    ix. Police officers/School Liaison Officers shall make an effort to conduct their non-school business with students at times other than class times, except with the permission of the parent(s) and/or legal guardian, unless a warrant is presented for the arrest of the student or an official order by a judge of a children's court to arrest for a felony or misdemeanor as provided under Wisconsin State Statute 48.19 and/or emergency detention requirements under Wisconsin State Statute 51.15.

    III. Investigation in Schools

    A. By police upon request of school authorities

    i. If a principal believes a crime has been committed in the school building, on school grounds or at a school sponsored event, he/she shall request the assistance of law enforcement.

    ii. If request of law enforcement is made, an investigation may be conducted within the school building and during school hours.

    B. By police without a request of school authorities

    i. Police will make every attempt to interview a student outside of school

    hours and outside of the school setting.

    ii. If police deem it absolutely necessary to interview students at school, an official from the police department shall first contact the principal/designee regarding the planned visit.

    iii. Approval will be obtained by the principal/designee prior to the interviews/investigation begins.

    iv. If the police believe approval has been unreasonably withheld, an appeal may be made to the Superintendent/designee.

    IV. Interview of suspects in schools

    A. If a principal/designee request the assistance of the police department in an investigation, the police shall have permission to interview a student.

    B. Police will follow law enforcement protocol when interviewing a suspected student for allegedly committing a criminal act.

    V. Arrests by the police department

    A. No police officer shall arrest or take custody of any student in school during school hours unless the officer has ‘probable cause’ to arrest for a felony or misdemeanor, or has an arrest warrant or juvenile commitment order, which the issuing authority of juvenile court directs be served at school.

    B. In cases where the student is to be taken into custody, the police officer shall first contact the principal/designee and advise him/her of such fact.

    C. In emergency situations where the commission of a serious felony or misdemeanor has been witnessed by a police officer of if the police officer is in the pursuit of a student for such crime, the police shall have the legal right to apprehend such student. When removing such student from the school grounds, the police officer shall inform the principal/designee and the parent(s)/guardian(s) of the apprehension.

    VI. Communication with Parents/Guardians

    A. Parents/Guardians of involved students will receive communication prior to the release of school should a school investigation be ongoing. The concerns of the situation and the fact that the investigation is ongoing will be communicated with the parents/guardians. Upon completion of the investigation, parents/guardians will receive communication as outlined in VI(B) of this procedure.

    B. Parents/Guardians will be notified of a school related incident for all involved students upon completion of the investigation. Communication will include, but not be limited to, results of the investigation as it pertains to their child, the impact of the investigation on their child and the consequences, if any, that will be applied to their child.

    C. If police are involved in an investigation, communication to parents/guardians will be determined by the police department. The decision about what and when communication will take place may be done in coordination with administration. It is the intent of the District to allow police to do a thorough investigation without interference.

    D. There are times when communication to all parents at the school or within the District is necessary. This decision will be made on a case by case basis. The message to be communicated and the manner of communication will be made by the principal/designee in coordination with District administration.

    Revised: October 24, 2016

    445.1 Search and Seizure

    SEARCH AND SEIZURE

    The District has an interest in the preservation of school property and in the maintenance and preservation of the property, health and safety of others, and in the maintenance of order for all those in the schools of the District. The District retains ownership and possessory control of all pupil lockers. At no time does the District relinquish its exclusive control of such lockers.

    All lockers, including gym lockers, although assigned to individual students, remain school property subject to periodic reasonable inspection by school authorities. Students should be advised of the possibility of inspection at the beginning of each school year. A locker may be searched as determined necessary or appropriate without the consent of the student, without notifying the student, and without obtaining a search warrant. The search may be conducted by an administrator or police officer at the direction of an administrator.

    Reasonable searches among the personal belongings of the student contained within the locker may be conducted where there are reasonable grounds to believe that the search will provide evidence that the student has violated or is violating the law or the rules of the school. Any unauthorized item found in the locker may be removed. Items removed from the locker may be held by the school for return to the parent(s)/guardian(s) of the student, retained for disciplinary proceedings, or turned over to law enforcement officials. The adult students or parent(s)/guardian(s) of a minor student shall be notified of items removed from the locker and turned over to law enforcement officials.

    A limited search for dangerous or illegal items or substances on the person of a student is a proper means of protecting the interests of education and property, health and safety of all those in the schools of the District without unreasonably interfering with the student's privacy rights.

    Accordingly, principals/designees may conduct a search of a student if there are reasonable grounds for suspecting that the search will turn up evidence that the student has violated or is violating the law or the rules of the school or District policy.

    Wis. Stats 118.325

    Approved: August 24, 1998

    Revised: June 24, 2013

    445.3 Use of Security Cameras

    USE OF SECURITY CAMERAS

    The School District of Menomonee Falls maintains a constant concern for the safety of students, staff, visitors, and public property.

    The School District of Menomonee Falls has authorized the use of security cameras in and around district buildings to provide a safe and healthy school environment. Information obtained from the video cameras will be used in strict confidence according to the established procedure.

    Approved: July 11, 2005

    Procedure

    USE OF SECURITY CAMERAS

    Cameras will only be placed in public areas such as hallways, classrooms and athletic areas. Areas such as bathrooms and locker rooms, where people assume they are in an area of privacy, will not have cameras. The use of security cameras will be installed and used according to the following guidelines:

    1. Menomonee Falls School District will post signs at all main entrances to the building stating that video surveillance cameras are in use, but not continuously monitored.

    2. Cameras will be placed in locations where they enhance the District’s efforts to provide a safe and secure environment.

    3. Cameras will be visible.

    4. The cameras will not be continuously monitored.

    5. Only individuals authorized by the superintendent, designee or respective building principal may view security tapes.

    6. The video camera system shall be used primarily to meet the purposes of this policy. Should a video recording become part of a student disciplinary action, the recording will become part of the student’s behavioral record consistent with the District’s records policy and procedures. The District reserves the right to provide copies of recordings to law enforcement agencies as deemed appropriate by the superintendent or designee and in compliance with appropriate federal and state laws.

    7. Except as provided in #6, video recordings will be kept no longer than thirty (30) days. 8. Cameras are authorized for use in the following areas where the public, students and staff have no reasonable expectation of privacy: entrances, hallways, commons, gymnasiums, parking lots, classrooms, athletic fields and the exterior of buildings. Under no circumstances will video cameras be used in any area where the public, students or staff have a reasonable expectation of privacy, including restrooms, locker rooms and health rooms.

    This policy and procedure shall be distributed through student and employee handbooks, district newsletters, our annual disclosure announcements, on facility use request forms and by other reasonable means.

    Approved: July 11, 2005

    445.5 Use of Video Monitoring Systems on School Buses

    USE OF VIDEO MONITORING SYSTEMS ON SCHOOL BUSES

    The School District of Menomonee Falls approves the use of video cameras on school buses for the primary purpose of reducing disciplinary problems and vandalism. The use of cameras will allow the driver to focus on the driving of the bus and provide for safer transportation of all students. Information obtained from the video cameras will be used in strict confidence according to the established procedure.

    Approved: July 11, 2005

    Procedure

    USE OF SECURITY CAMERAS

    Cameras will only be placed in public areas such as hallways, classrooms and athletic areas. Areas such as bathrooms and locker rooms, where people assume they are in an area of privacy, will not have cameras.

    The use of security cameras will be installed and used according to the following guidelines:

    1. Menomonee Falls School District will post signs at all main entrances to the building stating that video surveillance cameras are in use, but not continuously monitored.

    2. Cameras will be placed in locations where they enhance the District’s efforts to provide a safe and secure environment.

    3. Cameras will be visible.

    4. The cameras will not be continuously monitored.

    5. Only individuals authorized by the superintendent, designee or respective building principal may view security tapes.

    6. The video camera system shall be used primarily to meet the purposes of this policy. Should a video recording become part of a student disciplinary action, the recording will become part of the student’s behavioral record consistent with the District’s records policy and procedures. The District reserves the right to provide copies of recordings to law enforcement agencies as deemed appropriate by the superintendent or designee and in compliance with appropriate federal and state laws.

    7. Except as provided in #6, video recordings will be kept no longer than thirty (30) days.

    8. Cameras are authorized for use in the following areas where the public, students and staff have no reasonable expectation of privacy: entrances, hallways, commons, gymnasiums, parking lots, classrooms, athletic fields and the exterior of buildings. Under no circumstances will video cameras be used in any area where the public, students or staff have a reasonable expectation of privacy, including restrooms, locker rooms and health rooms.

    This policy and procedure shall be distributed through student and employee handbooks, district newsletters, our annual disclosure announcements, on facility use request forms and by other reasonable means.

    Approved: July 11, 2005

    446 Students of Adult Age

    STUDENTS OF ADULT AGE

    Every student eighteen (18) years of age or older is an adult and shall have all the rights, privileges and responsibilities of adulthood. Such students, however, shall comply with all rules and regulations adopted by the Board of Education and administration, pursue the prescribed courses of study, and submit to the authority of teachers and others in authority positions.

    Cross Reference: Procedure 446 Policy 347 Student Records, 43l Policy 431 Compulsory Attendance

    Approved: April 13, 1992

    Revised: January 9, 2017

    Procedure

    STUDENTS OF ADULT AGE

    A. After a student has reached his/her eighteenth (18) birthday, he/she will be given an opportunity to decide whether he/she wants to be regarded as an independent adult or to continue the parent(s) and/or legal guardian-school relationship that existed prior to his/her adult status. The student will be asked to confer with his/her parent(s) and/or legal guardian regarding the decision. If there is not a mutual agreement between the student and his/her parent(s) and/or legal guardian, the adult student will be regarded as an independent adult.

    B. Students who are serving as an independent adult must complete the Age of Majority form (Exhibit A) and submit to the high school office.

    C. Students of adult age may excuse themselves from school. In order for the excuse to be considered an excused absence, a medical release from a doctor must be provided to the attendance officer.

    D. All students of adult age who have completed the Age of Majority from will be placed on the District mailing list.

    Approved: April 13, 1992

    Revised: December 12, 2016

    447.1 Use of Seclusion and Physical Restraint

    USE OF SECLUSION AND PHYSICAL RESTRAINT

    The District is committed to the use of seclusion and/or physical restraint only as a last resort in situations that pose an immediate danger to the student and/or others. Seclusion and restraint may be used by a covered individual as defined as (a) an individual who is employed by the District, (b)an individual who is employed under contract by the District, and (c) an individual who is engaged in student under the supervision of an individual classified under (a) or (b).

    DEFINITIONS

    Seclusion is defined as ‘the involuntary confinement of a pupil, apart from other pupils, in a room or area from which the pupil is physically prevented from leaving.

    Physical restraint is defined as a restriction that immobilizes or reduces the ability of a pupil to freely move his or her torso, arms, legs, or head.

    NOTIFICATION/REPORTING

    Whenever seclusion or restraint is used on a pupil at school, the principal/designee must notify the pupil’s parent of the incident as soon as possible, but no later than one business day.

    Documentation of any seclusion and restraint must be kept by the individuals involved. Reports of any restraint must be forwarded to the Director of Pupil Services within two days of the incident. Seclusion logs must be forwarded to the Director of Pupil Services on a quarterly basis.

    STUDENTS WITH DISABILITIES

    If an IEP determines that seclusion or restraint may be necessary as a last resort to ensure the safety of the pupil or others, it must be written in the IEP. It is required that the IEP address appropriate positive interventions and supports and other strategies to address the behavior of concern based a functional behavioral assessment.

    TRAINING

    Formal training related to analyzing behavioral responses, de-escalating behavior and using seclusion and restraint strategies will be provided to school staff on an annual basis.

    2011 Wisconsin Act 125

    Approved: June 8, 2009

    Revised: November 12, 2012

    448 Corporal Punishment

    CORPORAL PUNISHMENT

    Corporal punishment of a student by school personnel is prohibited. Corporal punishment, as relevant to this policy, is defined as any form of physical punishment that involves the deliberate infliction of pain as retribution for an offense or for the purpose of disciplining or reforming a wrongdoer.

    Wis. Stats. 939.48

    Approved: April 13, 1992

    Revised: May 13, 2013

    Procedure

    CORPORAL PUNISHMENT

    Definition: Corporal Punishment Corporal punishment means the intentional infliction of physical pain which is used as a means of discipline. Corporal punishment includes, but is not limited to, paddling, slapping, forced exercise or prolonged maintenance of uncomfortable positions. Corporal punishment does not include reasonable and recognized behavioral modification programs, reasonable and recognized physical activities associated with athletic training or incidental or minor physical contact designed to maintain order and control. Also, the following statement and exceptions should be incorporated with the definition.

    The use of physical force by school personnel shall be limited to that which may reasonably be determined as necessary for the immediate protection of physical well being or public property under the following circumstances:

    A. Removing a disorderly student from a classroom, etc.

    B. Self defense.

    C. Preventing a student from self inflicted harm.

    D. Preventing the harm of another student.

    E. Restraining students from damaging public property.

    F. Forcibly removing dangerous or unlawful objects. After each of the preceding situations, a written description of the circumstances and the action taken shall be furnished within twenty-four (24) hours to the principal.

    Said report shall be forwarded to the Office of the Superintendent within five (5) school days.

    Approved: April 13, 1992

    448.2 Student Suspension or Expulsion

    STUDENT SUSPENSION/EXPULSION

    Suspension

    Any administrator may suspend a pupil for not more than five (5) school days or, if a notice of expulsion hearing has been sent for not more than a total of fifteen (15) consecutive school days for any of the following reasons:

    1. Noncompliance with rules or school board rules.

    2. Knowingly conveying any threat or false information concerning an attempt or alleged attempt being made or to be made to destroy any school property by means of explosives.

    3. Conduct by the pupil while at school or while under the supervision of a school authority that endangers the property, health or safety of others.

    4. Conduct while not at school or while not under the supervision of a school authority that endangers the property, health or safety of others at school or under the supervision of a school authority or endangers the property, health or safety of any employee or school board member of the school district in which the pupil is enrolled.

    5. The school district administrator or any principal designated by the school district administrator shall suspend a pupil under par. (b) if the school district administrator, principal or teacher determines that the pupil, while at school or while under the supervision of a school authority, possessed a firearm, as defined in 18 U.S.C. § 921 (a) (3).

    In addition, a student shall be suspended from school when required by law.

    Suspended students shall be allowed to make up any examinations or classwork missed during the suspension period in accordance with the District's student attendance procedures.

    All student suspensions shall be administered in accordance with state law requirements. Services for students with disabilities who are suspended will be delivered in accordance with legal requirements.

    In School Suspension

    In school suspensions will be similar to out of school suspensions with the exception that the student will be on campus in a restricted area with supervision provided by school staff.

    Administrators may assign students to an in school suspension. The length of time a student will be assigned an in school suspension will be one (1) period to five (5) school days. A parent and/or legal guardian of a student will receive a notice of an in school suspension in the same manner as notice is given for out of school suspensions.

    Students who are assigned to an in school suspension will be responsible for contacting their teacher(s) to receive class assignments, or other class work, to be completed during an in school suspension. Credit will be given for work completed during an in school suspension.

    Expulsion

    The school board may expel a pupil from school whenever it finds the pupil guilty of:

    1. repeated refusal or neglect to obey the rules.

    2. knowingly conveying or caused to be conveyed any threat or false information concerning an attempt or alleged attempt being made or to be made to destroy any school property by means of explosives.

    3. engaging in conduct while at school or while under the supervision of a school authority which endangered the property, health or safety of others.

    4. engaging in conduct which endangered the property, health or safety of others at school while not at school or while not under the supervision of a school authority

    5. endangering the property, health or safety of any employee or school board member of the school district in which the pupil is enrolled while under the supervision of a school authority

    6. and is satisfied that the interest of the school demands the pupil’s expulsion.

    In this section, conduct that endangers a person or property includes making a threat to the health or safety of a person or making a threat to damage property.

    In addition to the grounds for expulsion above, the Board may expel from school a pupil who is at least sixteen (16) years old if the Board finds that the pupil repeatedly engaged in conduct while at school, or while under the supervision of a school authority, that disrupted the ability of authorities to maintain order or an educational atmosphere at school, and that such conduct does not constitute grounds for expulsion, and is satisfied that the interest of the school demands the pupil’s expulsion.

    The school board shall commence proceedings and expel a pupil from school for not less than one year whenever it finds that the pupil, while at school or while under the supervision of a school authority, possessed a firearm, as defined in 18 U.S.C. § 921 (a) (3).

    Student expulsion proceedings shall be conducted in accordance with state law and established District procedures. Any consideration of expulsion for students with disabilities will conform with legal requirements.

    Student Due Process Rights

    Due process affords individuals the right of notice and the opportunity to defend themselves prior to any action that will impact their right to an education. Before any disciplinary action such as expulsion or suspension is taken against a student, the student shall have the right to the due process guaranteed him/her by state law. Any student accused of an action and threatened with punishment for this action has the right to appeal to the Superintendent/designee, with the parent and/or legal guardian of the student attending as desired.

    Wis. Stats. 118.164, 120.13(1)

    18 U.S.C. § 921

    Approved: December 18, 1995

    Revised: October 25, 2004

    Revised: August 27, 2012

    Procedure

    STUDENT SUSPENSION

    Prior to any suspension, the pupil will be provided the opportunity of due process. If it is determined that suspension is justified, the student will be advised of the reason for the proposed suspension. The pupil may be suspended if it is determined that the pupil is guilty of noncompliance with a school board rule, or of the conduct charged, and that the pupil’s suspension is reasonably justified. The parent or guardian ofa suspended minor pupil shall be given prompt notice of the suspension and the reason for the suspension.

    The suspended pupil or the pupil’s parent or guardian may, within five (5) school days following the commencement of the suspension, have a conference with the school district administrator/designee who will be someone other than a principal, administrator or teacher in the suspended pupil’s school. If the school district administrator/designee finds that the pupil was suspended unfairly or unjustly, or that the suspension was inappropriate, given the nature of the alleged offense, or that the pupil suffered undue consequences or penalties as a result of the suspension, reference to the suspension on the pupil’s school record shall be expunged.

    The administrator/designee, shall make a finding within fifteen (15) days of the conference. A pupil suspended will not be denied the opportunity to take any quarterly, semester or grading period examinations or to complete course work missed during the suspension period, as provided in the attendance policy.

    STUDENT EXPULSION

    Expulsion means an action taken by the Board of Education to prohibit an enrolled student from further attendance at the school for a period of time determined by the Board of Education. If an expulsion hearing is pending, a student may be suspended for not more than a total of fifteen (15) consecutive school days or a cumulative of 10 a year for a student with a disability. The parent(s) and/or legal guardian of the student shall be given prompt written notice of the suspension and that expulsion is being recommended.

    Expulsion Hearing

    Not less than five (5) days prior to a hearing the written notice of the hearing shall be sent to the pupil and, if the pupil is a minor, to the pupil’s parent or guardian. The notice shall state all of the following:

    1. The specific grounds and the particulars of the pupil’s alleged conduct upon which the expulsion proceeding is based.

    2. The time and place of the hearing.

    3. That the hearing may result in the pupil’s expulsion.

    4. That, upon request of the pupil and, if the pupil is a minor, the pupil’s parent or guardian, the hearing shall be closed.

    5. That the pupil and, if the pupil is a minor, the pupil’s parent or guardian may be represented at the hearing by counsel.

    6. That the school board shall keep written minutes of the hearing.

    7. That if the school board orders the expulsion of the pupil, the school district clerk shall mail a copy of the order to the pupil and, if the pupil is a minor, to the pupil’s parent or guardian.

    8. That if the pupil is expelled by the school board the expelled pupil or, if the pupil is a minor, the pupil’s parent or guardian may appeal the school board’s decision to the Department of Public Instruction for Wisconsin.

    9. That if the school board’s decision is appealed to the Department of Public Instruction, within sixty (60) days after the date on which the department receives the appeal, the department shall review the decision and shall, upon review, approve, reverse or modify the decision.

    10. That the decision of the school board shall be enforced while the department reviews the school board’s decision.

    11. That an appeal from the decision of the Department of Public Instruction may be taken within thirty (30) days to the circuit court for the county in which the school is located.

    12. That the state statutes related to pupil expulsion is section 120.13 (1).

    Approved: April 13, 1992

    Revised: October 25, 2004, January, 2015

    Student Health & Welfare

    452 School Wellness

    SCHOOL WELLNESS

    The District supports a healthy learning environment by promoting wellness, good nutrition and regular physical activity. To afford students the opportunity to fully participate in the educational process, students must attend school with minds and bodies ready to take advantage of their learning environment. Improved health through good nutrition and physical activity will optimize student performance and readiness to learn. Healthy eating patterns and regular physical activity are essential for students to achieve their full academic and life potential.

    This policy encourages all members of the school community to recreate an environment that supports life-long health habits. Decisions made on all school programming shall reflect and encourage this philosophy.

    Legal Requirement

    Healthy Hunger free Kids Act of 2010

    Approved: July 24, 2006

    Revised: November 28, 2011

    Revised: June 12, 2017

    Procedure

    SCHOOL WELLNESS

    I. Nutrition/Wellness

    A. The District shall:

    1. Provide a positive environment and age appropriate information regarding food to:

    a. Ensure that all students have access to healthy food choices

    b. Provide a pleasant eating environment for students and staff.

    c. Allow a minimum of 20 minutes for students to eat lunch and socialize in the designated cafeteria area.

    d. Enable all students, through a comprehensive curriculum and classroom subjects, to acquire the knowledge and skills necessary to make healthy food choices for a lifetime.

    2. Encourage staff to seek good nutritional choices as appropriate, when curricular-based food experiences are planned.

    3. Expect teachers to use non-food items as student incentives. Should teachers decide to use food items as an occasional incentive, they are encouraged to adhere to the District nutrition guidelines.

    4. The District encourages foods offered at school meet or exceed the USDA Smart Snacks in School nutrition standards including those provided at celebrations and parties and classroom snacks brought by staff or family members. Non-food celebrations will be promoted and a lst of ideas s available to staff and family members.

    5. Encourage student access to food of high nutritional value.

    6. The District will display posters or other visuals related to healthy living choices for staff, students, parents and community members who access the building to view.

    B. In keeping with contractual obligations to the National School Lunch/Breakfast programs, ensure the integrity of the school lunch program by following the U. S. Government Nutritional Standards while prohibiting food and beverage sales that are in direct conflict with the lunch/breakfast programs.

    C. All meals meet or exceed current nutrition requirements established under the Healthy Hunger-free Kids Act of 2010.

    D. The Food Service Program will make every effort to follow the District Nutrition Standards when determining items for a la carte sales.

    1. A la carte items not meeting the District Nutrition Standards may be acceptable for student consumption within moderation (i.e. limit quantity sold to an individual student)

    2. A la carte items not meeting the District Nutrition Standards may be acceptable when offered on an intermittent basis.

    II. Physical Activity

    The School District of Menomonee Falls will shall:

    A. Provide students with physical education, using an age-appropriate, sequential physical education curriculum consistent with national and state standards for physical education.

    B. Provide opportunities for students to participate in physical activity in addition to physical education through extra curricular activities.

    III. Implementation and Evaluation of Wellness Policy

    A sustained effort is necessary to implement and reinforce these guidelines. A team consisting of the administrator, classroom teacher, physical education teacher, school food authority representative, community member/parent, student, medical/health care professional, and the district nurse will be responsible for developing the District nutrition guidelines and a plan for measuring the effectiveness of this policy.

    Superintendent/Designee shall be responsible for ensuring that schools follow the wellness policy by leading the review, update and evaluation of the policy.

    The District will evaluate compliance with the Wellness Policy no less than once every three years. The assess will include the extent to which each school is in compliance with the policy and how the policy compares to a model policy, as established by the US Department of Agriculture.

    The District will actively inform families and the public about the content of and any updates to the policy through the school website and the Board of Education meetings.

    Approved: July 24, 2006

    Revised: June 12, 2017

    453 Emergency Medical Services

    EMERGENCY MEDICAL SERVICES

    Emergency Nursing Services

    Emergency nursing services will be made available in the District under the direction of a nurse(s) designated by Board of Education. These services shall be made available during the regular school day.

    The nurse(s) shall be available to assist students with health needs in each school on a regularly scheduled basis. The nurse(s) shall counsel with students, parents and school personnel concerning the health needs of students, develop medical care plans as needed, and assist in making referrals to appropriate medical authorities, if so desired.

    A licensed physician shall be designated annually to serve as the medical advisor for the District. Written procedures for handling medication and emergencies, including parental approval for emergency medical care shall be developed by the administration, in consultation with the nurse(s).

    The school will provide for a record system, including accident investigation reports and a log of services performed. Individual Health Care Plans will be developed for students as needed in consultation with parents.

    Equipment, supplies, and space for emergency nursing services will be available and accessible in all buildings.

    The emergency nursing services will be reviewed annually and modified where necessary to meet local needs.

    Concussion Management

    The Board recognizes that a concussion is a serious injury to the brain, and is committed to safe practice. The Board directs the Superintendent/designee to develop a concussion management plan to educate parents, student athletes, coaches and teachers about the nature and risks of concussions, and procedures to detect and treat these brain injuries prior to safe return to play.

    Parents and students shall be required to sign off on their review and understanding of the concussion management plan.

    Wis. Stats. 118.07(1), 118.29, 118.293, 121.02(1)(i), 140.065(16), 143.12

    Cross Reference: Procedure 453, Policies 453.1, 453.2, 453.3, 453.4, 722

    Approved: April 13, 1992

    Revised: April 4, 1995

    Revised: November 22, 1999

    Revised: June 25, 2012

    Procedure

    EMERGENCY NURSING SERVICES

    Emergency Care

    The parent(s) and/or legal guardian of each student in the School District of Menomonee Falls shall be requested annually to complete an appropriate form providing parental approval for emergency medical care.

    In life threatening situations or in situations where the need for immediate medical care is suspected the school has a responsibility to act on behalf of the injured or ill student, employee or program participant. Emergency medical services must be activated by calling 911. The principal, designee or program supervisor must act on behalf of the parent(s) and/or legal guardian when medical assistance and response time may be critical to preserve life or present major disability. In these instances emergency medical services are called first, parent(s) and/or legal guardian second.

    School personnel will administer first aid when it is considered necessary to the well being of the student.

    Any school employee or volunteer, other than a health care professional, who in good faith renders emergency care to a student is immune from civil liability for his/her acts or omissions in rendering such emergency care.

    No student who is ill or injured will be allowed to leave the building during the school day without the knowledge of the principal or his/her designee.

    Health Records

    Health records shall be maintained for each student.

    All health records shall be considered confidential and shall be accessible only to those persons authorized by Board of Education policy. These records may be released to other individuals or agencies only with written permission of the student and/or his/her parent(s) and/or legal guardian.

    Reporting Suspected Health Problems

    Any teacher who suspects the health of a student is presenting a problem may request a statement of fitness from a physician or a letter from the parent(s) and/or legal guardian of the student releasing the school from liability.

    Wis. Stats. 118.07(1), 118.125, 118.29(3), 121.02(1)(i)

    Approved: April 13, 1992

    453.1 Student Physical Examinations

    STUDENT PHYSICAL EXAMINATIONS

    All students entering school or early childhood are encouraged to have a physical examination prior to starting school. Physical examinations shall be paid for by the parent(s) and/or legal guardian of the student.

    Athletic Physical Examinations

    Any student participating in interscholastic athletics shall be required to have a physical examination every other year in accordance with requirements of the Wisconsin Interscholastic Athletic Association (WIAA). Payment of athletic physical examinations shall be paid for by the parent(s) and/or legal guardian of the athlete.

    A student may be exempt from the physical examination requirement on the basis of religious conviction provided his/her parent(s) and/or legal guardian has filed a written statement to this effect with the District.

    Cross Reference: WIAA Handbook

    Approved: April 13, 1992

    Revised: February 10, 2003

    June 24, 2013

    453.2 Student Immunizations

    STUDENT IMMUNIZATIONS

    All students, including transfer students, admitted to the District shall present immunization records as required by law. Immunizations shall be required for measles, rubella, diphtheria, pertussis (whooping cough), poliomyelitis, tetanus, mumps, varicella, and Hepatitus B.

    Parents/Guardians are responsible for ensuring their child(ren)’s immunizations are current. The District shall not be responsible for the cost of immunization.

    In the event a parent(s) guardian refuses to submit evidence of compliance with the immunization requirement on the basis of religious conviction or medical reasons, a written statement to this effect, signed by the parent(s) and/or legal guardian, shall be submitted to the school office prior to the acceptance of the student into the District.

    The principal/designee shall be responsible for notifying the student, parent(s) guardian of the immunization requirement and shall inform such persons of their right to an immunization waiver. In addition, the principal or /designee shall be responsible for maintaining complete and up to date immunization records for each student attending school in the District. Requirements for student immunization are outlined in the Wisconsin School Immunization Requirements manual created by the Department of Health Services, Division of Public Health, Bureau of Communicable Diseases and Emergency Response and Immunization Program.

    Wis. Stats. 252

    Chapter DHS 144

    Cross Reference: Procedure 453.2

    Approved: April 13, 1992

    Revised: June 24, 2013

    Procedure

    STUDENT IMMUNIZATIONS

    1. When students register for school, the principal or designee will inquire for and collect required health records.

    2. The principal or designee will notify the district nurse of the enrollment of new students and give him/her any forms collected.

    3. The nurse will review records, note missing and/or incomplete immunizations and maintain a file on the forms.

    4. The nurse will complete the "Wisconsin Immunization Requirements for School Entrance -- School's Report to Local Public Health Agency" form, and submit a copy to the principal and to the public health agency.

    5. The principal will notify the parent(s) and/or legal guardian of students whose records are incomplete of statutory requirements and deadlines for completion. The principal will be responsible for notifying the Superintendent of Schools of students who do not comply with immunization requirements.

    6. When a student withdraws from school, the principal or designee will obtain health records and forward these with other records to the new school.

    Approved: April 13, 1992

    453.3 Medication Administration to Students

    MEDICATION ADMINISTRATION TO STUDENTS

    Medications are given to students in the school setting and school sponsored activities (including overnight activities) to continue or maintain a medical therapy which promotes health, prevents disease, relieves symptoms of illness or aids in diagnosis. Wis. Stat. Section 118.129 defines “administer” “drug” “drug product” “practitioner” etc. As an example, “practitioner” means any physician, dentist, optometrist, physician assistant, advanced practice nurse prescriber, or podiatrist licensed in any state.

    “Administer” means the direct application of a nonprescription drug product or prescription drug, whether by injection, ingestion or other means, to the human body. The School District of Menomonee Falls shall administer medication in accordance with Wisconsin State Statutes 118.29, 118.291, and Wisconsin Administrative Code PI 8.01 (2) (g) and N6.03(3).

    The School District may administer any prescription medication to a student in compliance with the written instruction of a practitioner and written consent from the student’s parent or guardian as defined by Wis. Stat. Ch. 118.29. Administration of nonprescription medication requires the written instruction and consent of the student’s parent or guardian. Substances, which are not FDA approved (i.e. natural products, food supplements), will require the written instruction of a practitioner and written consent from the student’s parent or guardian.

    Students with asthma may possess and self administer a metered dose or dry powder inhaler with the written approval of the student’s physician and parent or guardian. Medication administration may be delegated by the school nurse to any school employee with proper training, supervision, and evaluation as defined in Wisconsin Administrative Code N. 6.01 and DPI training guidance. Determining such individuals will be the joint responsibility of the building administrator and the school nurse. The school employee who is authorized to administer medication is immune from civil liability for his or her acts or omissions in administering medication to a student unless the act or omission constitutes a high degree of negligence.

    School nurses, as District employees, are regulated by the Wisconsin Nurse Practice Act; therefore, they are not necessarily immune from civil liability for the aforementioned acts or omissions. The School District of Menomonee Falls administrator or principal who authorizes an employee or volunteer to administer a drug or prescription drug to a student will be immune from civil liability for the action authorized, unless a court determines that the action constitutes a high degree of negligence. This policy and its implementing procedures, however, will not be interpreted to require more burdensome standards of liability for the school and its staff that the applicable statutory and case law standards at any relevant time.

    No school employee, except a health care professional, may be required to administer medication to a student by any means other than oral ingestion. Procedures for obtaining and filing written instructions and consents for medication administration, and the protocols for storage, administration, and documentation are delineated in this policy’s Administrative Rule. Legal

    References: Wisconsin State Statutes 118.29, 118.291 and 121.02(1)(g) Wisconsin Administrative Code N. 6.03(3) Adoption Date: March 1996 Amended: May 2010. Legal References: Wisconsin State Statutes 118.29, 118291 and 121.02 (1)(g) and 441.06 (4); Wisconsin Administrative Code N.6.03(3) and PI 8.01 (2)(g)

    Approved: December 9, 1996

    Revised: March 14, 2011

    Procedure

    MEDICATION ADMINISTRATION TO STUDENTS

    I. Training of Designee The health care professional, in collaboration with a school administrator, has the authority to delegate medication administration to a school employee in compliance with Wisconsin State Statute 441.06(4) and Wisconsin Administrative Code N 6.03(3) if the following are met:

    a) The task must be commensurate with the education, preparation, and demonstrated abilities of the designee.

    b) The school nurse provides direction (skill verification) and assistance to the designee.

    c) The designee’s administration of medications is observed annually (or as necessary), monitored, and documented by the school nurse.

    d) The designee completes the online DPI training course for the medication(s) to be administered and submits certificate of completion to the RN. The training record will be maintained in the school district’s employee data system.

    e) School personnel will be informed on a need to know basis when a student is taking medication for serious or chronic health conditions, so that they can observe for side effects to the medications.

    II. Consent to Administer

    A. Prescription Medications

    A written, signed statement from the parent/guardian and a written, signed instruction from a practitioner must be on file at the school authorizing school personnel to administer any medication (see attached Prescription Medication form, Exhibit A). The statement must include: Student name, date of birth Medication name, dose, route frequency, time/conditions, duration Reason for medication Precautions, possible untoward reactions, and/or interventions Name of practitioner Parent/guardian signature, practitioner signature, date Requests must be renewed each year, or more often if changes in dosage occur.

    All changes will be noted on the medication administration record, dated and initialed by the designee. Prescription medications must be supplied in a pharmacy-labeled container indicating the correct dosage and administration instructions and student’s name. The health room assistant shall be informed by school personnel of all students receiving medication and any changes in dosage. The nurse will review the medication record periodically and use professional judgment in contacting the practitioner, school personnel, or parents to resolve inconsistencies in administration directions.

    B. Non-prescription Medications

    Non-prescription medication (Non-prescription form, Exhibit B) which is FDA approved can be administered. A written, signed statement from the parent/guardian must be on file at school, authorizing school personnel to administer (Non-prescription medication form, Exhibit B).

    Non-prescription drugs must come to school in the original manufacturer’s packaging with ingredients and recommended therapeutic dose. Non-prescription medications must be supplied by parent in the original container with the student’s name affixed. Any non-prescription medication intended for more than two weeks use on a daily basis must be accompanied by a practitioner’s signature. All medication must be supplied by the parent. Students in grade 9-12 may carry Over-the-Counter medication in the original container, but an Over-the-Counter Medication form (Exhibit B) must be completed and on file in the school health room.

    C. Food Supplements, Natural Products

    For the safety and protection of students, food supplements and natural products will not be given in the school setting unless approved by the FDA or prescribed by a practitioner. A written, signed statement form from the parent/guardian must be on file at school, authorizing school personnel to administer supplement (Exhibit C). The following criteria must be met: An original container is provided. Use for student is indicated. Appropriate dosing for student is clearly stated on the label/packaging insert. Possible untoward effects are listed. Signed parent/guardian statement. Signed practitioner consent if non-FDA approved.

    III. Self-Administered Medication

    Students with asthma may possess and self administer metered dose inhalers or dry powder inhalers for the purpose of preventing or alleviating the onset of asthmatic symptoms. The student must have the written approval of the student’s physician and the written approval of the student’s parent or guardian (see attached Prescription Medication form Exhibit #A). A copy of this approval will be present in the student’s school and maintained in the medical record. The medical record is to be updated annually.

    IV. Medication Storage

    Medication will be stored in a secure location. Medication which needs to be accessible to the student will be stored in an appropriate location per student need (i.e., emergency medications). Medication will be stored to maintain quality (i.e., refrigeration). The parent/guardian shall pick up unused portions of medication within seven days after the completion of the school year or when medications have been discontinued. After seven days and written notice, if parent/guardian has not picked up medication, it will be destroyed.

    V. Documentation

    An accurate individual student record of administered medication as recorded on the Daily Medication Log form, (Exhibit E) will include: Demographic data such as name, birth date, level/grade, school year. Medication name, dose, date/time given. Signature of person administering. Dose changes, dated, with the signature of designee and cosigned by the school nurse. Documentation of medication must be completed immediately after the administration to the student to assure accuracy and safety.

    Documentation of medication errors must be completed immediately. A Medication Incident Report form (Exhibit D) should be completed along with phone notification of parents and if indicated health care provider of student involved. Documentation of medications given to students on field trips must be recorded for any medication given to a student attending a field trip. A Daily Medication Field Trip Log should be completed by the health room aide and the teacher. (Exhibit F) The Student Medication Record(s) (Exhibit A and Exhibit B) will be maintained in the student medical record after discontinuation of the medication.

    VI. Rights and Responsibilities

    Designated school personnel have the responsibility to: See that the medication is given within 30 minutes before or after the time specified by parent and practitioner. Maintain the medication administered at school in a secure place which also maintains medication quality (i.e., refrigeration for liquid antibiotics). Report to the school nurse any dose changes, inconsistencies, or medication side effects. Keep a copy of the Medication Policy in an accessible spot for immediate reference. Document all medication administered or reason medication may not be administered (absent, refusal).

    Report errors and or missed medications to the school nurse immediately. Designated school personnel have the right to refuse to administer medication to students when the medication administration procedures as described in Section II above have not been completed. The professional school nurse has the responsibility to: Review medications and any changes in medications administered at school. Use professional judgment in carrying out the policy. Provide information on medication side effects. Provide training, supervision, and evaluation of the administration of medication in the school. Maintain records of staff completion of medication administration.

    VII. Distribution of Policy and Liability Waiver All school employees or volunteers who are authorized to administer drugs to a student shall receive a copy of this policy and shall be advised that, pursuant to the provision in Wisconsin State Statute 118.29, they are immune from civil liability for any acts or omissions in administering a drug or prescription drug to a student in accordance with this policy unless the act or omission is found by a court to constitute a high degree of negligence. The School District administrator or any school principal who authorizes an employee or volunteer to administer a drug or prescription drug to a student is immune from civil liability for the act of authorization unless it constitutes a high degree of negligence. Refer to emergency procedures for administering medication and accompanying forms.

    Legal References: Wisconsin State Statutes 118.29, 118.291 and 121.02(1) (g) and 441.06(4) Wisconsin Administrative Code N. 6.03(3), PI8.01 (2) (g)

    Approved: October 27, 1997

    Revised: October 12, 1998

    Updated: (2009 Configuration Changes)

    Revised: March 14, 2011

    Exhibit A - Authorization to Administer Prescription Medication

    Exhibit B - Authorization to Administer Over-the Counter Medications

    Exhibit C - Authorization to Administer Nutritional Supplement

    Exhibit D - Medication Incident Report Form

    Exhibit E - Daily Medication Log

    Exhibit F - Daily Medication Field Trip Log

    453.35 Automatic External Defibrillators

    AUTOMATIC EXTERNAL DEFIBRILLATORS

    Automatic External Defibrillators (AED) may be located in district buildings and used by qualified district staff or other qualified persons in response to cardiac medical emergencies. The AED should not be used in lieu of notification of care provided by emergency medical personnel. Patient care is to be transferred to emergency medical personnel upon their arrival. The building principal or designee shall have authority over the AED training, location, maintenance and use. The administrative procedure pertaining to the use of the AED will be reviewed annually by the Director of Pupil Services and the Director of Buildings and Grounds.

    Approved: August 13, 2001

    453.4 Communicable Diseases

    COMMUNICABLE DISEASES

    It is the policy of the District pursuant to Federal, State and local laws and regulations, and in cooperation with State and local public health agencies, to establish and maintain appropriate health standards for the school environment, to promote the good health of students and staff, and to educate students and staff in disease prevention methods and sound health practices.

    In an effort to maintain a safe and healthful school environment, the District will provide educational opportunities to students and staff regarding measures that can be taken to reduce the risk of contracting or transmitting communicable diseases at school and in school related activities.

    In recognition that the health status of an individual is personal and private, the District shall handle information regarding students and staff with suspected or confirmed communicable diseases in accord with State and Federal law and the Board policies regarding the confidentiality of student and staff records, while at the same time complying with applicable public health reporting requirements.

    Students and staff may be excluded from school and/or school related activities if they are suspected of or diagnosed as having a communicable disease, as defined in the administration interpretation, that poses a significant health risk to others or that renders them unable to adequately perform their jobs, or pursue their studies, or poses a significant risk of transmission to others in the school environment. Students and staff excluded from school pursuant to this policy may appeal their exclusion as set forth in the administrative procedure.

    Approved: May 11, 1992

    Revised: October 11, 1999

    Revised: January 11, 2016

    Procedure

    COMMUNICABLE DISEASES

    A. Educational and Preventive Measures

    1. The School District of Menomonee Falls will ensure that all examinations/ inoculations required of students and staff have been obtained.

    2. The nurse serving the school shall be responsible for the appropriate maintenance of a health station in each school building. The nurse shall ensure that a list of communicable diseases as defined by the Department of Health and Social Services is posted in the health station and that information regarding the suppression and control of communicable disease is available for review by interested students and staff.

    3. Information regarding suppression and control of communicable diseases will be included as a regular part of the curriculum for students.

    4. Information regarding suppression and control of communicable diseases will be included in orientation sessions for new staff and will be used periodically in training programs for existing staff.

    5. Standard procedures as set forth in the current edition of Control of Communicable Diseases in Man to prevent the spread of communicable diseases transmitted by air (such as tuberculosis, chicken pox, measles, mumps, and rubella; by exchange of body fluids (such as hepatitis A and B, rotavirus, cytomegalovirus, salmonella, staphylococcus aureus, and HIV); and the spread of other conditions (such as pediculosis, scabies, and head lice) will be followed by all staff in the performance of their duties.

    6. First aid kits and other supplies and equipment appropriate to reducing the risk of transmission of communicable diseases in the school environment, as determined by the nurse serving the school in cooperation with local public health official, will be provided in each school building.

    B. Confidentiality/Reporting

    1. The principal shall function as the liaison for the District with students, staff, parents, physicians, public health officials and the community at large concerning communicable disease issues in the schools.

    2. Any person who knows or suspects that a student or staff member has a communicable disease shall report the facts to the principal.

    3. The principal will confer with the nurse serving the school and, to the extent circumstances warrant and permit, with the subject of the report and, for student subjects, the parent and/or legal guardian of the student.

    4. If required, pursuant to public health statutes and regulations, the principal will make a report to the local public health officer.

    5. The District will maintain the confidentiality of the health records of students and staff, and will not disclose any such records except to the extent required or permitted by law and essential to the safe conduct of the operations of the District.

    C. Exclusion From School

    1. Students

    a. Students who are suspected of having a communicable disease that could be detrimental to the health of self or others in the school environment may be sent home for diagnosis and treatment. Students who are diagnosed as having a communicable disease that renders them unable to pursue their studies or poses a significant risk of transmissions to others in the school environment shall be excused from school attendance until their presence no longer poses a threat to the health of themselves or others.

    b. The determination as to whether and under what circumstances a student may be sent home for diagnosis and treatment or excused from school attendance shall be made by the principal, in consultation with the nurse serving the school and, where appropriate, with local public health officials.

    c. The principal may refer this determination to the health care team. If the disease in question appears to require a lengthy period of exclusion or to pose a serious health threat to the student or others (tuberculosis, hepatitis B, and HIV infection, for example), the principal should refer the determination to the health care team unless referral to the IEP Team or 504 Team is warranted.

    d. For the student with previously identified exceptional educational needs or whose communicable disease may give rise to special education needs, the principal, in consultation with the Director of Pupil Services of the District, may refer this determination to the IEP Team. The normal membership of the IEP Team making any such determination should be supplemented to the extent possible by the physician, parent and/or legal guardian of the student, and the principal and nurse serving the school.

    e. Before making a determination that a student should be sent home for diagnosis and treatment or excused from school attendance, the principal, health care team, or IEP Team reviewing the case shall, to the extent circumstances warrant and permit, inform the student and the parent and/or legal guardian of the student of the reasons for the contemplated action and shall consider any information the student and/or the parent and/or legal guardian of the student may choose to offer regarding the condition of the student. If a student is sent home or excused from school attendance pursuant to this procedure, the principal shall immediately notify the parent and/or legal guardian of the student of the action and the reasons therefor.

    f. Alternative educational opportunities will be arranged for students who must be excused from school attendance for a significant period of time.

    g. The principal, in consultation with the District nurse, and where appropriate, with local health officials, shall determine when a student who has been excused from school attendance may be readmitted. As a condition of continued or renewed attendance, the District may require a statement from the physician of the student that the student is in suitable condition to attend school.

    h. Appeals

    1) A parent and/or legal guardian of a minor student or an adult student who disputes the determination or action of the principal, health care team, or IEP Team concerning exclusion of a student from school attendance pursuant to this procedure may appeal such determination or action by bringing or sending a complaint to the Superintendent of Schools.

    2) A complaint must be made in writing, signed by the complainant, and submitted within five (5) school days of the disputed determination or action and must contain (a) a statement of facts, (b) a statement of the relief request, and (c) any necessary medical information.

    3) The Superintendent of Schools shall confer with the complainant within ten (10) school days of the receipt of the complaint to verify the nature of the complaint and to explain the procedure that will be followed to resolve the complaint.

    4) Complaints involving the identification, evaluation, educational placement, or provision of a free appropriate public education of a student with special education needs will be resolved through the procedures contained in the special education handbook of the District.

    5) Complaints involving pupil discrimination on the basis of handicap or of physical, mental, emotional, or learning disability will be resolved through the procedures established by the District to comply with Section 118.13 of the Wisconsin States, Wisconsin Administrative Code PI 9.04 and Section 504 of the Federal Rehabilitation Act of 1973.

    6) Other complaints will be resolved by the Superintendent of Schools. The Superintendent of Schools will confer with the parties involved and will render a written decision within ten (10) school days of the receipt of the complaint. A complainant who remains unsatisfied with the decision of the Superintendent of Schools may appeal to the Board of Education. This appeal must be made in writing, signed by the complainant, and submitted to the President of the Board of Education with ten (10) school days of the decision of the Superintendent of School and must state the reasons for disagreement with that decision. The Board of Education will afford the complainant a hearing, upon request, and will render a written decision within ten (10) school days of receipt of the appeal or (if a hearing is held) conclusion of the hearing.

    7) Except to the extent prohibited by law, a student may be excluded from school during the pendency of any appeal hereunder.

    2. Health Care Team

    a. The health care team will consist of the principal, the nurse serving the school, the local public health officer and, to the extent the cooperation of such individuals can be obtained, the student, the parent and/or legal guardian and the physician of the student. The team will confer, as necessary, with the medical consultant for the District and legal counsel for the District and with State public health officials.

    b. The health care team will convene at the request of the principal to determine whether and under what circumstances a student may be sent home for diagnosis and treatment or excused from school attendance. The health care team may also receive referrals for the purpose of formulating recommendations regarding educational program modifications short of exclusion that could permit the student to attend school without posing a significant threat to the health of self or others.

    c. The health status of a student temporarily removed from the usual school setting to protect the health of self or others will be re-evaluated by the health care team at regular intervals.

    d. The health care team may provide information to the Superintendent of Schools and Board of Education to the extent permitted in light of confidentiality requirements.

    3. Staff

    a. If there is reasonable cause to believe that a staff member has a communicable disease that could be detrimental to the health of self or others in the school environment, the District reserves the right, in consultation with the nurse serving the school and in accord with existing Board of Education policies and/or collective provisions, to require a medical examination of the staff member, at District expense, and a statement from the physician indicating whether the staff member is in suitable condition to continue working.

    b. Staff who are diagnosed as having a communicable disease that poses a significant risk of transmission to others in the school environment or that renders them unable adequately to perform their duties shall be excused from work.

    c. The determination as to whether and under what circumstances the communicable disease of the staff member poses a significant health risk to others in the school environment or makes adequate performance impossible shall be made by the Superintendent of Schools or designee, in consultation with the nurse serving the school and, where appropriate, with local public health officials.

    d. Before making a determination that a staff member should be excused from work, the Superintendent of Schools shall inform the staff member of the reason(s) for the contemplated action and shall consider any information the staff member may choose to offer regarding his/her condition. The Superintendent of School shall also consider whether a reasonable accommodation could eliminate the health risk to the staff member or others and/or permit adequate performance.

    e. The Superintendent of Schools shall provide written notice to any staff member excused from work pursuant to this procedure. Staff so excused may utilize any applicable alternative employment opportunities provided under existing Board of Education policies and/or collective bargaining agreement provisions which may include sick leave, unpaid leave of absence, or reassignment, but are not guaranteed continued or renewed employment except to the extent provided under such policies or provisions

    f. Staff whose employment is terminated because of a communicable disease may receive such post-employment benefits as are provided pursuant to existing Board of Education policies, collective bargaining agreement provisions, and State and Federal law.

    g. Appeals

    1) Staff excused from work pursuant to this procedure and subject to a collective bargaining agreement may appeal the determination of the Superintendent of Schools or action according to the grievance procedure set forth in the collective bargaining agreement.

    2) Staff excused from work pursuant to this procedure and not subject to a collective bargaining agreement may appeal the determination of the Superintendent of Schools or action according to the procedure set forth in paragraph C 1 h 2 and 6, above.

    3) Except to the extent prohibited by law, Board of Education policies or collective bargaining agreement provision, a staff member may be excused from work during the pendency of any appeal hereunder.

    Approved: May 11, 1992

    Revised: October 11, 1999

    Revised: March 19 2009

    453.61 Managing Students with Life Threatening Allergies

    MANAGING STUDENTS WITH LIFE THREATENING ALLERGIES

    The District cannot guarantee an allergy-free environment for our students. The District will make every reasonable effort to reduce exposure to any allergen (insect or food) that a family indicates a concern. An allergy is an abnormal response to something triggered by the body’s immune system. Since each student’s allergy and situation is different, an individual Health Care Plan may be created for some students and this information shared with school staff that needs to know about the student’s health concern.

    Life threatening allergic reactions such as anaphylaxis may occur when the allergic person accidentally ingests, inhales, or is exposed to the offending allergen. Anaphylaxis is a collection of symptoms that affect many body systems. The most dangerous and potentially fatal symptoms include breathing difficulty, drop in blood pressure, or shock. Food allergies are an especially growing problem in the U.S. The foods that most commonly cause allergic problems are peanuts, tree nuts, shellfish, fish, milk, egg, soy and wheat. Other examples of potentially life threatening allergic reactions may occur from stinging insects, medication and latex rubber.

    The American Academy of Asthma, Allergy and Immunology (AAAAI) states that the most important aspect of the management of life threatening allergies is avoidance of the allergen. Furthermore, the AAAAI advises that the first line treatment of choice for anaphylaxis is an injection of epinephrine. The District’s primary goal is to create a safe learning environment for students who have life threatening allergies by minimizing the risk of exposure to the offending allergen and to support the individual student in avoidance of the offending allergen. School staff, student’s parents/guardian, health care providers, and the student with the allergy will work together to achieve this goal.

    Ref. Board of Education Policy 453.3 Medication - Administering to Students

    Approved: June 14, 2010

    Revised: November 28, 2011

    Procedure

    MANAGING STUDENTS WITH LIFE THREATENING ALLERGIES GUIDELINES AND RESPONSIBILITIES

    Parent/Guardian Responsibilities

    1.) Inform the principal, health room, the School District of Menomonee Falls director of transportation and the director of food service in writing of your child’s allergies prior to school (preferably at or before registration or before the student returns to school following a new diagnosis)

    by:

    a) Providing medication(s) and medication orders (using the Authorization to Administer Prescription Medication and/or Authorization to Administer Over the Counter (non-prescription) Medication provided by the school) with signatures from parent/guardian and your child’s health care provider by the start of school, annually, or if changes are made thereafter. The School District of Menomonee Falls’ policies regarding the administration of medication to students must be followed. For example: provide properly labeled medications and replace medications after use or upon expiration (these policies can be found on our district web page). b) Providing a Heath Care Plan for your child that includes documentation, instructions and medications as directed by the physician. Include a small photo of the child on the written form (these forms can be picked up at your child’s school health room).

    2.) Provide on-going education to your child in the self-management of their allergy including:

    a) Safe and unsafe foods.

    b) Strategies for avoiding exposure to unsafe foods/the offending allergen including to never sharing food/drinks.

    c) Symptoms of allergic reactions.

    d) How and when to tell a teacher or other supervising adult they may be having an allergy-related problem.

    e) How to check food labels (age appropriate).

    f) How and when to use/store the Epi-pen and call EMS (if able and when age appropriate).

    3.) Provide a medic-alert bracelet for your child (optional if appropriate for your child).

    4.) Introduce your child to the bus driver if appropriate and explain the allergy prior to riding the bus.

    5.) If your child is allergic to peanut/nut, advise them to sit at the designated “peanut/nut-free” table in the school cafeteria or other area with their friends who do not have peanut/nuts in their lunches. All students K-5 who have a life threatening allergy to peanut/nut (i.e. Epi-pen is prescribed) will be required to sit at the designated peanut/nut-free table area unless it is indicated in the student’s Care Plan this is not required and the parent/guardian and physician agrees to this in writing.

    6.) Food at School:

    a) If your child is allergic to peanut/or tree nuts, peanut/nut free classroom guidelines will be implemented in your child’s classroom. Discuss this with the teacher.

    b) Provide a container/supply of safe snacks for your child.

    c) Preview your child’s classroom supply of snacks and label OK for your child to eat. Your child will not be allowed to have home baked or foods without a label unless you give the teacher prior approval.

    d) Your child may choose an alternative snack from their container of safe snacks. (School staff will not be responsible for determining safe ingredients for your child at snack times. Except as stated in the peanut/nut free classroom guidelines).

    e) Preview the monthly lunch menu to determine safe ingredients for your child at lunchtime.

    Student Responsibilities

    1) Should not trade food with others.

    2) Should not eat anything with unknown ingredients or known to contain the offending allergen(s).

    3) Should notify an adult immediately if they eat something they believe may contain the food to which they are allergic

    4) Should be proactive in the management of their allergies based on their developmental level.

    5) Must adhere to District Medication Policy (453.3)

    School Responsibilities

    1) Review the health care plan.

    2) Provide the written health care plan to all staff that interacts with the student on a regular basis. The plan will include the usual symptoms of a reaction to watch for and steps to take in case of reaction. All staff that may have interaction with the student is expected to adhere to the plan and the district’s policies/guidelines.

    3) Arrange for the school nurse/health room aide to provide training to designated school personnel on the administration of an Epi-pen.

    4) Arrange for the school nurse/health room aide to provide additional in-service to school personnel and students about life threatening allergies.

    5) Enforce a “no eating” policy on daily school bus trips to and from school/home with the exception to accommodate other students with special health needs who may need fast-acting sugar + carbohydrates to prevent a low blood sugar emergency. Fast-acting sugar/carbohydrates should be peanut/nut free if possible.

    6) Strive to provide a peanut/nut-free classroom where students who have peanut/nut allergies have classes (includes classrooms that are not the student’s primary class).

    7) Review closely and modify lesson plans so that the student’s offending allergen is not part of the lesson or project (i.e. use skittles math instead of M&M’s math). This will require additional teacher planning so that all allergic students can be included safely and comfortably in all classroom projects.

    8) Staff planning field trips must make a concerted effort to ensure that these trips are safe for students with life threatening allergies. Contact the site in advance and explain the situation so that project, activities, snacks, etc. are safe.

    9) Provide a peanut/nut free table area (or other allergen free, if deemed necessary) for peanut/nut allergic students to eat. The lunchroom supervisors (under direction of their supervisor) will designate and maintain this table daily. The same table will be designated each day. The designated table will be cleaned with separate cleaning supplies that are not used to clean other tables. Any student who does not have peanut/nut products may be allowed to sit at this table.

    An elementary school student who has a lunch brought from home may be allowed to sit at the peanut/nut free able if the lunch is inspected by a lunchroom supervisor to ensure no peanut or nut products are in it.

    10) Students will be encouraged to wash their hands after snacks and lunch or after using materials that may contain peanut or nut.

    11) Class tables or desks should be washed after consumption or use of any peanut/nut products especially is the area may be used by a peanut/nut allergic person.

    Approved: June 14, 2010

    453.62 Minimizing the Risk of Latex Exposure

    MINIMIZING THE RISK OF LATEX EXPOSURE

    The School District of Menomonee Falls cannot guarantee a latex free environment for our students and staff. The District recognizes its responsibility for the health, welfare and safety of students and staff and will take reasonable precautions to minimize the risk of developing latex sensitivity or severe reactions to latex occurring in the school environment.

    Some individuals have or are in a high-risk group for developing sensitivity to latex. Sensitivity reactions can range from mild skin irritation to anaphylaxis. The primary goal is to minimize exposure to latex, recognizing the allergic reaction and responding to the allergic reaction. A safe environment for students and staff recognizes individual differences and adoption of realistic practices will be promoted.

    Approved: June 14, 2010

    Procedure

    LATEX PRECAUTIONS AND PRACTICE GUIDELINES

    General Information:

    Latex is the milky sap from the rubber tree Hevea brasiliensis, and is commonly found in products used in schools such as balloons, erasers, rubber bands, art supplies, gloves and band aids, as well as gym and playground equipment (mats, flooring, balls, etc.). The latex enzyme is also found in some foods.

    Latex allergy is a sensitized response of the immune system to latex protein following exposure to latex or rubber products. Allergic responses to latex vary with an individual’s sensitivity and ranges from mild to fatal.

    Symptoms may include:

    • Itchy, red, mildly swollen rash
    • Hives or welts
    • Nasal stuffiness, sneezing, runny nose, itching of the nose, eyes, or roof of mouth
    • Chest tightness, coughing, shortness of breath, and wheezing
    • Headache
    • Anaphylaxis: a life-threatening reaction, characterized by blocked airways, swelling of the throat, and a drop in blood pressure

    When latex touches mucosa, as opposed to intact skin, the chance of developing an allergy increases significantly. A person can develop an allergic reaction to latex after prolonged continuous exposure.

    Individuals at high risk for developing a latex allergy or sensitivity include the following:

    • History of multiple surgical procedures
    • History of asthma or reactive airway disease
    • Eczema
    • Spina Bifida
    • Previous allergic reactions
    • Health care workers
    • Multiple food allergies, especially: banana, kiwi, avocado, and chestnuts

    Sources of latex include, but are not limited to, the following:

    • Classroom items such as erasers, rubber bands, art supplies, science and lab equipment
    • Cafeteria and/or food preparation with latex gloves can cause latex-powder contamination. Cross sensitization exists between latex and some foods such as bananas, kiwi, and avocado. (See complete list.)
    • Gym and playground equipment such as rubber bats or flooring, and balls
    • Janitorial use of latex gloves
    • Health supplies in the health room such as gloves, band-aids, tourniquets, ace wraps, etc.

    NOTE: There is no treatment for latex allergy except avoidance.

    Notification of Individuals Who Are Allergic or Sensitive to Latex:

    Parent/guardian shall inform school of latex allergy or sensitivity on the students Demographic Sheet.

    Parent/guardian must provide the school with written medical documentation from the healthcare provider of any latex allergy or sensitivity which includes medical orders, instructions and current medication used for the allergy. (Reference: Health Care Plan and Medication policies; Allergy Policy 453.61 [pending])

    Staff will indicate allergy on Employee Emergency Data form.

    Staff will fill out a Health Care Plan and return it into their building principal.

    A sign will be placed outside the classroom of a latex allergy or sensitivity student/staff member.

    Reduction of Latex:

    The District has prioritized the reduction of latex use based on the known relative risks associated with the product to increased latex allergy and sensitivity.

    1) Dipped latex products, such as gloves and balloons are banned from school, all school functions and on District provided transportation.

    2) All Health Room supplies will be non-latex if available. If non-latex materials are not available, skin contact precautions will be utilized for anyone with a known latex allergy or sensitivity.

    3) General classroom, Art and Physical Education supplies and equipment will be purchased following non-latex guidelines.

    Approved: June 14, 2010

    454 Child Abuse/Neglect

    CHILD ABUSE/NEGLECT

    Any District employee having reasonable cause to suspect that a student has been abused or neglected or having reason to believe that a student has been threatened with an injury and that abuse will occur, shall immediately contact the appropriate county agency and inform the agency of the fact and circumstances which led to the filing of the report.

    School personnel shall not contact the parent(s) and/or legal guardian of the student or any other person to determine the cause of any suspected abuse or neglect. County agencies may contact, observe or interview a student at school, without permission from the parent(s) and/or legal guardian of the student, if necessary to determine if a student is in need of protection or services.

    No District employee making a report in good faith shall be discharged from employment, disciplined, or otherwise discriminated against in regard to employment or threatened with any such treatment.. In addition, state law guarantees immunity from any civil or criminal liability that may result from making a report on student abuse or neglect and provides for the protection of the identify of any individual who makes such a report.

    Failure to report suspected cases of student abuse and neglect is punishable by a fine and/or jail sentence.

    All employees of the District shall receive abuse and neglect training within six (6) months of hire and at least every five (5) years thereafter.

    WI Stats. 48.981

    WI. Stats. 48.981(2)(a)16m

    WI Stats. 118.07(5)

    Cross Reference: Procedure 454

    Approved: April 13, 1992

    Revised: August 27, 2012

    Procedure

    CHILD ABUSE/NEGLECT

    DEFINITIONS:

    CHILD/STUDENT

    Any person under eighteen (18) years of age.

    ABUSE

    A. Physical injury inflicted on a child/student by other than accidental means.

    B. Sexual intercourse or sexual contact under Section 940.25 of the Wisconsin State Statutes.

    C. Violation or sexual exploitation under Section 940.203 of the Wisconsin State Statutes.

    D. Permitting or requiring a child/student to violate prostitution laws under Section 944.30 of the Wisconsin State Statutes.

    E. Emotional damage.

    NEGLECT

    Failure, refusal, or inability on the part of the parent(s), legal guardian, legal custodian, or other person(s) exercising temporary or permanent control over a child/student for reasons other than poverty, to provide necessary care, food, clothing, medical or dental care, or shelter so as to seriously endanger the physical health of the child/student.

    REPORTING PROCEDURES:

    A. In cases of suspected abuse/neglect, staff members shall report to the school administrator, or designee and call either the designated County Agency or Police Department.

    B. The school administrator and/or designee will give assistance as requested by an employee to provide the following information as required in the report:

    1. Name, address and age of student

    2. Nature and extent of injuries and/or condition

    3. Information given as to cause of injury

    4. Parent(s) and/or legal guardian name

    C. The report must be made to the County Social Service Agency or police within the working day in which the school employee notified the school administrator or designee.

    D. The school administrator, or designee, will inform the parent(s) and/or legal guardian following contact and advice from the County Social Service Agency or police. Written notification should follow the telephone contact The name of the reported should not be given to the parent(s) and/or legal guardian. The focus should be on the report and not the reported.

    E. The reporting procedure does not relieve the reported of responsibility in the event that the designated person fails to follow through in making a report of suspected abuse to the County Social Service Agency.

    PENALTIES

    Failure to report may result in a fine of $1,000 or imprisonment of not more than six (6) months or both.

    Approved: April 13, 1992

    455 Supervision of Students

    SUPERVISION OF STUDENTS

    When students are in school, engaging in school sponsored activities, or traveling to and from school on school buses, they are responsible to the school and the school is responsible for them. The Board of Education expects all students to be under assigned adult supervision when they are in school, on school grounds, traveling under school auspices, or engaging in school sponsored activities.

    School personnel assigned this supervision are expected to act as reasonable prudent adults in providing for the safety of the students in their charge. In keeping with this expected prudence, no teacher(s) or other staff member(s) shall leave his/her assigned group unsupervised unless reasonable and prudent arrangements are made.

    Approved: April 13, 1992

    455.1 Student Bicycle Use

    STUDENT BICYCLE USE

    Parents/Guardians shall make decisions about allowing their children to ride bikes to and from school, and shall be responsible for that decision. Students riding bicycles to school shall be subject to rules and regulations believed necessary by the principal for the safety and welfare of the student rider and other students. The student rider shall be responsible for the bicycle and all accompanying property.

    Cross Reference: Procedure 455.1

    Approved: April 13, 1992

    Revised: January 22, 2001

    Revised: October 13, 2014

    455.2 Student Drivers

    STUDENT DRIVERS

    The Board of Education, on the recommendation of the school administrators, has permitted students to drive automobiles and other vehicles to school if the parents gave their approval and if the students abided by the regulations set forth. The Board believes that it is advantageous for many students to have that privilege.

    Students who need transportation for such situations as going to a part-time job and transportation home after activity practices or rehearsals are aided by this privilege. In order for a student to drive and park a vehicle at Menomonee Falls High School, the student and his/her parent/guardian must read and sign the agreement before a parking pass will be issued. Driving and parking a vehicle at Menomonee Falls High School is a privilege and administrators reserve the right to allow or take away the privilege at any time.

    While driving and parking at Menomonee Falls High School, the student assumes all responsibility for his/her vehicle. The high school does not assume any liability for student vehicles parked in the school lots or for damages incurred by removal. The District reserves the right to search a student’s vehicle if administration has reasonable suspicion to believe the search will produce evidence of a violation of a particular law, a school rule, or a condition that endangers the safety or health of the student driver or others.

    Cross Ref. Procedure 455.2

    Approved: March 8, 1993

    Revised: January 22, 2001

    Revised: October 27, 2014

    Procedure

    STUDENT DRIVERS

    Parking

    If a student drives and parks a vehicle at Menomonee Falls High School, the student and parent/guardian must read and sign the ‘Driving/Parking Agreement’. The agreement is between the student, parent/guardian and school. The student assumes the responsibility for his/her vehicle while on campus.

    Driving and parking a vehicle at Menomonee Falls High School (MFHS) is a privilege and administration reserves the right to allow or cancel at any time. The District does not hold any liability for student vehicles parked in the school lots or for damages incurred by removal.

    The District reserves the right to search a student’s vehicle if administration has reasonable suspicion to believe the search will produce evidence of a violation of a particular law, a school rule, or a condition that endangers the safety or health of the student driver or others.

    Application Process

    Students who want to obtain a driving permit must follow these steps:

    1. Complete the MFHS Driving/Parking Agreement. Forms are available online and in the Main Office of the high school. Complete the agreement, provide student and parent/guardian signature, and turn completed copy into the high school office.

    2. Submit fee for the parking permit.

    3. Hang parking permit properly from the rearview mirror.

    Driving/Parking Regulations

    1. Students are to drive in a safe manner, exercising great care for other students, staff, visitors, and property.

    2. Students will park in designated areas by grade level and as outlined in the ‘Driving/Parking Agreement’.

    3. Vehicles will be kept locked.

    4. All traffic laws will be obeyed.

    5. Students are to park in an appropriate manner in the designated area in a marked parking stall.

    6. Student vehicles are to remain in the student parking lot while classes (including study hall) are in session.

    7. No one will be in the vehicle during class time.

    8. Students are not to transport other students during the time school is in session.

    9. All vehicles must have a school parking permit. Parking permits must be displayed daily and hung properly from the review mirror. Loss of a parking permit is to be reported promptly to an administrator.

    10. Students are to comply with the requests of administrators, teachers, and other school staff members.

    11. Students who have permission to leave during the day due to school commitments (SOE) must have prior approval, and must leave within 5 minutes of the end of the day.

    Consequences

    1. Failure to comply with the procedures may result in one of the following parking suspensions. MFHS administrators may use their discretion when determining the length of parking suspension/revocation:

    a. 5 days

    b. 10 days

    c. Remainder of the semester

    d. Remainder of the school year

    e. Towing of vehicle

    2. Vehicles without a parking permit, or that are parked in non-designated student parking areas may be cited by the MF Police Department, or removed at the owner’s expense.

    3. Refunds of parking fees will not be given.

    The District reserves the right to search a student’s vehicle if administration has reasonable suspicion to believe the search will produce evidence of a violation of a particular law, a school rule, or a condition that endangers the safety or health of the student driver or others.

    Revised: October 27, 2014

    Exhibit

    455.3 Reckless Use of Recreational Equipment of School Premises

    UNAUTHORIZED USE OF EQUIPMENT AND VEHICLES ON SCHOOL PREMISES

    The Board of Education, with concerns for safety of citizens and children and the potential damage to property, prohibits unauthorized use of equipment and vehicles on District premises. Permission for use of non-district equipment or vehicles must be secured from the Superintendent/designee prior to use.

    Equipment/Vehicles Prohibited

    Unauthorized equipment and vehicle use may include recreational, non-recreational, private, commercial, construction, and unmanned aircraft. Examples provided in this policy are not meant to be an all inclusive list.

    Unmanned Aircraft Vehicle

    Any use of Unmanned Aircraft Vehicles (UAVs), more commonly known as "drones", must be in compliance with the rules and regulations of the Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) of the United States Department of Transportation. For school- sponsored use of UAVS, the District and its schools must apply for and obtain a Certificate of Waiver or Authorization from the FAA under the prescribed process. Any other operator of a UAV on the property of the District or in relation to a school- sponsored activity, must possess a Certificate of Airworthiness or other appropriate documentation and/or permits as required by law. The operator must provide a signed agreement holding the District harmless from any claims of harm to individuals or damage to property.

    In addition, UAV operators must provide the District proof of insurance with liability limits of not less than $1 million that identifies the District as additionally insured. All use of UAVs must be done for educational purposes or recreational purposes that comport with the goals and purposes of the District. A UAV shall not be used for surveillance purposes in areas where there is an expectation of privacy; any use of a UAV for photography or video purposes may be done only with the appropriate consent. At all times during operation, a UAV must remain within the line of sight of the operator. A UAV shall only be flown during approved light and weather conditions.

    A UAV shall not be flown above four hundred (400) feet in height and shall not exceed more than one hundred (100) miles per hour in speed. A UAV shall not interfere with any manned aircraft, and upon such encounters, or upon an encounter with a larger UAV, shall yield the right of way. A UAV shall be operated only in open, safe, designated areas and shall not be flown around sensitive areas, including, but not limited to, power lines, roadways, and areas where there are large culminations of people. An exception to this rule applies if a UAV is used for photographing or videotaping a school-sponsored sporting event; however, such use may only be done in accordance with the rules and regulations of the FAA regarding UAS operation at sporting events and with the appropriate authorization and permit from the FAA.

    Village Ordnance Sec 62-27 Unauthorized presence on school property

    Code 10.05(4); Ord. No 170-O-02

    State law references: Trespass, Wis. Stats 943.13

    Approved: January 13, 2003

    Revised: June 24, 2015

    Revised: January 11, 2015

    Student Scholarships & Awards

    460 Student Scholarships

    STUDENT SCHOLARSHIPS

    Students in the District will be informed of available scholarships. School Counselors shall make information on all known scholarships available to all students. Literature concerning available scholarships will be posted in the school building and/or the school website. The school counselor(s) shall maintain records of available scholarships and shall notify students of such scholarship opportunities.

    The District will not discriminate in acceptance and administration of gifts, bequests, scholarships and other aids, benefits or services to students from private agencies, organization or persons on the basis of sex, race, color, national origin, religion, ancestry, creed, pregnancy, marital or parental status, sexual orientation, or physical, mental, emotional, or learning disability or handicap in education programs or activities. If anyone, including a student, feels there has been a discriminatory situation in regard to any of the above named classes or in violation of Title IX, Section 504, Title II, or ADA, please contact the building administrator or the Director of Pupil Services at 262-255-8440. Discrimination complaints shall be processed in accordance with established Board policy and procedure 411, Equal Educational Opportunities.

    References: Title VI of Civil Rights Act of 1964 Title IX of the Education Amendments of 1972 Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 Title II of the American with Disabilities Act of 1990 Wis. Stats. 118.13

    Cross Reference: Policy 374, 411, Procedure 411 PI 9.03(1) Wisconsin Administrative Code Cross Reference: Procedure 411

    Approved: April 13, 1992

    Revised: October 10, 2016

    461 Academic Excellence Scholarship/Technical Excellence Scholarship

    Academic Excellence Scholarship/Technical Excellence Scholarship

    The District encourages students to fully participate in scholarship programs for which they are eligible. The State supports two scholarships that require nominations from the district: the Academic Excellence Scholarship and the Technical Education Scholarship. In order to participate in these scholarship programs, the District shall outline the following items:

  • Eligibility Criteria-Students must meet the eligibility criteria outlined by the Higher Educational Aids Board (HEAB) as well as be in good academic standing as a senior. Good academic standing is defined as having earned 36 credits or more toward graduation by the beginning of the senior year and on pace to earn up to an additional ten credits in the last year of attendance to meet the 46 credits required for graduation. Students who are currently enrolled as seniors in good academic standing are eligible to compete in the
  • state scholarship program regardless of enrollment date into the District.

  • Grading System-The graduating classes will earn grade points for each course completed using the following factors:
  • Grade % Grade Point Weight

    A (93-100) 4.0

    A- (90-92) 3.67

    B+ (87-89) 3.33

    B (83-86) 3.0

    B- (80-82) 2.67

    C+ (77-79) 2.33

    C (73-76) 2.0

    C- (70-72) 1.67

    D+ (67-69) 1.33

    D (63-66) 1.0

    D- (60-62) .67

    F Below 60 0

    Core subject honors classes and classes receiving post secondary credit will receive an additional grade point value of .025 per semester course. The additional grade point value will be added after the student’s grades are averaged at the end of each semester. Students may take only one (1) elective course per semester for Pass/Fail. When students take a class for Pass/Fail, it shall have no effect on their grade point.

    The high school will accept credits and grades from accredited schools or programs that may be taken as part of larger enrichment opportunities (study abroad, CONSERVE School) or as part of a home –school experience. These credits and grades will be applied to the grade point average and graduation requirements.

  • Selection and Tie Breaking Process-The District selection process for the two state scholarship programs will follow the recommended procedure given by HEAB. The District shall identify the top nominees and at least three alternates for each scholarship. In the case of ties, the district will use the following procedure:

  • Academic Excellence Scholarship Tiebreaker

    A. When students emerge from the grade point average GPA system with tied scores, the total number of advanced placement (AP) courses will serve as the tiebreaker. Students with more AP courses taken will be given priority over students with fewer AP courses.

    B. If after use of number of AP courses, a tie still exists between more than the allotted number of scholarships, then the GPA in AP courses will be used to break the second tiebreaker. The students with the higher GPA in AP courses will be given priority over students with lower GPA scores.

    C. If after use of AP GPA’s, a tie still exists, then the committee shall look at student leadership in co-curricular activities, giving a three for students who have served as president or vice president, a two for students who have served in other officer roles, and a one for students who have been active participants in the program for at least two years.

    D. If after use of co-curricular participation, a tie still exists, then the committee shall cast a vote on selection with each vote counting as a point. The student with the highest number of votes will be given priority over students with fewer votes. The committee consists of the school counselors and administrative team.

    Technical Excellence Scholarship Tiebreaker

    A. When students emerge from the point system with tied scores, Career and Technical Education (CTE) grades become the tie-breaker. Student’s grade point average earned in CTE courses will be used to break the first tie breaker, not the student’s overall grade point.

    B. If after use of the CTE course GPA, a tie still exists between more than the allotted number of scholarships, then the student’s overall GPA will be used to break the second tie breaker.

    C. If after use of the overall GPA, a tie still exists, the committee shall look at student leadership in co-curricular activities, giving a three for students who have served as president or vice president, a two for students who have served in other officer roles, and a one for students who have been active participants in the program for at least two years.

    D. If after looking at participation in co-curricular activities, there is still a tie, the committee shall look at total hours worked in the career area of interest. Students who have the most hours worked in the career area of interest will receive greater priority than those with fewer or no hours.

    Legal Reference: Wisconsin Statutes 121.02(l)(t)

    Policy Adopted by the Board: January 26, 2015

    Student Fees, Fines & Charges

    470 Student Fees, Fines and Charges

    STUDENT FEES, FINES AND CHARGES

    The Board of Education shall provide a total education program for students in the School District of Menomonee Falls. Certain activities, courses and services may require additional funding, therefore, the Board of Education may charge accordingly. Book rental fees may be established annually by the Board of Education.

    The fees charged shall be reviewed by the Board of Education, and adjustments shall be noted and distributed prior to the beginning of the school year. Teachers and students shall be encouraged to minimize personal expenditures of students for participation in class projects or school activities. Fines will be assessed when school property is abused. Fines will be in direct relation to the damage, taking into consideration the normal life of the property.

    Wis. Stats. 118.03(1)(a), 120.13(10)

    Approved: April 13, 1992

    Student Employment

    480 Custodial/Noncustodial Parent Rights

    CUSTODIAL/NONCUSTODIAL PARENT RIGHTS

    The District will respect the rights of parents/legal guardians with shared custody. The District shall maintain strict neutrality between parents who are involved in an action affecting the family, unless otherwise directed by court order. It is the responsibility of the parent(s) to notify the District of any such court order. Any restrictions related to access to students or student records, and information based on custody and physical placement as ordered by a court will be honored, provided the District is given a copy of such order. It is the responsibility of the parent(s) to provide the principal with a copy of the most recent court order, if restricted access to students or student information is required.

    Parents/Guardians with legal custody of any student enrolled in a school subject to District control may be provided all report cards, notices of school activities, disciplinary reports, conference appointments or summaries, or other student records which are provided to the custodial parent, unless expressly curtailed or restricted by a provision of a court order which has been provided to the principal. The parent(s) with legal custody may also participate in all activities, including conferences. The school generally will conduct only one meeting for parents at appropriate times in which parents will be permitted to participate. Reasonable visitations by custodial or noncustodial parents will be allowed if there is no disruption to the learning environment or to the learning of the student involved.

    It is the responsibility of the parent who does not have regular physical placement of the student to inform the school office of his/her name, address and telephone number if he/she wishes to be consulted regarding his/her child or wishes to be placed on the school’s mailing list.

    A student enrolled in the District may be released from school to either the custodial or noncustodial parent or an individual designated by either parent, unless parent has presented a court order or other legally binding document has been presented which prohibits such a release.

    Adopted: February 22, 1993

    Revised: June 10, 1996

    Revised: September 13, 2010

    Revised: November 12, 2012

    Procedure

    CHILDREN OF DIVORCED/SEPARATED PARENTS

    A. Definitions

    For the purposes of this procedure, the following terms have the meanings indicated:

    1. Action affecting the family means an action for divorce, legal separation, annulment, custody, or child support, whether pending or completed.

    2. Court order means any order or applicable portion of any order, adjudication, or decree, temporary, interlocutory, or permanent, entered by a judge or court commissioner of competent jurisdiction within Wisconsin or any other state as a result of an action affecting the family. Any court order or applicable portion of any court order which appears to be certified as a true and accurate copy of the original shall be presumed to have been signed by a judge or court commissioner of competent jurisdiction.

    3. Custodial parent means the natural or adoptive parent having physical custody of a student by virtue of a court order.

    4. Visitational parent means a non custodial parent or joint custodial but non residential parent who has visitation rights and privileges by virtue of a court order.

    B. Enrolling Parent to Provide Certified Copy of Court Order

    In the event any enrolling parent advises the building principal that the most recent court order in effect curtails or restricts the rights and privileges of the visitational parent with respect to such parent's right to be kept informed of the student's school progress and activities, or participate therein, the enrolling parent shall be requested to provide the building principal with a certified copy of that portion of the most recent court order reciting such curtailment or restriction.

    C. Visitational Parent May File Certified Copy of Court Order

    In the event a custodial parent of any student enrolled in a school subject to District control fails to provide the building principal with a certified copy of the portion of the most recent court order dealing with custody or visitation of the child of such parent, or fails to provide the address of the visitational parent, the visitational parent may file a certified copy of such court order or the address of the visitational parent, or both, as the case may be. The building principal shall notify the custodial parent of school filing, and shall thereafter provide to such visitational parent all grade reports, notices of school activities, disciplinary action or teacher or principal conference appointments or summaries which are provided to the custodial parent, and allow the visitational parent to participate in all school activities, including conferences, in which the custodial parent is permitted to participate, unless such action is expressly prohibited by the provisions of the most recent court order on file with the building principal.

    D. Visitational Parent May File More Recent Court Order

    In the event a visitational parent provides the building principal with a certified copy of the portion of a more recent court order dealing with custody and visitation of such student than that filed by the other parent, the terms of the more recent court order shall control.

    E. Failure to Advise Building Principal of Action Affecting Family; Failure to File certified copy of Court Order.

    In the event neither parent to an action affecting the family notifies the building principal of the existence of such action neither parent shall be deemed to have rights superior to the other parent with respect to any minor student. If the building principal is advised of the existence of an action affecting the family of a student enrolled in a school of the District, but neither parent to such action provides the building principal with a certified copy of the applicable portion of the most recent court order in such action, the parent enrolling a student in a school of the District shall be deemed to be the custodial parent and the other parent shall be deemed to be the visitational parent with no restrictions of the visitational parent's right to be kept informed of the student's school progress and activities and participate therein.

    F. No employee of the District shall disobey or disregard any provision of a court order relating to any student enrolled in a school subject to District control, upon receiving notice of the contents of a certified copy of such order. Receipt by the building principal of a certified copy of the applicable portion of such order shall be deemed notice to all building employees of the contents of such order.

    G. Promulgation of Policy and Procedures

    The building principal shall provide a copy of Policy 480 Children of Divorced/Separated Parent and Administrative Procedure 480 to both the custodial and non custodial parent at the time a student is enrolled.

    Approved: March 23, 1992

    481 Pupil Transportation

    PUPIL TRANSPORTATION

    General

    The District shall provide transportation to and from school for:

    a. All 4K – Grade 5 children residing over one (1) mile from the school to which they will attend (public or parochial).

    b. All children (grades 6 - 12) residing over two (2) miles from the school to which they will attend (public or parochial).

    c. Children who qualify for pupil transportation according to State Statute 121.54.

    Hazardous Roads

    Students assigned to attendance areas in which unusual hazards exist walking to and from school and who reside less than two (2) miles from the school where they are enrolled will be provided transportation according to State Statute 121.54 (9).

    Carriers

    All pupils transported to and from school will be transported in bonded carriers and the Superintendent /designee shall ascertain that all such transportation complies with State Laws. All pupils transported for participation in an interscholastic event, an approved field trip for instructional purposes, or as a spectator group, shall be transported by bonded carrier, unless otherwise approved by the Superintendent. In all cases, a faculty member or an adult approved by the principal shall accompany the group.

    Wis. Stats. 121.54

    Approved: April 13, 1992

    Revised: October 13, 2014

    Procedure

    PUPIL TRANSPORTATION

    CHILD CARE PROVIDERS

    Transportation service is provided to District residents to and/or from child care providers based on the child’s residence and the location of the child care provider. The following conditions apply:

    1. Pupils eligible for transportation service based on their home residence may be transported to and/or from a child care provider if that provider is located within the school attendance area and outside the mileage limit that applies to the pupil (one/two miles).

    2. Pickup and drop off locations must be on the same bus route and in a consistent everyday pattern.

    3. Requests for child for transportation must be submitted in writing to the school office by August 1. Requests arising during the school year must be submitted in writing five days before the request is to become effective.

    4. Requests for temporary changes must be made, in writing, to the school office at least one day prior to the date of change requested.

    5. Requests must include the name(s) of the student(s), the student’s home address, the child care providers address, and the proposed pickup and/or drop off points.

    6. Requests will be considered based on space availability, on a first come, first served basis.

    7. Child care providers must be located on an existing bus route. Routes will not be extended or altered to accommodate requests.

    8. Any additional costs for providing this service will be passed on to the parent.

    9. All requests must be renewed each year.

    10. Only two changes of child care provider may be accepted during one school year.

    PARENT CONTRACT

    If the estimated cost of transporting a pupil eligible for transportation services is more than 1.5 times the school district’s average cost per pupil for the previous year, exclusive of transportation for 4 year old Kindergarten pupils during the noon hour and special education transportation, the district may fulfill its obligation to transport a pupil by offering a contract to the parent or guardian of the pupil. The annual payment for the contract shall be the average cost as described above.

    NON MANDATED TRANSPORTATION

    The school district may provide transportation to a pupil not otherwise eligible for transportation services under the following conditions:

    1. Transportation service must be on an existing route, at an existing stop. No alteration of the route will be allowed.

    2. Space must be available on the existing bus route.

    3. Requests are filled on a first come, first served basis.

    4. The fee for this service will be equal to the average cost per child for mandated service.

    JOINT CUSTODY

    Transportation service is provided to children in joint custody situations if one or both homes are eligible under the distance requirements. If both homes are eligible, one must be designated as the primary residence. Transportation to the other home will be provided on an existing route, to an existing bus stop, if space is available.

    Parents should provide the school office with a schedule of days the pupil will be transported, if one home is eligible, or the days and locations to each home, if both are eligible. This must be in a consistent, everyday pattern.

    RESPONSIBILITY FOR TRANSPORTATION DECISIONS

    The School District is responsible for transportation under state law. The establishment or alteration of routes may only be made with the District’s approval. School starting times are established by the District and, therefore, determines pickup and drop off times on established bus routes. However, especially at the beginning of the year, as more eligible children are added to a bus route, those times may be altered. In that case, the bus company gives each child affected by the change a written notice for delivery to his/her parents.

    APPEAL OF TRANSPORTATION DECISIONS

    The Director of Business Services has the authority to make decisions regarding bus routes and eligibility to receive transportation services. Appeals of those decisions may be taken to the Superintendent of Schools. Further appeal may be taken to the School Board. Final appeals may be taken to the State Superintendent of Public Instruction.

    481.1 Transportation-Child Care Providers

    TRANSPORTATION – CHILD CARE PROVIDERS

    The District provides transportation for District residents to and/or from child care providers based on the location of the child's residence and the location of the child care provider. Such transportation is provided under the following conditions:

    1. Students must be eligible for bussing based on their home residence.

    2. The child care provider must be located within the school attendance area and outside the mileage limit which applies to students as specified in Policy 481, Pupil Transportation.

    3. Pick-up and drop-off locations must be on the same bus route and in a consistent everyday pattern.

    4. Requests for transportation to and/or from a child care provider must be made in writing and received by August 1. Requests made during the school year must be received five working days before a change is to become effective. The request must state the name(s) of the student(s) involved, the student's home address, the child care provider's address, and the pick-up and drop off points. The request must be submitted to the principal of the school attended by the student(s) involved.

    5. Requests for transportation to and/or from a child care provider will be considered based on space availability on the appropriate bus route and on a first come, first served basis.

    6. The child care provider must be located on an existing bus route. Routes will not be extended or altered to accommodate requests.

    7. There must be no additional cost to the District for providing this transportation service. Any additional charges will be passed on to the parent.

    8. All requests must be renewed each school year.

    9. Only two changes of child care provider are accepted during one school year.

    Approved: August 13, 1996

    Revised: October 13, 2014

    500: Personnel

    Personnel Policies Goals

    511 Equal Opportunity Employment

    EQUAL OPPORTUNITY EMPLOYMENT

    It is the policy of the District that persons seeking employment with the District shall not be discriminated against in employment by reason of their age, race, creed, color, religion, handicap or disability, pregnancy, marital or parental status, sex, citizenship, national origin, ancestry, sexual orientation, arrest record, conviction record, military service, membership in the National Guard, state defense or reserves, political affiliation, use or nonuse of lawful products off the employer's premises during nonworking hours, declining to attend a meeting or to participate in any communication about religious matters or political matters, the authorized use of family or medical leave or worker's compensation benefits, genetic information, physical, mental, emotional or learning disability, or any other factor protected by local, state or federal law in all employment practices including terms, conditions and privileges of employment.

    Reasonable accommodations will be made for qualified individuals with a disability, unless such accommodations would impose an undue hardship on the District. A reasonable accommodation is a change or adjustment to job duties or work environment that permits a qualified applicant or employee with a disability to perform the essential functions of a position or enjoy the benefits and privileges of employment compared to those enjoyed by employees without disabilities. Requests from current employees for accommodations under the Americans with Disabilities Act or under the Wisconsin Fair Employment Act must be made in writing using forms obtained from Human Resources.

    Individuals unable to submit this form in writing or needing help in completing this form can contact the Human Resources Department for assistance. If any person, including an employee, feels there has been a discriminatory situation, please contact: Board of Education Policy 511 School District of Menomonee Falls Menomonee Falls, Wisconsin 53051 The Director of Human Resources, Cari Brust, at District Office located at W156 N8480 Pilgrim Road, Menomonee Falls, WI 53051, by phone at 262-255-8440 or by email at bruscar@sdmfschools.org

    Wis. Stats. 111.32 - 111.39, 118.195, 118.20 Title IX, Education Amendments of 1972 Title VI Section 504 Rehabilitation Act of 1973 Cross Ref.: Policy 112, Nondiscrimination

    Approved: October 11, 1993

    Revised: April 13, 2015

    Revised: June 12, 2017

    Procedure

    Equal Opportunity Employment

    Discrimination and Harassment Complaint Procedure

    Discrimination and Harassment Informal Complaint Procedure

    Any employee who believes that he/she has a valid basis for a complaint shall discuss the concern with his/her immediate supervisor and inform the supervisor that this is a discrimination and/or harassment complaint. If the complaint involves the immediate supervisor or if the employee is uncomfortable discussing the issue with the immediate supervisor, the employee is urged to report the complaint to any other supervisor or administrator. The supervisor shall in turn investigate the complaint and reply to the complainant as soon as possible following investigation of the complaint. If the reply is not acceptable to the complainant, he/she may initiate formal procedures according to the steps listed below.

    Discrimination and Harassment Formal Complaint Procedure

    Step 1: The complainant shall prepare and sign a written statement of the complaint and present it to:

    The complaint must be in writing, signed and state the basis of the claim. The Director of Human Resources or designee shall investigate the matters of the complaint within ten (10) calendar days of actual receipt of the complaint and reply in writing to the complainant within fifteen (15) calendar days of the conclusion of the investigation. The purpose of the investigation shall be to establish, if possible, whether the allegations are true, to determine whether the alleged conduct constitutes discrimination or harassment, to determine whether remedial action is necessary and, if so, to act promptly, and to maintain confidentiality to the greatest extent possible.

    In the event the complaint is against the Director of Human Resources the complainant may file the complaint with the Superintendent.

    Step 2: If the complainant wishes to appeal the decision of the Director of Human Resources, he/she may submit a signed statement of appeal to the Superintendent within five (5) calendar days after receipt of the response to the complaint. The Superintendent shall meet with all parties involved, formulate a conclusion, and respond in writing to the complaint within fifteen (15) calendar days of actual receipt of the appeal.

    The Director of Human Resources, Cari Brust, at the District Office located at W156 N8480 Pilgrim Road, Menomonee Falls, Wisconsin 53051, by phone at 262-255-8440 or by email at bruscar@sdmfschools.org

    Step 3: If the complainant remains unsatisfied, he/she may appeal through a signed, written statement to the School Board within five (5) calendar days of his/her receipt of the Superintendent’s response in Step 2. In an attempt to resolve the complaint, the School Board shall meet with the concerned parties and their representatives within twenty (20) calendar days of the receipt of such an appeal. A copy of the Boards’ disposition of the appeal shall be sent to each concerned party within twenty (20) calendar days of the meeting.

    Step 4: If, at this point, the complaint has not been satisfactorily settled, further appeal may be made to the appropriate state or federal agency. It is the responsibility of the employee to determine the appropriate agency and to comply with any and all applicable statutes of limitations.

    The internal timelines listed above may be extended upon mutual agreement of the parties.

    Maintenance of Records

    The supervisor is responsible for documenting all complaints and should include the following:

    1. The name of the complainant and his/her title or status.

    2. The date the complaint was filed.

    3. The specific allegation made and any corrective action requested by the complainant.

    4. The names(s) of the respondents.

    5. The levels of processing followed, and the resolution, date, and decision-making authority at each level.

    6. A summary of facts and evidence presented by each party involved.

    7. A statement of the final resolution and the nature and dates(s) of any corrective or remedial action taken. The Director of Human Resources shall keep records of all formal complaints for the purpose of documenting compliance and past practices.

    Revised: June 12, 2017

    512 Sexual Harassment of Employees Prohibited

    HARASSMENT OF EMPLOYEES PROHIBITED

    The District is committed to providing fair and equal employment opportunities and to providing a professional work environment free of all forms of harassment and bullying. The District shall not tolerate harassment based on any personal characteristic as described in Equal Opportunity Employment board policy. Harassment and other unacceptable activities that could alter conditions of employment, or form a basis for personnel decisions, or interfere with an employee's work performance are specifically prohibited. Sexual harassment, whether committed by supervisory or non-supervisory personnel, is unlawful and also specifically prohibited. In addition, the District shall not tolerate acts of non-employees (volunteers, vendors, visitors, etc.) that have the effect of harassing District employees in the workplace. Harassment can occur as a result of a single incident or a pattern of behavior where the purpose or effect of such behavior is to create an intimidating, hostile or offensive working environment.

    Harassment encompasses a broad range of physical and verbal behavior that can include, but is not limited to, the following:

    A. Unwelcome sexual advances, touching private body parts, coercing or forcing a sexual act on another, comments or innuendos;

    B. Physical or verbal abuse;

    C. Severe, persistent, or pervasive conduct has the effect of unreasonably interfering with the employee's work performance, creates an intimidating, threatening, hostile, or offensive work environment; or otherwise adversely affects the employee's employment opportunities;

    D. Jokes, insults or slurs based on any personal characteristic described above in Equal Opportunity Employment. (Such comments are unacceptable whether or not the individual within the protected class is present in the workplace to overhear them and whether or not a member of a class professes to tolerate such remarks);

    E. Taunting based on any personal characteristic described above in Equal Opportunity Employment; and/or

    F. Requests for sexual favors used as a condition of employment or affecting any personnel decisions such as hiring, promotion, compensation, etc. All employees are responsible for ensuring that harassment and bullying do not occur.

    It is the intent of the District to comply with both the letter and spirit of the law in making certain that harassment and bullying do not exist in its policies, regulations and operations. Anyone who believes that he or she has been the subject of harassment or bullying or has knowledge of violations of this policy shall report the matter to their immediate supervisor or Human Resources. Reports of harassment shall be made as soon as possible after the alleged acts.

    A failure to promptly report alleged harassment may impair the District's ability to investigate and address the harassment. All reports regarding employee harassment or bullying shall be taken seriously, treated fairly and promptly and be thoroughly investigated. Individual privacy shall be protected to the greatest extent possible. There shall be no retaliation against any person who files a complaint under this policy.

    The District shall take appropriate and necessary action to eliminate employee harassment and bullying. Actions that are determined to be harassment or bullying shall be subject to disciplinary action, up to and including dismissal. All employees have a duty to report incidents of alleged harassment or bullying to their supervisor or Human Resources. If the supervisor is the subject of a complaint, the employee should report the complaint directly to Human Resources.

    Employees who fail to report incidents of alleged harassment or bullying may be subject to disciplinary action, up to and including dismissal. In addition, supervisory employees who fail to respond to harassment or bullying complaints or to act on their knowledge of violation of this policy will likewise be subject to disciplinary action, up to and including dismissal. Upon receipt of a report of harassment or bullying, a supervisor shall immediately notify Human Resources. Retaliation against an employee alleged to have experienced harassment, a witness, or another person who makes a report or participates in an investigation is strictly prohibited.

    A person who makes a good faith report of prohibited harassment shall not suffer retaliation for making the report. A person who intentionally makes a false claim, offers false statements, or refuses to cooperate with a District investigation regarding prohibited harassment is subject to appropriate discipline.

    Approved: October 27, 2008

    Revised: April 13, 2015

    General Personnel Policies

    522.1 Possession & Use of Tobacco, Alcohol & Illegal Drugs

    POSSESSION AND USE OF DRUG, ALCOHOL, AND TOBACCO

    The District will implement State law regarding the use and possession of tobacco, alcohol and illegal drugs. For more information, including Drug, Alcohol and Tobacco-Free Workplace information, please refer to the employee handbook.

    Approved: October 11, 1993

    Revised: August 12, 2013

    526.2 Volunteer Background Checks

    VOLUNTEER BACKGROUND CHECKS

    The District recognizes volunteers contribute valuable services to the students and staff. The Board of Education believes that is one of the best ways for the public to learn about the District and the daily activities in the school buildings. The Board encourages the use of volunteers to enhance communication and cooperation between, students, staff and the community. When acting on behalf of the District, each volunteer is responsible for following the policies, procedures and practices of the District including maintaining the confidentiality of information regarding staff, students, and the District.

    In order to provide for the safety and well-being of the students, the District will develop and implement procedures to obtain and review conviction records of all adult volunteers. That will include volunteers who work one on one or alone with a student, accompany students overnight or away from school, or supervise students in any activities or capacity in which there is limited oversight by school staff.

    Approved: March 14, 2011

    Revised: April 28, 2014

    538 Employee Evaluation

    EMPLOYEE EVALUATION

    The Superintendent/designee shall coordinate the ongoing program of evaluation according to any State requirements and provisions of the handbook.

    Approved: October 11, 1993

    Revised: August 12, 2013

    540 Professional Development Training

    PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT

    The District is committed to the continuous training and professional development of its employees with their respective job. The District’s employees are one of its greatest assets and helping them to develop is crucial to the achievement of the District’s goals. All training practices and procedures will support individuals to strive to achieve these goals.

    The Training and Development strategy will be focused on creating a motivated workforce, which is capable of meeting new challenges, is skilled and competent in all aspects, and will tie in with the District’s mission, vision, values and objectives, both short and long-term. Approval of training and potential payment of this professional development will depend upon a variety of factors including but not limited to the type of training, length of training and cost of training.

    Due to the significant District investment in the training in some instances, the District may require an employment agreement to remain employed within the District for a set number of years or require a prorated reimbursement for the professional development investment.

    Professional Development is identified as training of an employee which improves their performance, their development as a professional within the District, or as a means of their retaining and developing key skills and competencies which may provide unique credentials.

    Approved: October 27, 2014

    Procedure

    Professional Development Procedure for Board Clarification

    Proposed Rule:

    Cost of actual training programs that exceed $5,000 will be considered for reimbursement agreement prior to the attendance of training. Will be implemented after board passage of the policy for all new employees and position changes that require training thereafter.

    Training and Typical Costs (those that will be considered for new PD reimbursement policy):

    • Reading Recovery Lead Teacher - $15000 (4 year commitment)
    • Math Recovery Lead Teacher - $15000 (4 year commitment)
    • CIM/CLM - $12000 (3 year commitment)
    • Restorative Practices - $12000 (3 year commitment)
    • AVID - 12000 (3 year commitment)
    • Reading Recovery - $8000 (2 year commitment)
    • Math Recovery - $8000 (2 year commitment)

    Clarification:

    • District discretion to determine the length of the payment terms for the repayment.
    • Guideline will be that employee works off approximately $4,000 per year of employment
    • Leave employment at the District election then the District will not charge for the professional development costs
    • District discretion as to changes that occur after a person is in the position (future new training requirements)

    Revised: October 27, 2014

    547 Informal Grievance Procedure

    GRIEVANCE PROCEDURE

    Pursuant to Wis. Stat. 66.0509(1m)

    Employees shall use the following procedure for resolving disputes regarding employee termination, employee discipline or workplace safety issues.

    I. Definitions.

    A. “Days” as used in this policy is defined as any day that the District’s Business Office is open.

    B. “Employee Termination” as used in this policy section, will not include the following:

    1. Layoffs;

    2. Workforce reduction activities;

    3. Voluntary termination including, without limitation, quitting or resignation;

    4. Job abandonment;

    5. End of employment due to disability, lack of qualification or licensure or other inability to perform job duties;

    6. Retirement;

    7. Non-Renewal under Wis. Stat. 118.22 and Wis. Stat. 118.24, applicable; or

    8. Any other cessation of employment not involving involuntary termination.

    C. "Employee discipline” as used in this policy will include any employment action that results in disciplinary action, which typically involves any of four (4) steps: verbal warning, written warning, suspension with or without pay, and termination of employment.

    "Employee discipline,” as used in this policy, will not include the following:

    1. Plans of correction or performance improvement;

    2. Performance evaluations or reviews;

    3. Documentation of employee acts and/or omissions in an employment file;

    4. Administrative suspension with pay pending investigation of alleged misconduct or nonperformance;

    5. Non-disciplinary wage, benefit or salary adjustments;

    6. Other non-material employment actions;

    7. Counseling, meetings or other pre-disciplinary action; or

    8. Demotion for reasons other than discipline, transfer or change in assignment.

    D. The term "workplace safety" as used in this section means any alleged violation of any standard established under State law or rule or federal law or regulation relating to workplace safety.

    II. Time Limits.

    Unless mutually agreed to in writing by the employee and the District in advance of the expiration of the timeline, the timelines provided in this policy must be strictly adhered to. Failure of the employee to comply with the timelines will be deemed a waiver of the processing of the grievance and the grievance will be denied. The employee may advance a grievance to the next step of the process if a response is not provided within the designated timeframes. The Human Resources Officer may advance a grievance to the next step at the request of either the employee or the employee’s supervisor.

    III. Procedure.

    A. Informal Grievance Resolution: The employee shall discuss any grievance related to discipline or workplace safety with the employee’s immediate supervisor prior to filing a formal written grievance in order to informally resolve the issue. This discussion must occur within five (5) days of when the employee knew or should have known of the events leading to the grievance.

    At such time that the employee notifies the supervisor of the issue, the two parties shall complete the Informal Grievance Report. The parties shall mutually agree upon a date by which the issue will be either resolved or if not resolved, then only by mutual agreement the resolution timeframe can be extended. If either the issue is not resolved or the parties are not able to mutually agree upon an extension, the grievant may then proceed to the Formal Grievance Submission as outlined below. As of the mutually agreed upon date on the Informal Grievance Report, the procedure will again begin tolling, or the timeframe allowed to file the written grievance, within ten (10) days as outlined below, will begin.

    Grievances related to termination may proceed straight to the Formal Grievance Submission.

    B. Formal Grievance Submission: The employee shall file a written grievance with the Human Resources Officer within ten (10) days of the termination, discipline or actual or reasonable knowledge of the alleged workplace safety issue. The written grievance must contain:

    1. Name of Grievant;

    2. A statement of the pertinent facts surrounding the nature of the grievance;

    3. The date the alleged incident occurred;

    4. The work rule or policy allegedly violated including any safety rule alleged to have been violated, if applicable;

    5. The steps taken to informally resolve the grievance, the individuals involved in the attempted resolution, and the results of such discussion; and

    6. The specific requested remedy.

    C. Administrative Response: The Human Resources Officer (or designee) shall meet with the grievant within ten (10) days of receipt of the written grievance. The Administration shall provide a written response within ten (10) days of the meeting. The Administration's written response to the grievance must contain:

    1. A statement of the date the meeting between the Administration and grievant was held;

    2. A decision as to whether the grievance is sustained or denied; and

    3. In the event the grievance is denied, a statement outlining the timeline to appeal the denial.

    D. Independent Hearing: The grievant may file an appeal to the Independent Hearing Officer (IHO) by giving written notice to the Human Resources Officer within five (5) days of the issuance of the Administrative Response. Depending on the issues involved, the IHO shall determine whether a hearing is necessary unless a hearing is required under the procedures established by the District in a different applicable policy. The Administration shall work with the IHO and grievant to schedule a mutually agreeable hearing date should one be needed. If it is determined that no hearing is necessary, the matter will be decided based on the submission of written documents.

    The Administration shall select the IHO. The IHO shall not be an employee of the District. The IHO may be an employee of another District, a retired school administrator that was not ever employed by the School District of Menomonee Falls, a lawyer, a professional mediator/arbitrator, or other qualified individual. The cost of the IHO will be the responsibility of the District.

    Standard of Review: The IHO shall adhere to specific guidelines set forth by the District regarding hearing procedures. The Rules of Evidence will not be strictly followed, but no factual findings may be based solely on hearsay evidence. The standard of review for the IHO is whether the decision of the Administration was arbitrary or capricious. A decision will not have been arbitrary or capricious if it was made in the best interest of the District. If the decision was not arbitrary or capricious then the IHO is required to find on behalf of the Administration.

    IHO Response: The IHO shall file a written response within thirty (30) days of the hearing date or the date of submission of written documents.

    The IHO's written recommendation to the grievance must contain:

    1. A statement of the pertinent facts surrounding the nature of the grievance.

    2. A decision as to whether the grievance is sustained or denied, with the rationale for the decision.

    3. A statement outlining the timeline to appeal the decision to the Board of Education.

    4. The IHO shall sustain or deny the decision of the Administration. The IHO has no authority to modify the Administration’s decision and shall not grant in whole or in part the specific request of the grievant.

    E. Review by the Board: The non-prevailing party may file a written request for review of the IHO’s decision by the Board within ten (10) days of receipt of the IHO Response.

    The Board shall not take testimony or evidence; it may only decide whether the IHO reached an arbitrary or capricious decision. The Board may, in each situation, decide whether it will review the record and make a decision or whether it will assign the matter to the District’s legal counsel for a recommendation. The manner of review is the sole choice of the Board. A written decision will be made within thirty (30) days of the filing of the appeal.

    The Board’s written decision regarding the grievance shall contain:

    1. A decision as to whether the grievance is sustained, denied or modified.

    The Board shall decide the matter by a majority vote and the decision of the Board is final and binding and is not subject to further review.

    F. General Requirements:

    1. Grievance meetings/hearings held during the employee’s off-duty hours will not be compensated.

    Granting the requested or agreed upon remedy at any step in the process resolves the grievance.

    Wis. Stat. 66.0509(1m)

    Wis. Stat. 118.22

    Wis. Stat. 118.4

    Approved: September 26, 2011

    600: Fiscal Managment

    Fiscal Management Goals

    610 Fiscal Management Goals

    FISCAL MANAGEMENT GOALS

    The Board of Education believes that financial planning is an important aspect of high quality district management. Further, the Board recognizes the importance of planning for the financial needs of the educational program. To ensure prudent fiscal planning and management, the District shall:

    1. Utilize advanced planning tools to develop three (3) to five (5) year rolling budget forecasts;

    2. Explore all practical and legal sources of revenue;

    3. Guide the expenditure of funds to align with educational and strategic objectives;

    4. Maintain accurate and effective accounting and reporting procedures (in accordance with GAAP (Generally Accepted Accounting Principles), GASB (Governmental Accounting Standards Board), and the DPI WUFAR (Wisconsin Department of Public Instruction’s Wisconsin Uniform Financial Accounting Requirements)).

    As stewards of community, State, and federal funds allocated for use in local education, the District has the responsibility to protect and use the funds with prudence.

    Wis. Stats. 115.28(13), 120.10, 120.1312(3)

    Approved: December 14, 1992

    Revised: December 8, 2014


    Annual Operating Budget

    620 Budget & Planning

    BUDGET AND PLANNING

    The District shall, in the interest of providing the highest quality educational opportunity for students within the financial resources available, initiate the development of an annual budget. This budget is considered a strategic spending plan for the fiscal year, which begins on July 1 and ends on June 30. The annual budget is to be a fiscal interpretation of the educational and philosophical objectives and priorities of the District.

    The development of an annual budget is a continuous process that involves the review and analysis of several key factors including:

    1. Current and anticipated expenditures;

    2. Current and anticipated state aid, property tax, fees and other revenues;

    3. New and existing programs to be reviewed and evaluated based on its relationship to, and enhancement of, the District’s mission, learner goals/targets, facility usage and cost/revenues;

    4. Federal, State and local government mandates and the cost impact.

    The District shall operate under the Board approved preliminary budget until final adoption of the budget by the Board. Final adjustments to the tax levy and budget will be adopted by the Board prior to November 1, as required by state statute. The Superintendent shall be authorized to make expenditures and commitments in accordance with the adopted budget and requirements of State law.

    Wis. Stats. 65.90, 67.11, 120.11(3), 120.12(3), 120.17(8)

    Approved: December 14, 1992

    Revised: December 8, 2014


    State & Federal Funding Sources

    641 Depository of Funds

    DEPOSITORY OF FUNDS

    The Board of Education shall annually adopt the necessary resolution designating the public depositories for District funds and investments. These designated depositories may be from local financial institutions as well as institutions outside the District, and may be changed at the discretion of the Board.

    Wis. Stats. 34.05, 34.08, 34.09, 120.12(7), 120.16(5, 6)

    Approved: December 14, 1992

    Revised: February 9, 2015


    641.1 Investing

    INVESTMENT

    The Director of Business Services shall invest funds in excess of those immediately needed in accordance with established procedures and State law.

    District funds shall be invested with the intent of maximizing interest earnings and minimizing risk of loss.

    Wis. Stats. 34.05, 66.0603(1m), 67.11(2), 881.01

    Approved: December 14, 1992

    Revised: February 9, 2015


    Procedure

    INVESTMENT

    Investment Activities Guidelines

    The procedure is to guide the investment activities of the District. The guidelines are intended to be broad enough to allow the investment officer to function properly within the limits of his (her) responsibility and authority, yet specific enough to adequately safeguard the investment assets.

    This procedure applies to all financial assets of the District, including General Funds, Capital Project Funds, Enterprise Funds, Special Revenue Funds, Debt Service Funds, Fiduciary Funds, and Trust Funds for Post Employment Benefits other than Pension Benefits (the OPEB Trust Fund)

    The primary objectives, in order of priority, of all investment activities involving the financial assets of the School District, shall be the following:

  • Safety: Safety and preservation of principal in the portfolio is the foremost investment objective.
  • Liquidity: Maintaining the necessary liquidity to match expected liabilities is the second investment objective.
  • Return: Obtaining a reasonable return is the third investment objective.
  • Authority

    Director of Business Services is the investment officer responsible for investment decisions and activities for all funds other than trust funds for post employment benefits other than pension benefits (OPEB Trust Funds). Investment Authority over OPEB Trust Funds shall rest in the trustees of the Post-Employment Benefit Trust Funds established by the District. The trustees may retain the services of an Investment Advisor registered under the Federal Investment Advisors Act (15 USC 80b-3) who has knowledge of school finance regulations.

    Persons with investment authority shall be held to the prudent person standard. Under such standard investment decisions shall be made with such judgment and care, under circumstance then prevailing, which persons of prudence, discretion and intelligence exercise in the management of their own affairs, not for speculations but for investment, considering the probable safety of their capital as well as the probable income to be derived.

    Reporting Requirements: The requirements for reporting on investments shall be as follows:

  • The investment officer shall provide the Board of Education with copies of portfolio performance reports quarterly or when a specific request is made.
  • The investment officer shall provide a report to the Annual Meeting of the District that complies with Section 120.11 (3) of the Wisconsin Statutes, including the required report of activity in the OPEB Trust Fund.
  • Eligible Investments:

    Pursuant to Section 67.11(2) of the Wisconsin Statutes, Debt Service Funds of the District shall be invested only in direct obligations of the Federal Government or in the Local Government pooled investment fund created under Section 25.50 of the Wisconsin Statutes.

    Other funds of the District may be invested in accordance with Section 66.0603(1m) of the Wisconsin Statutes in the following:

  • Time deposits in any credit union, bank, savings bank, trust company or savings and loan association, which is authorized to transact business in the State if the time deposits mature in not more than three (3) years.
  • Bonds or securities issued or guaranteed as to principal and interest by the Federal Government, or by a commission, board or other instrumentality of the Federal Government.
  • Bonds or securities of any county, city, drainage district, technical college district, village, town or school district of the State of Wisconsin.
  • Bonds issued by a local exposition district under subchapter II of chapter 229.
  • Bonds issued by a local professional baseball park district created under subchapter III of chapter 229.
  • Bonds issued by a local professional football stadium district created under subchapter IV of chapter 229.
  • Bonds issued by the University of Wisconsin Hospitals and Clinics Authority.
  • Bonds issued by a local cultural arts district under subchapter V of chapter 229.
  • Bonds issued by the Wisconsin Aerospace Authority.
  • Any security which matures or which may be tendered for purchase at the option of the holder within not more than seven (7) years of the date on which it is acquired, if that security has a rating which is the highest or 2nd highest rating category assigned by Standard & Poor’s Corporation, Moody’s Investors Service or other similar nationally recognized rating agency or if that security is senior to, or on a parity with, a security of the same issuer which has such a rating.
  • Securities of an open-end management investment company or investment trust, if the investment company or investment trust does not charge a sales load, if the investment company or investment trust is registered under the investment company act of 1940, 15 USC 80a-1 to 80a-64, and if the portfolio of the investment company or investment trust is limited to the following:
    • Bonds and securities issued by the federal government or a commission, board or other instrumentality of the federal government.
    • Bonds that are guaranteed as to principal and interest by the Federal Government or a commission, board or other instrumentality of the Federal Government.
    • Repurchase agreements that are fully collateralized by bonds or securities described under above two points.

    OPEB Trust Funds: Other post employment funds shall be invested in the manner authorized for investments under section 881.01 of the Wisconsin Statutes (Uniform Prudent Investor Act) in investments other than those identified above if:

  • The investment advisor retained by the Board to advise the Trustees of the OPEB Trust Fund makes a recommendation in writing that identifies the recommended investment and discusses the extent to which the investment meets the investment objectives in Section IV of this Policy, and
  • The Trustees of the OPEB Trust Fund approve the investment recommendation of the investment advisor, and
  • The Board approves the investment recommendation of the investment advisor.
  • Ethics and Conflicts of Interest: Members of the Board, Trustees of the OPEB Trust Funds, and the Investment Officer of the District shall refrain from personal business activity that could conflict with the proper execution of the investment program contemplated by this Policy or impair their ability to make impartial investment decisions. These officials shall disclose to the Board of Education any material finance interest in financial institutions that may conduct business with the School District.

    All Trustees must be covered under the District’s Errors and Omission Insurance Policy.

    Authorized Financial Institutions, Broker/Dealers and Investment Advisors

    Any firms desiring to be considered to serve as investment advisors to the District must first meet minimum qualifications of creditworthiness including a minimum capital requirement of $10,000,000 and at least five years of continuous operation. These firms may include "primary" dealers or regional dealers that qualify under Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) Rule 15C3-1 (uniform net capital rule).

    All financial institutions and broker/dealers who desire to become qualified for investment advisory services must also supply the following as appropriate:

  • Audited financial statements demonstrating compliance with State and federal capital adequacy guidelines
  • Proof of National Association of Securities Dealers (NASD) certification
  • Proof of State registration
  • Certification of having read and understood and agreeing to comply with the District’s investment policy and procedure.
  • Evidence of adequate insurance coverage.
  • An annual review of the financial condition and registration of all qualified financial institutions and broker/dealers serving the District will be conducted by the investment officer.

    Approved: July 9, 2007

    Revised: February 9, 2015


    643 Gate Receipts & Admissions

    GATE RECEIPTS AND ADMISSIONS

    The Director of Business Services shall establish procedures to ensure appropriate internal controls and accounting for all gate and admission receipts. The principal and his/her designee shall be responsible for the administration of established procedures and supervision of all phases of school events for which an admission is charged. All gate and admission receipts must be deposited in the proper fund, and adequate records shall be maintained to provide chronological and accounting data for subsequent review and analysis.

    The Board may review and set admission prices for District events.

    Approved: December 14, 1992

    Revised: April 13, 2015


    Revenues

    651.1 Disbursement of Funds

    DISBURSEMENTS OF FUNDS - AUTHORIZED SIGNATURES

    The signature of the Board of Education President, Clerk, and Treasurer shall be required on all checks expending District funds. Facsimile signatures may be used in accordance with State law and established procedures.

    The Director of Business Services shall be empowered to provide schools and divisions of District operations with petty cash accounts to meet incidental needs most appropriately met by this procedure. Procedures must be established to monitor and to account for petty cash outlays in accord with Department of Public Instruction regulations and in concert with established accounting procedures.

    Wis. Stats. 120.15(1), 120.l6(2), 120.17

    Approved: December 14, 1992

    Revised: April 13, 2015


    653 Student Activity Fund Management

    STUDENT ACTIVITY FUND MANAGEMENT

    The Superintendent shall establish procedures to ensure strict control of the student activity funds management. The Superintendent or the Director of Finance & Operations shall have the authority to create or close activity accounts. The student activity funds will not be intermingled with other District funds.

    Wis. Stats. 120.14(1)

    Approved: December 14, 1992

    Revised: April 3, 2017

    Procedure

    STUDENT ACTIVITY FUND MANAGEMENT

    GENERAL ACTIVITY FUND MANAGEMENT GUIDELINES

    1. It should not be the intent of student activities to accumulate significant sums for future needs. Money raised in a specific academic year should be spent in that same year, if feasible.

    2. Student activities may obligate themselves by contract in accordance with District procedure, provided payments are completed within the tenure of the students involved and in no case longer than three (3) years.

    All contracting must be formally approved by the building administrator in charge of student activities.

    3. Purchases

    In addition to a check request, all items purchased with student activity funds in excess of one hundred ($100.00) dollars must be accomplished through the use of a purchase order. An activity representative, the activity advisor, and the building administrator in charge of student activities must approve all purchases. No student activity shall be obligated for purchases made by staff or students unless supported by a written purchase order signed by the person(s) duly authorized.

    Staff or others may not make purchases through a student activity in order to take advantage of student activity purchasing privilege or credit capacity.

    4. Personal checks may not be cashed for anyone. Personal checks may be accepted; however, they must be for the exact amount due the schools.

    5. Each student activity should establish an annual budget listing anticipated receipts and expenditures.

    6. Record Keeping

    The District Finance Manager shall establish receipt and expenditure accounts within Fund 60 (Agency Fund) for each student activity and utilizing locations, functions, and objects provided in WUFAR (Wisconsin Uniform Financial Accounting Requirements).

    7. Organizations With Negative Balance

    No student organization shall be allowed to operate with a negative balance. Special exceptions may be made with the approval of the Principal and Director of Finance & Operations, based on a reasonable expectation that such negative balance is a temporary condition that will be corrected by incoming receipts.

    8. Inactive Activity Accounts

    If an account has had no activity for twelve (12) consecutive months, the activity advisor and the building administrator in charge of student activities shall meet to review the status of the account. An account will be considered inactive after twenty-four (24) consecutive months without financial activity. Inactive accounts shall be closed by the Director of Finance & Operations and the funds transferred to the District General Fund.

    9. Graduating Class Fund

    The treasury of a graduating class shall be closed out by June 30 of the year of graduation by the Director of Business Services Finance & Operations, and the funds shall be transferred to the District General Fund.

    10. Receipts

    a. Receipts must be issued for all monies received.

    b. Supporting documents (pre-numbered auxiliary receipts, pre-numbered class receipt records, pre-numbered tickets, or other auditable records) must accompany all monies received.

    c. Classroom collections shall be turned in at least each week and on the last calendar day of the month.

    d. All checks received shall be immediately stamped "For Deposit Only".

    e. Voided receipts should not be destroyed; they should be so marked and retained in the numerical file.

    11. Deposits

    a. All receipts must be deposited promptly. Collections should be deposited daily; any subsequent collections made, but not deposited the same day, are to be deposited with the collections of the following day. Money should never be left in the school over weekends or holidays.

    b. Receipts must be deposited in total and the deposit must be reconciled to the sequence of receipts.

    c. Bank deposit slips shall be filed with the bank statement.

    12. Disbursements

    a. All check requests (purchase orders) must be signed by the activity advisor or student activity representative and approved by the designated building administrator.

    b. Check requests must be accompanied by supporting documents (invoices, sales slips, etc.). Supporting documents should be initialed and the check number recorded on the supporting documents.

    c. Check requests should be filed numerically.

    d. Two part, pre-numbered checks shall be used: the original to the payee and a copy to the activity file.

    e. Voided checks should not be destroyed; they should be retained with the cancelled checks.

    13. Bank Reconciliation

    a. The monthly bank statement will be reconciled by the District Finance Manager.

    b. The bank statement balance less outstanding checks, less maintenance fee, plus uncredited or undeposited receipts, plus bad checks not collected, plus interest earned, and petty cash should equal the total of the

    Student Activity Fund balance.

    Approved: December 14, 1992

    Revised: March 27, 2017

    654 General Fund Balance

    GENERAL FUND BALANCE

    The Board of Education shall designate funds to be placed in a fund balance account in accordance with the prescribed accounting system.

    Funds, whether cumulative or in excess, shall be placed in the account entitled UnreservedUndesignated unless specifically designated elsewhere by the Board.

    Based on fiscal best practices, the Board shall commit to maintaining a fund balance of fifteen to twenty-five percent (15%-25%) of total General Fund operating expenses. The purposes of such a fund balance are:

    1. To provide adequate working capital sufficient to meet the District's cash flow requirements, thus minimizing short-term borrowing during the operating cycle.

    2. To provide adequate working reserves related to financial risks associated with the District's self-funded health plan.

    3. To function as a safeguard to fund unanticipated expenses that the District might incur.

    4. To fund unrealized revenue which might occur, but will not be considered available to meet recurring operational expenses.

    5. To demonstrate fiscal responsibility resulting in a high credit rating which will help to reduce District borrowing costs.

    The Board will take formal action on any prescribed changes to the fund balance during the operating budget cycle.

    Wis. Stats. 65.90, 120.12

    Approved: December 14, 1992

    Revised: February 25, 2002

    Revised: May 21, 2007

    FASC DRAFT Recommendation: July 13, 2016

    Revised: September 26, 2016

    656 Collection of Student Fees, Fines & Charges

    COLLECTION OF STUDENT FEES, FINES AND CHARGES

    The Board of Education may levy charges to students to facilitate the utilization of adequate and appropriate learning materials used in the course of instruction. The Board may also determine an appropriate fee for athletic, club, or other co-curricular activities. The fees assessed will be approved by the Board of Education on a yearly basis. The Business Office will assess the appropriate fees based on the cost of materials and services

    Money received shall be collected, with an accurate accounting of all transactions. Any fees collected by members of the staff must be turned in to the principal’s office within twenty four (24) hours after collection.

    If a school administrator determines a student has financial need, it may choose to waive fees, or to work out a payment plan with a student or parent.

    When school property, equipment, or supplies are damaged, lost, or taken by a student, a fine may be assessed. The fine will be reasonable, seeking only to compensate the school for the expense or loss incurred. The late return of borrowed books or materials from the school libraries will be assessed appropriate fines.

    In the event that fees, fines or charges are not collected in a timely manner, the Board of Education authorizes the Director of Business Services to pursue collection through an agency, service, or Small Claims Court.

    Approved: August 11, 2008


    Procedure

    COLLECTION OF STUDENT FEES, FINES AND CHARGES

    I.Fees and Charges

    Student fees and charges are collected at the beginning of the school year, at the time of admission of a student, or at the time instructional consumables are used. The amount of fees and charges are set each school year by the Board of Education. Consideration is given to students who enter or leave the school district during the year. Students may be assessed fees for instructional materials and equipment rental. Accommodations are made for those students unable to pay.

    II.Fines are imposed for students who destroy property, equipment, or supplies, or for students who lose or take any of the above.

    III.Collection Procedures

    1.Building principals are responsible for the accurate and timely collection of funds due the District from student fees, charges and fines. They are expected to provide receipts for all fees collected and to deposit the collections daily. Any subsequent collections made, but not deposited the same day, are to be locked in the safe and deposited with the following day’s collection.

    2.Students and parents/guardians may request total or partial fee reduction because of financial needs. These requests will be considered by the principal.

    3.In the event student fees/fines are not paid, the building principal or designee is required to investigate the outstanding debts with the family. Documentation of the communication must be kept by the caller. A follow-up letter is sent to the parent/guardian if payment is not received within 15 working days.

    4.Student fees/fines not paid within 15 working days of the follow-up letter being sent are reported by the building principals to the business office for collection. The report must include student names, specific fees/collections due, notes from telephone conversations with the parents/guardians, and copies of letters sent to the parents/guardians

    5.Upon receiving the building principal’s report, the business office will decide if efforts will be made to pursue the debt through the services of collection agency or Small Claim’s Court. The District will pursue the debt if there is a reasonable chance for the District to collect the debt and it is financially feasible for the District to do so. If the District believes that the debt is uncollectible due to the circumstances involved (e.g. family no longer lives in the District; debt is too small to invest District time and resources to pursue), the District will not take further action.

    6.Any graduating senior with unpaid fees, charges, or fines may be denied the opportunity to participate in commencement exercises, however, the issuance of a diploma cannot be denied.

    7.Grades, progress reports, and other pupil records may not be withheld due to non-payment of fees, charges, and fines.

    IV.Procedure for Relief (Waiver/Reduction) of Student Fees

    1.Upon request, a waiver of the general school fee may be granted to students who have been approved by the District for free lunch.

    2.Upon request, a reduction of the general school fee may be granted to students who have been approved by the District for reduced lunch fees.

    3.A parent/guardian who is unable to pay the full amount of student fees and charges may request relief in the form of a payment plan, reduction or waiver of eligible fees for their child(ren). The request shall be submitted in writing to the building principal. To determine the ability to pay student fees, the principal shall consider factors of personal disclosure that the principal warrants as a hardship.

    4.If the principal approves the request for a reduction or waiver of fees, the school shall adjust the amount due from the student for fees.

    5.If the principal denies a request for fee relief, the decision maybe appealed to the Director of Business Services.

    6.Fines and fees other than the general school fee, are not eligible for waiver or reduction.

    Approved: August 11, 2008

    Management of Funds

    661.1 Accounting

    ACCOUNTING

    All accounts will be kept as prescribed by the Wisconsin Department of Public Instruction.

    An encumbrance accounting of all committed purchases reflecting expenditures to date will be maintained against amounts budgeted for each account.

    Statement of the District's financial condition will be periodically reported to the Finance Committee.

    Approved: December 14, 1992


    661.2 Cash Receipts

    CASH RECEIPTS

    All District cash receipts must be deposited in an approved District depository no later than the day following receipt. All receipts not deposited on the day of receipt must be placed in the District's designated depository or in a vault in a District building.

    All District cash receipts must be accounted for at the time of receipt through preparation of pre-numbered receipts or entries in a cash book (manual or electronic).

    The Director of Business Services is responsible for safeguarding District assets. As part of this responsibility, he/she shall conduct periodic reviews of cash handling and recording procedures at each building office in the District.

    Cross Ref.: 641, Depository of Funds

    Approved: March 14, 1994

    Revised: June 22, 2015


    663 Inventory

    FIXED ASSET/INVENTORY CONTROL

    District assets will be adequately maintained and protected. An inventory of District-owned assets (sites, buildings and equipment) will be maintained for insurance and accounting purposes. The Director of Business Services shall be responsible for overseeing the fixed asset inventory process for the District.

    Approved: December 14, 1992

    Revised: January 25, 2016


    664 Audits

    Expenditures

    672 Purchasing

    PURCHASING

    The Director of Business Services shall be designated by the Board of Education to serve as purchasing agent for the District.

    It is the policy of the Board of Education that all purchases be made at the best price available, giving due consideration to such factors as product quality, conformity to specifications, service availability, vendor reliability, product obsolescence, delivery terms and general suitability to the requirements and needs of the District.

    All purchases of goods, services and equipment for which the District will be responsible for payment must be made on either official purchase orders or other request for payment forms. Such forms shall be addressed to the vendor providing the goods, service or equipment must be properly approved prior to placing the order. Purchase orders shall not be required for purchases made through approved petty cash or made under emergency conditions which may affect the clear and imminent safety of students, staff or school property.

    Employees shall only seek reimbursement for supplies or services in conjunction with the policy/procedures on Petty Cash. Purchases made directly and not in conjunction with the policy/procedures on Petty Cash may not be reimbursed to the employee, at the option of the Director of Business Services. However, should reimbursement be made for such purchases, the District will not reimburse employees for the sales tax charged on such purchases, except for those purchases made in compliance with the policy/procedures on Petty Cash.

    The District business office shall proceed within operational guidelines approved by the superintendent. Each administrative/department supervisor shall be expected to remain within the agreed amount of his/her approved expenditure budget for the fiscal year.

    Wis. Stats. 120.13(5),

    Approved: December 14, 1992

    Revised: February 13, 1995


    672.1 Bidding

    BIDDING

    The District recognizes that the bidding process often times results in a cost savings or additional investment income. However, under some circumstances it may be in the best interest of the District to accept a bid other than the lowest for purchases and other than the highest for investments. Therefore, the District reserves the right to accept or reject any bid for purchases, project construction, or investments in accordance with other Board Policy and Wisconsin State Statutes.

    Approved: December 14, 1992


    627.2 Procurement of Student Service Products

    PROCUREMENT OF STUDENT SERVICE PRODUCTS

    The administration shall develop specific guidelines for the procurement of identified student service products such as, but not limited to, graduation caps and gowns, senior class announcements, yearbooks, student pictures, class rings, and monogrammed jackets. All purchasing proposals for student service products must be reviewed and approved by the building administrator, or designee.

    Approved: December 14, 1992

    Procedure

    PROCUREMENT OF STUDENT SERVICE PRODUCTS

    WHEREAS, certain time honored student practices, e.g., the taking of student group and individual photographs, the purchase of graduation announcements and the purchase of class rings often indirectly involved school personnel in these commercial ventures, and

    WHEREAS, it is in the best interest of the School District to avoid disruption during school hours to the extent possible in regard to these practices, and

    WHEREAS, it is the intent of the School Board to prohibit any illegal practice involving these commercial ventures and to the extent practical to foster competition and fair play among competing businesses.

    NOW THEREFORE, BE IT HEREBY RESOLVED, that the following policy be adopted by the School Board of the School District of Menomonee Falls:

    1. In General:

    A. No remuneration in cash or kind may be received by an school personnel student or student group.

    B. Any offer or remuneration in cash or kind by any representative of any company shall be reported immediately to the Superintendent and shall result in the barring of the company from any further consideration.

    C. No agreement involving the payment of school funds may be entered into by any school personnel without Board of Education authorization.

    2. Student Photographs:

    A. General Student photographs may be taken on school premises by commercial photographers only when there is a school purpose for such photographs such as the yearbook, dances, class pictures, student records or identification cards, and only upon the granting of approval therefore pursuant to conditions hereinafter provided. When such permission to take such photographs has been granted, photographs may be taken either during or outside school hours. For the convenience of scheduling, group pictures will usually be taken during school hours. In order to eliminate as much disruption as possible, individual student sitting should be scheduled for the summer months or outside school hours whenever it is feasible to do so. Teachers or other school personnel may assist in the scheduling of group or individual sittings, but, except for elementary and middle schools, should avoid taking any part in the sale of such pictures to students. In the case of elementary and middle schools, teachers and other school personnel may act only as a collector of fees and distributor of pictures.

    B. Elementary and Middle School Pictures The photographer who will take all the photographs in the elementary and middle schools will be selected in January of each year. All photographers desiring to submit proposals shall submit their cost list and samples of their work to the administrative office on or before December 31. The administrators of the elementary and middle schools of the District shall consider each of the proposals and select the photographer who is to take the school pictures for the coming year.

    C. Identification Photographs Each high school principal will select the photographer in January of each year for his respective high school and the pictures involved would be identified as photos and I.D. cards and die-cuts of the underclassmen to be included in the annual for the following year. All photographers desiring to submit proposal shall submit their cost list and samples of their work to the principal's office on or before December 31.

    D. Senior Photographs Each January the student yearbook staff of each school will run an ad in the local newspaper announcing the taking of proposals for that year's official school photographer. All photographers desiring to apply will be given a list of specifications set by the yearbook staff. Such specifications should include items dealing with service requirements, time schedules and quality requirements. All photographers desiring to submit proposals shall submit their cost list and samples of their work to the annual staff on or before February 1.

    Minutes of the meeting of the annual staff to select the photographer will be kept and the selection will be by roll call vote. After the selection is made, the principal will enter into an agreement with the photographer. The principal may reject the selection and request the committee to reconsider its choice. If the staff recommendations has been rejected by the principal or an agreement with the company cannot be reached, the staff will resubmit a new selection to the principal. The minutes, all proposals and agreements shall be forwarded to the Superintendent. Sittings will be held at places and times approved by the high school principal. The photographer will also take all photographs of the customary student groups and student activities needed for the yearbook as set forth in the specifications. The proposal shall include the furnishing of suitable glossy prints of all the seniors to the annual staff without charge.

    The high school principals shall advise the seniors and their parents, in writing, that those seniors who wish to submit photographs for the annual taken by any photographer may do so, provided that a suitable glossy print of the appropriate size is submitted to the annual staff at the appropriate time. Mailing lists or mailing labels of the seniors will be made available to any photographer upon paying the cost of the list or labels.

    3. Graduation Announcements:

    A. The senior class officers, the senior class advisor, and an administrator designated by the principal will serve as a graduation announcement selection committee.

    B. The selection committee may elect to use the same announcements used in the next previous year or invite representatives from companies selling graduation announcements to present their products and prices to the committee. Minutes of the meeting to select the announcement to be used for the coming year shall be taken and a copy forwarded to the high school principal. Selection shall be made by a simple majority vote of the committee.

    4. Class Rings:

    A. Beginning in the 1991/1992 school year and every three (3) years thereafter, the sophomore class officers, the sophomore class advisor, a parent, and an administrator designated by the principal will serve as a class ring selection committee. The School District will place a notice in the local newspaper stating that proposals will be accepted for class rings. Companies wanting to make presentations will be provided with specifications developed by the ring committee.

    B. Upon completion of the presentations, the committee will meet to select the company that will supply the rings for the sophomore class for the next three (3) years. A majority of the committee shall select the company and the selection shall be by roll call vote.

    C. Because of the time and expense involved in designing the rings and such expense must be passed on to student purchasers, a ring selection will normally be made only every three (3) years. At the end of each year the new sophomore committee shall review the service provided and any increase in cost and they may recommend a change of company.

    5. Clothing or other items representative of the school may be offered to students at school during the school day or after school hours by the Booster club. Profits of such sales should be used to support school activities as approved by the administration.

    Approved: December 14, 1992


    672.3 Petty Cash Accounts

    PETTY CASH ACCOUNTS

    Petty cash accounts shall be assigned to schools and departments in accordance with established procedures. When determining petty cash account balances, the Director of Business Services will consider the size of operation at the various schools and departments.

    Petty cash funds serve a variety of purposes, including but not limited to:

    1. expediting the purchase of small items;

    2. providing immediate payment for minor services;

    3. paying minor amounts which cannot be conveniently made through the issuance of check; and

    4. facilitating the purchase of items as may be required when time and/or preparation costs make use of a purchase order impractical.

    The Director of Business Services shall establish petty cash funds at locations within the District as necessary. Periodically he/she shall review the activity of each fund to determine the appropriateness of its balance.

    The building principal or other administrator shall act as custodian of a petty cash fund and shall designate a single individual to act as cashier. All purchases made from petty cash must be approved prior to purchasing. In addition, all purchases must be supported by a paid receipt or other documentation evidencing the nature of the transaction and a petty cash voucher indicating the amount and date of purchase and the budget account to be charged as well as the approval of the appropriate administrator.

    Each petty cash fund must be reconciled monthly by the building petty cash fund custodian. Cash on hand plus receipts must equal the established amount of the fund. In June of each year and at other times as requested, all petty cash funds must be returned to the Business Office. The Director of Business Services shall verify the balance of each fund and return it to its custodian.

    Purchases from a petty cash fund should be limited to transactions of $25.00 or less. Multiple purchases of $25.00 to circumvent this limit are strictly prohibited. In no case should a petty cash fund be used for cashing checks.

    Approved: December 14, 1992

    Revised: February 13, 1995


    672.4 Payment of Funds

    PAYMENT OF FUNDS

    All bills and requests for payment against all District funds must be processed through the Business Office. The Business Office shall audit, check, and approve all bills, payrolls and claims against the District before presenting them to the Board of Education for approval for payment. No bills shall be submitted to the Board of Education unless there is acceptance that the items have been received or the work has been completed.

    Wis. Stats. 120.12(1)

    Approved: December 14, 1992


    Fiscal Accounting & Reporting

    680 Sale of Supplies & Equipment

    SALE OF SUPPLIES AND EQUIPMENT

    Student Items All instructional items resold to students must be purchased by School District purchase order and vouchered by Business Services. Pricing of items sold to students must include all related costs to the School District (i.e. freight, voucher costs, etc.). Surplus Equipment and Supplies Periodically those items of equipment and/or supplies deemed to be surplus shall be itemized and priced by the Director of Business Services.

    The list shall be reviewed by the Superintendent of Schools who may authorize sale for any and all of the listed items. The list shall then be made public. Items valued at less than one hundred ($100.00) dollars may then be sold on a first come first serve basis. Items over one hundred ($100.00) dollars shall be subjected to bidding and awarded to the highest bidder.

    Approved: December 14, 1992

    School Properties Disposal

    690 Gifts to the School District

    GIFTS TO THE SCHOOL DISTRICT

    The School District may receive, accept and use gifts or grants of furniture, books, equipment, supplies, monies, securities or other property, real or personal, used or useful for school research and educational purposes. All monies received as gifts or grants shall be placed in the School District treasury, but shall be considered segregated trust funds. Whenever the School District receives gifts or grants it shall make such use thereof, or invest the same in the case of monies, as the donor or grantor specifies. In the absence of any specific direction as to the use of such gifts or grants by a donor or grantor, the School District may determine the use of or invest the same in accordance with the law applicable to trust investments. In the use, control or investment of such gifts or grants, the School District may exercise the rights and powers generally conferred upon trustees.

    The Superintendent may accept gifts or grants, valued at $1,000 or less, on behalf of the School Board. The value of gifts and grants shall be determined by the donor or grantor.

    To be accepted, the gift shall:

    1. Have a purpose consistent with that of the school,

    2. Be offered by an acceptable donor,

    3. Not begin a program which the School District would be unwilling to continue when grant funds are exhausted,

    4. Place no restrictions on the school program,

    5. Not imply endorsement of any business or product, and

    6. Not be in conflict with any provisions of School Board policy or public law.

    All gifts and bequests will become School District property to be used at the discretion of the School District. However, a preferred use specified by the donor shall be taken into consideration in determining the use to be made of the gift.

    Wis. Stats. 118.121, 118.27

    Approved: May 23, 1994


    690.1 Conflict of Interest

    CONFLICT OF INTEREST

    It shall be contrary to Board of Education policy for any school employee or official to receive or offer to receive, either directly or indirectly, any gift, gratuity, or anything of value which said school employee or official is not authorized to receive from any person, if such person;

    • has or is seeking to obtain contractual or other business or financial relationships with such school employees' employer.
    • conducts operations or activities which are regulated by such school administration and Board of Education.
    • has interests which may be substantially affected by such school employee's employer.
    • has any intention to influence a school employee or official in decision making procedures involving that person.

    Approved: December 14, 1992

    690.2 Capital Fundraising by Support Groups

    CAPITAL FUND RAISING BY SUPPORT GROUPS

    The School Board recognizes the value of support groups to school programs and student activities. In providing community cooperation, encouragement and financial support to school programs/activities, the School Board requires that fund raising organizations: maintain regular communication with the School Board, staff and administration; recognize established district policies; and acknowledge administrative authority for supervising all district programs, personnel, and property. Capital fund raising by support groups will be in accordance with Procedure 690.2.

    Approved: May 8, 2006

    Procedure

    CAPITAL FUND RAISING BY SUPPORT GROUPS

    In an effort to foster communication and to clarify the relationship between the schools and the support groups, the following guidelines have been established for groups working on behalf of schools and students. These guidelines are to be followed when groups are seeking to raise funds of $10,000 or more.

    1. All fund raising activities shall be consistent with School District policies and administrative procedures and have prior approval of the District Administrator or designee.

    2. All support group meetings shall be open to the public. Minutes should be taken at each meeting and they should be recorded and filed with the appropriate School District administrative office.

    3. A school district liaison, -- an administrator or activities/athletic director -- will serve as an ex-officio member of the group and attend meetings on a regular basis.

    4. The group must keep accurate and complete records of all fund raising activities and submit monthly financial reports to the School District liaison.

    5. All funds must be deposited in a designated account using the name of the group.

    6. The Board reserves the right to withdraw permission for an activity if the activity is considered inappropriate.

    7. The group should provide for an annual review of its books in order to ensure accuracy of its records.

    8. The support group shall maintain tax-exempt status for the purposes of charitable donations in accordance with the Internal Revenue regulations.

    9. All equipment, materials, or funds donated by support groups must be approved in accord with district policy.

    10. All in-kind donations must be approved by the School District in compliance with Policy #690.

    11. All donated equipment or facilities improvements become the property of the School District.

    12. The list of projects or equipment shall be prioritized through the mutual agreement of the District and the support group. Money appropriated for special projects must be used for that specific project.

    13. It is recommended that support groups maintain insurance coverage for errors and omission and general liability.

    14. After the completion of the specified project all project funds that remain are returned to the support group’s activity account.

    15. All gifts and bequests will become School District property at the time of the official transfer of the gifts.

    Approved: May 8, 2006


    700: Support Services

    Support Services Goals

    710 Support Services Goals

    SUPPORT SERVICES GOALS

    Management of support services, which are essential to the operation of the District, shall be the responsibility of the administration.

    In order to provide support services that are truly supportive of the educational program, the Board establishes these goals:

    1. To provide a physical environment for teaching and learning that is safe and pleasant for students, staff and the public.

    2. To provide for safe transportation of students to and from school.

    3. To provide support services that fulfill the needs of the educational program.

    Wis. Stats. 120.12

    Approved: March 8, 1993

    Safety Program

    720 Safe & Healthful Facilities

    SAFE AND HEALTHFUL FACILITIES

    Every reasonable precaution will be taken to protect the safety of students, employees, and visitors present on District property or at District sponsored events. In doing so, the Board of Education will comply with all safety requirements established by governmental authorities and will insist that its staff adhere to recommended safety practices as they pertain to the school facilities, special areas of instruction, student transportation, school sports and other functions of the District.

    The Director of Business Services shall serve as District Safety Coordinator. He/she shall be responsible for coordinating all activities related to the safety and health considerations of the buildings, grounds and equipment of the entire District. Principals shall be responsible for supervising safety programs in their respective schools, under the direction of the Safety Coordinator.

    A district safety committee shall monitor any safety issues or concerns.

    Wis. Stats. 118.01, 118.07, 118.09, 118.20, 120.12(5), 121.02(1)(i)

    Approved: March 8, 1993

    Revised: June 22, 2015

    Procedure

    SAFE AND HEALTHFUL FACILITIES

    In an effort to provide a safe and healthful environment for students, employees, visitors and others using District facilities, the District shall:

    1. Comply with all regulations and state codes of the Department of Industry, Labor and Human Relations (DILHR), the Department of Health and Social Services (DHSS), Department of Public Instruction (DPI) and all applicable local safety and health codes and regulations.

    2. Provide training to all employees so that their work-related duties shall be performed in a safe manner.

    3. Identify the various types of hazards to the safety and health of all employees, students, visitors and others using District facilities.

    4. Develop an effective information and education program about these hazards.

    5. Establish a school safety committee in each of the District schools and a district-wide Safety Committee to coordinate safety practices throughout the school district.

    a. District-Wide Safety Committee - The Superintendent or designee, shall establish the Districtwide Safety Committee and the Safety Coordinator will serve as committee chairperson. The committee shall develop a school safety handbook which will specify the makeup and responsibilities of the safety committees, the safety-related responsibilities of other District staff and specific safety practices and procedures for the school areas and programs.

    b. School Safety Committees - The Safety Coordinator shall form a safety committee in each building. Each employee group should be represented.

    6. Provide necessary funds for the safety program. The Safety Coordinator shall develop a budget that will enable the District's safe and healthful facility needs to be met.

    Approved: March 8, 1993

    722 Accident Reports

    ACCIDENT REPORTS

    Any accident involving pupils or school district personnel during the school day shall be reported in detail to the building principal. The building principal or designee shall record all pertinent details of the incident on the proper form.

    Approved: March 8, 1993

    Revised:April 4, 1995

    723 Emergency Plans

    EMERGENCY PLANS

    The District is committed to providing as safe of environment as reasonably possible for students, employees and citizens while they are present on school premises. With this goal in mind and in compliance with State law requirements, a school safety plan will be developed and in effect in each school in the District. School safety plans shall be developed with involvement of District office administrators, building administrators, safety committee members from each building, staff from Community Education and Recreation, local law enforcement, fire department officials, county emergency officials and other interested parties and community agencies as deemed appropriate.

    A current copy of each school safety plan will be filed in the school and district office and disseminated to local law enforcement, fire and other emergency response agencies. District employees shall also receive a copy of the school safety plan and receive appropriate training to carry out the plan on an annual basis. The building principal shall provide the staff training and drill students on the proper method of evacuation and other appropriate action in the case of a safety emergency. Safety drills will be implemented and recorded one time a month. School safety plans will be reviewed and updated annually.

    Wis. Stats. 118.07

    Cross Ref.

    District Crisis Manual

    Approved: March 8, 1993

    Revised: January 9, 2017

    723.1 Emergency School Closings

    EMERGENCY SCHOOL CLOSINGS

    The Superintendent shall have the authority to close the District schools in the event of inclement weather or other emergencies which threaten the health or safety of students and staff.

    When determining whether or not to close school due to inclement weather, the Superintendent shall consult the transportation supervisor, weather bureau and sheriff's department. Area radio stations shall be notified as early as possible on any day that schools are closed due to inclement weather or other emergency.

    The Superintendent shall develop other necessary plans for the closing of schools and early dismissal to provide for orderly procedures. Inclement weather days shall be made up as required.

    Wis. Stats. 115.01(10), 118.215

    Cross Ref. Procedure 723.1

    Approved: March 8, 1993

    724 Safety Zones

    SAFETY ZONES

    Safety zones will be established at all schools in the District.

    Loading and unloading of children at school will be conducted in prescribed areas safe and free from vehicular traffic, as well as under controlled conditions in which non-bus riders will be safe.

    Such rules and regulations necessary to protect the safety of all students shall be developed by the Superintendent/designee.

    Wis. Stats. 118.09

    Approved: March 8, 1993

    Revised June 22, 2015

    Building & Grounds Management

    731 Building & Grounds Safety

    BUILDINGS AND GROUNDS SECURITY

    The Superintendent shall be responsible for building and grounds security which will encompass maintenance, elimination of fire hazards, locked doors, proper supervision, electronic devices, and a safe place for records and funds. Cross Ref. Procedure 731

    Approved: March 8, 1993

    Revised: June 22, 2015

    Procedure

    BUILDINGS AND GROUNDS SECURITY

    Key Distribution

    Key distribution and management shall be according to District-wide procedures.

    Employees shall be provided with internal building keys necessary for the fulfillment of their duties and responsibilities. All such keys shall be returned at the conclusion of the school year. Outside building keys shall be issued to employees by the principal, under procedures approved by the Superintendent or designee.

    Non-employees may be issued keys for specific purposes upon approval of the Superintendent or designee.

    Any exceptions to the above procedure must be approved by the Superintendent or designee.

    Approved: March 8, 1993

    731.1 Locker Room & Restroom Privacy

    LOCKER ROOM AND RESTROOM PRIVACY

    The District has established this policy to protect the privacy interests of individuals who use District locker rooms and restrooms. Locker rooms are provided for the use of physical education students, athletes and other activity groups or individuals authorized by the Principal/designee or Board of Education policy. The District recognizes the privacy rights of individuals using the locker room and shall take reasonable measures to protect an individual’s privacy.

    Approved: October 27, 2008

    Revised: May 13, 2013

    Procedure

    LOCKER ROOM AND RESTROOM PRIVACY

    Under no circumstances may cell phones, cameras, video recorders or other recording devices be used in any restroom or locker room.

    Media representatives or other individuals (e.g., college scouts) may not conduct interviews in the locker room.

    District staff and students shall both respect and protect the privacy interests of all individuals who use District locker room and restroom facilities. Administrative personnel shall:

    1. Establish written expectations for students that will protect the privacy interest of all individuals who use District locker room and restroom facilities.

    2. Establish written consequences for students who violate the privacy interests of individuals who use District locker rooms and restroom facilities in parent-student handbooks and co-curricular code of conduct.

    3. The Athletic Director shall annually disseminate this policy to the schools that will compete against District athletic teams at the District’s owned and used athletic facilities.

    4. The District Activities scheduler shall inform non-school individuals or groups of this policy when they complete a facility use agreement.

    5. A copy of this policy shall be distributed to all employees published annually in all student handbooks, and posted at the entrance to each locker room in the district.

    Anyone violating this policy shall be subject to disciplinary action and possible legal referral and subject to penalties outlined in state law.

    Wisconsin Act 118

    Approved: October 27, 2008

    732 Building & Grounds Maintenance

    BUILDINGS AND GROUNDS MAINTENANCE

    Maintenance and operation of the entire District Facility composed of all the land and buildings used for District purposes shall be directed by the Director of Business Services.

    A building maintenance plan shall be established annually by the Superintendent/designee and approved by the Board of Education. This plan will identify immediate as well as long-range maintenance needs of the District and outline schedules by which such maintenance may be completed.

    The Director of Business Services shall be expected to assign personnel to maintain satisfactory levels of heating, lighting, cleanliness and sanitation in all buildings of the District. Maintenance procedures and custodial services will be conducted in a manner that the safety and health of persons using the facilities are protected.

    Wis. Stats 120.12(5)

    Cross Ref: Procedure 732

    Approved: March 8, 1993

    Revised: June 22, 2015

    Procedure

    BUILDINGS AND GROUNDS MAINTENANCE

    (Equipment Maintenance)

    The following procedures shall apply for maintaining the safe and efficient functioning of mechanical, instructional and fixed playground equipment:

    1. In February, the building principal will submit to the Superintendent and the Director of Buildings and Grounds a report stating the needs of each building regarding general maintenance to insure the safe operation and proper functioning of all equipment.

    2. The Superintendent will designate a District Central Office staff person to work with the principal and Director of Buildings and Grounds to make plans to complete maintenance requests.

    3. The head custodian of each building will submit a monthly report to the Director of Buildings and Grounds and the building principal stating the condition of:

    a. Mechanical and service equipment;

    b. Gymnastic and gym equipment, after consultation with the physical education teacher(s);

    c. Outside play equipment, playground and athletic fields; and

    d. General building equipment, furniture, stairs, floor covering and so on.

    4. The Director of Buildings and Grounds, upon receipt of the safety inspection report, will immediately take whatever action necessary to correct the maintenance problem.

    Approved: March 8, 1993

    732.1 Buildings, Grounds & Equipment Inspections

    BUILDINGS, GROUNDS AND EQUIPMENT INSPECTIONS

    Buildings, grounds and equipment shall be inspected at least annually for potential or demonstrated safety and health hazards. Hazardous conditions shall be corrected, compensating devices installed, or special arrangements made to provide for health and safety.

    In addition to the annual inspections, each principal and facility foreman shall be responsible for periodic safety checks of the buildings and grounds. Any situation believed to be hazardous to the safety of building occupants shall be eliminated.

    Hazards unable to be eliminated immediately because of building structure shall be reported, in writing, to the Superintendent. The Superintendent shall be responsible for recommending to the Board appropriate action necessary to eliminate the hazard.

    Wis. Stats. 115.33, 120.12(5) (12)

    Cross Ref. Policy 732

    Approved: March 8, 1993

    Revised: February 13, 2017

    735 Energy Management Conservation

    ENERGY MANAGEMENT CONSERVATION

    It is the responsibility of the District to ensure that every effort is made to conserve energy and natural resources.The District shall exercise sound financial management and enact procedures for the safety and positive environment for all students, staff, and individuals participating in school and community activities. It will be the joint responsibility of Board of Education members, administrators, teachers, students, and support personnel to support programs and initiatives designed to conserve energy while maintaining healthful facilities.

    Adopted: February 25, 2002

    Revised: February 13, 2017

    Procedure

    ENERGY MANAGEMENT CONSERVATION

    The Director of Finance & Operations shall have the authority to monitor and set guidelines on District energy conservation and utility use. The Director of Facilities will have the following responsibilities:

    a) Maintain accurate records of energy consumption.

    b) Detail energy savings.

    c) Implement energy reduction plans with the assistance of contracted services on utility consultations.

    d) Observe the behaviors of District personnel relative to energy consumption.

    e) Enact guidelines set forth by the Director of Finance & Operations.

    f) Maintain updates on new avenues of energy savings.

    g) Conduct education seminars or reviews to educate personnel on energy savings.

    h) Provide the Superintendent and Board of Education periodic energy consumption and savings reports.

    In addition, the District, with the leadership of the Superintendent, Director of Finance & Operation, and the Director of Facilities shall follow these practices and procedures.

    1. Annually, District energy goals and strategies will be determined based on previous year records, new information, fiscal requirements, or new facility needs.

    2. Annually, each District facility’s energy consumption and savings will be reviewed. The building principal, supervisor, or director will be asked to participate in efforts to maintain progress, reverse problems, or enact new practices to reach District goals.

    3. Annually, District guidelines of energy use will be reviewed to ensure adequate progress and congruence with current goals, ensure student and staff health and safety, and react with a new set of guidelines to outdated or outmoded practices.

    4. Annually, conduct a community hearing or forum to inform all the public of the energy savings program and its progress.

    5. Curriculum will be developed to effectively teach each student about conservation practices, effective use of energy practices, and responsibilities of consumers.

    6. Education information on energy savings will be distributed to all staff. Professional development activities will support training and discussions of appropriate practices.

    It will be the long term effort of the District to make energy conservation and consumption part of facility planning and maintenance, daily practices in school facilities, and classrooms, and be visible through symbols, handbooks, and District communication.

    Adopted: February 25, 2002

    Revised: January 3, 2017

    736 Pest Management for District Owned Property

    PEST MANAGEMENT FOR DISTRICT OWNED PROPERTY

    The District is committed to providing a healthy school environment for students, staff and others who visit the schools or participate in school-sponsored activities and providing for the proper care and management of all school district property. The District recognizes that from time to time pests, including, but not limited to mice, rats, cockroaches, termites, head lice, ants, wasps, yellow jackets, poison ivy, weeds and other pests, can pose significant problems for people and/or property that need to be managed. When making and implementing pest management decisions, the District shall do so in a manner that is mindful of the District’s commitment to a healthy school environment.

    Pest management decisions will carefully consider the risks to the health of people, the damage to property and the environment, and the effectiveness environmental risks and cost of any particular pest management measure.

    Greatest weight in making any pest management decision will be given to the health of people. Pest management decisions shall be made in accord with the procedures required by this policy.

    The Director of Facilities shall have overall responsibility for pest management in the district and for implementing Board of Education policy and District procedures. The Director of Facilities shall be responsible for adopting and maintaining Pest Management procedures which will include the following:

    1. Measures to be taken to eliminate or reduce environmental conditions that attract and sustain pest populations (e.g., providing for proper sanitation and maintenance of school facilities);

    2. Responsibilities for monitoring, identifying and reporting pest problems;

    3. Guidelines for assessing the need for pest control and selecting the appropriate pest control methods, including any restrictions on the use of pesticides;

    4. Pesticide applicator requirements, including application of pesticides by a person trained and knowledgeable about pest control and pesticide use in accordance with label instructions, legal requirements and district procedures;

    5. Record keeping requirements, including access to such records;

    6. Provisions for the proper storage and disposal of any pesticides or other materials or equipment used to control pests on school district property; and

    7. Methods for evaluating the effectiveness of the district’s pest management program.

    The Facilities Leadership Team shall meet on an annual basis to review the procedures and modify the procedures if necessary. This team shall report to the Superintendent on an annual basis.

    The District shall annually notify school staff, students and parents/guardians of this policy and of the existence of district pest management procedures. The District shall also provide appropriate training and instruction for school staff to help them carry out responsibilities relating to pest management.

    Approved January 26, 1999

    Revised: January 26, 2009

    Revised: February 13, 2017

    Procedure

    PEST MANAGEMENT FOR DISTRICT OWNED PROPERTY

    I. Statement of Purpose

    The District has established the following procedures for pest management.

    The objective of the Integrated Pest Management (IPM) program is to maintain the grounds on which our buildings reside in an aesthetically pleasing and safe condition. These areas include trees, lawns, landscape plantings, athletic fields, playgrounds, walkways and parking lots. These areas will be maintained in a safe and attractive condition within budget allowances. A further objective of the program is to provide the necessary pest control while minimizing pesticide use.

    This plan has been developed to ensure the health and safety of students, teachers, staff, administration and all others using the district’s buildings and grounds, while at the same time controlling pest populations in an effective and environmentally appropriate manner.

    This plan will rely on sanitation, habitat modification, monitoring and the use of non-toxic, least toxic products and techniques to control pests.

    This plan recognizes that IPM is a collaborative effort involving the administration, teachers, students, facilities staff and pest control operators. The sharing of information is critical to ensuring the success of this IPM initiative.

    II. Definitions

    Integrated Pest Management (IPM) is the coordinated use of physical, biological and cultural controls and least toxic pest control products and techniques to prevent unacceptable levels of pest damage by the most economical means with the least possible hazard to people, property and the environment.

    IPM involves the monitoring of pest populations, establishment of injury levels, modification of habitats (to eliminate sources of food, water, harborage and entry), utilization of least-toxic controls, and keeping of records and evaluation of performance on an ongoing basis.

    A pesticide is any substance or mixture of substances labeled or designed or intended for use in preventing, destroying, repelling, or mitigating any pest, or as a plant regulator, defoliant or desiccant. Examples include insecticides, rodenticides, fungicides, herbicides, algaecides, disinfectants, and sanitizers. This includes herbicide-fertilizer (“weed and feed”) mixtures.

    III. Structural IPM Guidelines

    Structural pests that commonly inhabit or invade school buildings include cockroaches, ants, rodents and stinging insects. Specific IPM monitoring and control products and techniques have been developed for each type of pest, and should be utilized. This information will be gathered and complied in the IPM manual utilizing the licensed professional IPM contractor under contract. However, the following strategies should be implemented to minimize structural pest problems in general.

    A. Classrooms and Offices (including classrooms, laboratories, libraries, administration offices, auditoriums, gymnasiums, hallways and stairways):

    1. Allow food and beverages in designed areas only.

    2. Clean dishes, coffee machines, microwaves and toaster ovens and utensils thoroughly on a regular basis.

    3. Store condiments and food (including craft supplies and pet food) in tightly sealed containers.

    4. Prohibit the extended storage of food in desks and lockers.

    5. Inspect plants and animals (example: science projects, house plants, food, and bedding) regularly for pest problems.

    6. Vacuum and remove trash on a daily basis.

    B. Food Preparation and Serving Areas (including cafeteria, kitchen, teacher’s lounges, home economics rooms, snack areas, vending machines, food storage areas and walk-in coolers)

    1. Store food, beverages and food wastes in tightly sealed, lidded containers.

    2. Remove food waste daily.

    3. Screen vents, windows and floor drains.

    4. Keep areas clean and dry by sweeping and mopping, quickly disposing of food waste, removing clutter and fixing leaky pipes and faucets.

    5. Clean grease traps regularly.

    6. Caulk cracks and crevices

    7. Clean behind and underneath appliances, coolers, vending machines and waste disposal units.

    C. Plumbing and Maintenance Areas (including bathrooms, sinks, utility rooms, locker rooms, dish rooms, laboratories, art studios, home economic rooms, pool areas, boiler rooms, mechanical rooms, mop rooms and pipe chases)

    1. Repair leaks and other plumbing problems immediately to eliminate water courses.

    2. Clean floor drains routinely.

    3. Clean mop buckets promptly, dry buckets and hang mops off of floor above drain.

    4. Seal pipe chases.

    5. Eliminate piles of clutter.

    6. Remove trash regularly.

    D. Waste Disposal and Recycling Areas (including garbage cans dumpsters, recycling bins and outdoor garbage storage areas)

    1. Secure dumpsters with heavy, tight-fitting lids.

    2. Clean the outsides of dumpsters regularly.

    3. Store food waste securely.

    4. Clean in, under and around recyclables frequently.

    5. Empty garbage cans regularly.

    IV. Pest Reporting

    All employees are responsible to report sightings of pest. This report will be given either verbally or in writing to the Facility Foreman in each building. This report will shall be sent to the Director of Facilities (IPM coordinator) for disposition. In the event that the IPM coordinator is unavailable, the licensed contractor shall be notified and a request for service be initiated. All sighting will be reported in writing to the Director of Facilities (IPM coordinator) and inserted into the IPM manual. Blank reporting forms will be kept in each buildings custodial office.

    V. Monitoring

    On a monthly basis, the Facility Foreman shall perform an inspection of pertinent areas of the individual schools. Problem areas will be noted on the inspection form and on a monthly basis this form will be forwarded to the Director of Facilities (IPM coordinator). This does not preclude immediate notification via electronic means. The report of problems shall be inserted into the IPM log in the Director of Facilities (IPM coordinator) office. On a monthly basis the licensed IPM contractor shall inspect and shall submit their inspection reports noting specific problems and any applications used. These forms shall be inserted into the master IPM log. These inspection form blanks shall be available in the custodial offices.

    VI. Evaluating whether to take pest control action

    Controls will be instituted only when a pest has exceeded designated injury levels, as determined through monitoring. Every effort should be made to modify the habitat to the point where it neither invites nor sustains injurious pest populations, thus minimizing the need for pest controls.

    VII. Choosing pest control methods

    A. Biological and physical controls will be evaluated prior to the use of chemical controls. Biological controls include the appropriate conservation of pests’ natural predators, parasites and diseases, and the judicious augmentation of these species via predator releases, applications of parasites, inspection and exclusion of human hosts and inoculations of diseases.

    Physical controls include:

    1. Desiccants

    2. Barriers (sticky, band, water)

    3. Traps (mechanical, glue board, sticky)

    4. Environmental manipulation (of temperature, humidity or light)

    5. Manual removal (nets, lice combs)

    B. Chemical controls may be used as a last resort, if biological and physical controls are not sufficient to manage the pest.

    Only chemical controls least-toxic to humans, non-target species and the environment will be acceptable.

    Organophosphate and carbamate pesticides (such as diazinon, chlorpyrifos, malathion, carbaryl, and propoxur) will not be employed for pest control.

    Least-toxic controls have been formulated for each type of structural pest, and continue to be developed and improved.

    Products used in the School District’s IPM program will be approved by the IPM coordinator and/or the licensed contractor hired to perform pest management services in the District.

    VIII. Program Implementation

    The IPM program is implemented by the Director of Facilities, utilizing maintenance and custodial personnel.

    Major tree work and landscape projects beyond the scope of District personnel’s capabilities are done through the services of professional contractors when needed.

    The District’s IPM program is being implemented to maintain control of all insects, pests and unwanted vegetation while utilizing natural and mechanical means as frequently as possible, and minimizing the use of chemicals. Our IPM program may include insect and rodent traps and filed monitoring of weeds, insects and disease in lawns, trees and other landscape plantings. By implementing this program, pesticide applications are only made when necessary. Applications of herbicides and other pesticides are most often done by spot treatment only to the plant or infested area.

    Proper and prudent application practices are a key ingredient of this program. In addition to proper pesticide application, it includes the seeding of lawns and fields with varieties of grasses that were developed for each area. The program also includes the use of lime and fertilization based on soil tests, soil aeration, top dressing, proper mowing height and irrigation when possible. The intent is to maintain healthy turf and ornamental plantings that will withstand the rigors of minor pest infestations, changing climatic conditions and requiring limited use of pesticides and other district resources.

    IX. Pest Management Plan Goals

    The District shall manage pests to:

    1. Reduce any potential human health hazard or threat to public safety.

    2. Prevent loss or damage to school structures or property.

    3. Prevent pests from spreading into the community or off District property.

    4. Enhance the quality of life for students, staff and other occupants.

    X. Integrated Pest Management Coordinator

    The District IPM Coordinator is the Director of Facilities. His/her responsibilities include the following:

    1. Recording all pest sightings by school staff and students.

    2. Recording all pesticide use.

    3. Coordinating with contractors and building staff on the use of pesticides and the intention of the District’s IPM policy/plan.

    4. Keeping current with maintenance and custodial staff on pest problems in the buildings.

    5. Assuring that all recommendations on maintenance and sanitation are carried out where feasible.

    6. Assuring that any pesticide is applied when students are not in buildings or students and staff are not in areas where pesticides are being applied.

    7. Evaluating the school’s progress in the IPM plan.

    8. Assuring that the district is in compliance with all state and federal laws regarding pest management.

    XI. Pesticide Applicators

    When pesticide use is necessary, the District shall will ensure that the persons applying pesticides are trained and knowledgeable in pest control and pesticide use. Any use of pesticides must be approved by the District IPM Coordinator. Applicators must comply with all state regulations and follow label directions. Applicators must comply with the District’s IPM policy/pesticides use management plan. The

    State of Wisconsin’s School Pesticide Law requires:

    1. Anyone applying pesticides on school grounds in the district must be certified in the appropriate pesticide use category.

    2. Each pesticide application in a school or on school grounds must be posted with a notice at the time of the application and for at least 72 hours following the application.

    XII Selection of Pesticides

    Pesticides will be applied using the least toxic chemicals and the least toxic methods of application. Only pesticides approved by the IPM Coordinator will be used. The District’s preferred pesticides are baits as opposed to sprays, and synthetic pyrethroids (such as cypermethrin and esfenvalerate) instead of organophosphates (such as diazinon, chlorpyrifos, and malathion) and carbamates (such as carbaryl and propoxur). The District’s preferred signal word on pesticide labels is CAUTION, rather than WARNING, DANGER, or DANGER-POISON. CAUTION indicates a product is low in toxicity, as opposed to medium (WARNING) or high (DANGER and DANGER-POISON). Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) and product labels will be kept on file for all pesticides used in the District’s IPM program.

    XIII. Notification

    A notice will be provided to school staff, students and parents on an annual basis briefly explaining the District’s pesticide use program. It will indicate that pesticides may be used indoors and outdoors, as needed. [Emphasize their roles in keeping the grounds clean and reporting pest problems.]

    XIV. Record Keeping

    Records of pesticide use will be kept on site for two years in the Director of Facilities Office and in the individual building’s custodial office. Records will show the date of application, time of day, area treated and pesticide used. Recordkeeping also includes reports of pest sightings/complaints, and results of pest monitoring.

    Approved: January 26, 1999

    Updated: January 26, 2009

    Revised: January 3, 2017

    Material Resource Management

    740 Material Resource Management

    MATERIAL RESOURCE MANAGEMENT

    The Director of Business Services shall establish such management procedures to assure the orderly procurement, storage, distribution and maintenance of supplies. A system of supplies record keeping and fixed asset accounting shall also be developed to meet District and State reporting requirements.

    Approved: March 8, 1993

    741 Maintenance and Control of Instructional Materials

    MAINTENANCE AND CONTROL OF INSTRUCTIONAL MATERIALS

    Instructional materials and equipment of the District shall be classified and catalogued according to an acceptable system. Textbooks shall be made available to all children in sufficient quantity and at appropriate levels so that they are optimally useful to each child, and so that every teacher can meet the planned curriculum sequence of the District and the special instructional needs of the children.

    All books, courses of study, materials and equipment issued to teachers remain the property of the District. Principals shall be responsible for textbooks, equipment and materials assigned to teachers and for an inventory of all such materials at the end of the school year. Each teacher shall be responsible for keeping an accurate record of books issued to students.

    Wis. Stats. 120.10(15)

    Approved: March 8, 1993

    Transportation Services Management

    751.1 School Bus Safety Program

    SCHOOL BUS SAFETY PROGRAM

    The safety and welfare of student riders shall be the first consideration in all matters pertaining to transportation. Student riders shall be made aware of procedures to follow in emergency situations.

    All vehicles used to transport children shall be maintained in such condition so as to provide safe and efficient transportation service with a minimum of delays and disruptions of such service due to mechanical or equipment failure. School buses should be inspected regularly in accordance with state and federal law.

    Wis. Stats. 121.51(1), 121.54(9)

    Cross Ref. Procedure 751.1

    Approved: March 8, 1993

    Procedure

    SCHOOL BUS SAFETY PROGRAM

    Role of the Bus Operator

    1. Preventive maintenance (to reduce risk potential) - the operator at all times should "drive defensively". He/she needs to know the vehicle perfectly; to carefully assess the conditions under which he/she is driving; and to be conscious of all factors around him/her -- including the traffic on the road. He/she should always insist on discipline and good order on the part of the passengers. Rules governing student conduct on the bus shall be part of Board policy and shall be communicated to the riders. The operator must enforce these rules. If he/she needs assistance in this effort, he/she may involve the school principal.

    2. General preparedness (to reduce risk potential) - each operator needs to see that the vehicle is equipped with functional safety equipment. Additionally, he/she should see to it that his/her emergency supplies (including first aid kits, flares, fuses or reflectors) are in ample stock. He/she should explain to the riders, at least or twice annually, what the general procedures will be in the event of an accident.

    a. Actual evacuation drills will be conducted, for ALL students at each elementary school in the District each fall. Also included will be ALL students in grades 7, 8, and 10.

    b. At the beginning of each school year each operator will brief his/her riders as to operation of the safety equipment aboard the bus, including the two-way radio system for use in an emergency.

    c. Students will be shown the location and the use of the Bus Accident Emergency Instruction Card in the event the two-way radio system should be inoperable in an accident.

    3. In the event of an accident, the driver is expected to stay with the bus. If the two-way radio system is inoperable, a capable passenger should be dispatched to the nearest telephone with a Bus Accident

    Emergency Instruction Card to call for help. (If this is impractical, the first motorist should be hailed and asked to process the instructions on the card). The operator should apply limited first aid to injured parties.

    The injured should be kept comfortable until competent medical assistance can be provided.

    4. Students should be kept in the bus until help arrives, unless it is deemed wiser to evacuate the bus. If evacuation is conducted, it should be done by the pre-arranged plan under supervision. Riders should be evacuated to a safe place away from the road to the nearest logical shelter. Students should not cross roads to an evacuation point if it can be avoided. If it must be done, the road should be crossed as a single group.

    All riders must be accounted for.

    5. Flags, flares, fuses or reflectors should be appropriately spaced adjacent to the scene of the accident to warn oncoming traffic.

    6. Instruct relief bus to take all non-injured riders to the nearest school. Inform the principal to hold these students until clearance is given by a school official. The relief operator should assist the school principal in the holding action.

    7. After help arrives and everything is back to normal, the operator shall be expected to assist in filing all necessary accident and insurance reports and give a complete account of the accident to the Director of Business Services. Any publicity release or statement to the media shall be made by the Superintendent or his designee.

    Approved: March 8, 1993

    751.1 Carriers

    CARRIERS

    All pupils transported to and from school shall be transported in bonded carriers and the Superintendent of Schools or his designee shall ascertain that all such transportation complies with Wisconsin Laws.

    All pupils transported for participation in an interscholastic event, an approved field trip for instructional purposes, or as a spectator group, shall be transported by bonded carrier, unless otherwise approved by the Superintendent of Schools. In all cases, a faculty member or an adult approved by the principal shall accompany the group.

    Approved: March 8, 1993

    751.4 Special Use of School Buses

    SPECIAL USE OF SCHOOL BUSES

    The District shall permit school-affiliated organizations to charter buses for school-related activities in accordance with the approved procedures.

    Organizations or groups within the District may be permitted to charter buses for the purpose of transporting students residing within the district provided they meet the approved procedures.

    Wis. Stats. 120.13(27)

    Cross Ref Procedure 751.4

    Approved: March 8, 1993

    752 Use of Private Vehicles to Transport Students

    USE OF PRIVATE VEHICLES TO TRANSPORT STUDENTS

    District employees or other persons operating in an official capacity shall not transport any student to or from, any activity or business of the District in a private vehicle unless the person providing transportation has satisfactorily met all state law requirements.

    Wis. Stats. 121.55

    Cross Ref. Procedure 752s

    Approved: March 8, 1993

    Procedure

    USE OF PRIVATE VEHICLES TO TRANSPORT STUDENTS

    Private vehicles may be used to transport students to or from any activity or business of the District under the following conditions: (These guidelines apply when transporting nine or fewer passengers in addition to the driver.)

    1. Insurance Coverage: The vehicle operator must show proof of the following minimum insurance coverages before the vehicle's use is authorized:

    a. Property damage coverage - $100,000

    b. Bodily injury liability coverage - $100,000 per person

    c. Subject to the limit for each person; total bodily injury liability limits of not less than $300,000 per each accident.

    2. Operator Requirements: The operator must:

    a. Possess a valid Wisconsin's operator's license or a valid operator's license issued by another jurisdiction.

    b. Be at least 18 years of age.

    c. Have sufficient use of both hands and the foot normally employed to operate the foot brake and foot accelerator.

    d. Submit, at least every two years, a medical examination form indicating that he/she is not afflicted or suffering from any medical or physical disabilities or disease which could prevent the operator from exercising reasonable control of the vehicle. The form to be used is available from the District's Transportation Supervisor. Payment for said physical examination by vehicle operator.

    e. The vehicle operator shall supply the District with a copy of his/her driving abstract at the operator's expense. Abstracts shall be placed on file with the Transportation Supervisor. Updated abstracts may be required from time to time at the District's discretion.

    3. Seating Arrangements: A vehicle may not be used to transport more persons than can be seated on the permanently mounted seats without interfering with the operator.

    4. Supervision: If the vehicle is to be used for the transportation of passengers to co-curricular activities for any school-related activities, it shall be under the immediate supervision of a competent adult. Said standards of "competence" shall be at the sole discretion of the Superintendent or his/her designee.

    Wis. Stats. 121.5(7), 121.555

    Approved: March 8, 1993

    School Nutrition Management

    761 School Nutrition Department

    SCHOOL NUTRITION DEPARTMENT

    Students in the District shall have an opportunity to participate in the federally subsidized National School Breakfast Program (NSBP) and the National School Lunch Program (NSLP). Both programs allow students who qualify to receive a free or reduced breakfast and lunch. The School Nutrition Director shall manage the programs in accordance with established guidelines.

    District meal and milk prices shall be reviewed and established annually. In addition to the NSLP, and NSBP, the School Nutrition Department may offer ala carte food sales or special catering events to students and staff within the district and may contract with other local schools/programs to provide nutrition programs so long as any contracted services are not subsidized by the general fund.

    The District shall use a debit computerized system to record meal/food purchases and payments. Parent(s) and/or legal guardian(s), students and staff must pre-pay and maintain sufficient funds in their meal account to cover the cost of meal/food purchases.

    In accordance with Federal civil rights law and U.S. Department of Agriculture (USDA) civil rights regulations and policies, the USDA, its Agencies, offices, and employees, and institutions participating in or administering USDA programs are prohibited from discriminating based on race, color, national origin, sex, disability, age, or reprisal or retaliation for prior civil rights activity in any program or activity conducted or funded by USDA.

    Persons with disabilities who require alternative means of communication for program information (e.g. Braille, large print, audiotape, American Sign Language, etc.), should contact the Agency (State or local) where they applied for benefits. Individuals who are deaf, hard of hearing or have speech disabilities may contact USDA through the Federal Relay Service at (800) 877-8339. Additionally, program information may be made available in languages other than English.

    To file a program complaint of discrimination, complete the USDA Program Discrimination Complaint Form, (AD-3027) found online at: http://www.ascr.usda.gov/complaint_filing_cust.html, and at any USDA office, or write a letter addressed to USDA and provide in the letter all of the information requested in the form. To request a copy of the complaint form, call (866) 632-9992. Submit your completed form or letter to USDA by:

    (1) Mail: U.S. Department of Agriculture

    Office of the Assistant Secretary for Civil Rights

    1400 Independence Avenue, SW

    Washington, D.C. 20250-9410;

    (2) Fax: (202) 690-7442; or

    (3) Email: program.intake@usda.gov.

    This institution is an equal opportunity provider.

    Wis. Stats. 115.34, 118.13, 120.10(16), 120.13(6)(10)

    PI 9.03(1) Wisconsin Administrative Code

    Cross Ref. / Policy and Procedure 411

    Approved: March 8, 1993

    Revised: May 21, 2007

    Revised: September 28, 2015

    Revised: June 12, 2017

    Procedure

    FAMILY MEAL ACCOUNT PAYMENTS STATEMENT AND OVERDRAFT NOTIFICATION

    A. Family meal account payments, statements and overdraft notifications shall be done according to the procedures listed below:

    1. Payments may be made at a child’s school, mailed or dropped off at the School Nutrition Office (located near the High School kitchen), given to any School Nutrition cashier, or paid online.

    2. Payments sent to the school should be in an envelope which is labeled with the student’s name and noting it is a lunch payment. The family ID number should be placed on the check.

    3. All payments will be entered into the family lunch account as soon as possible, but payments may take two (2) business days to reach the High School Nutrition Office where the money is entered into the lunch account.

    4. Families and staff must prepay and have sufficient funds in their account to cover the cost of a meal or additional food purchases.

    5. Cash payments made in line will only be accepted at the High School. Ala-carte purchases will not be permitted if there are not sufficient funds in an account or if an account has a negative balance.

    6. There will be a $30.00 fee for each check returned to the district for non-sufficient funds.

    B. It is the responsibility of the family to keep their lunch account up-to-date. To help with this, the School Nutrition Department will notify families according to the procedures listed below:

    1. A family can go online to access their family lunch account. The family key will be required to access this system.

    2. An automated phone call will go home to families on a regular basis. There are two separate messages. The first call will inform the family that they have a balance of $10.00 per family, and the second will inform a family that their account has fallen into the negative.

    3. Families with an e-mail address in the lunch account will be notified by email when the family account falls below $10.00, per default, or as adjusted by the family. Families with no email can contact the School Nutrition Office and alternate arrangements can be made.

    4. Families with a cell phone number in the lunch account will be notified by text when the family account falls below $10.00, per default.

    5. The District will continue to provide a meal to all students regardless of the student’s account balance. The parents or guardians of the student are responsible for maintaining a positive account balance and for paying off any negative balances in a timely manner.

    6. The School Nutrition Coordinator shall review all outstanding obligations and approve for resolution of any debt, which in his/her judgment remains uncollectible. The General Fund will cover all negative balances at the end of each fiscal year. The District may utilize the services of a collection agency, credit bureau and/or legal counsel to secure collection on unpaid debts not paid within 30 days of notification, unless an alternative payment plan has been reached. Any costs incurred by the District, in collecting negative balances, may be added to the unpaid debt due to the District.

    C. Student Meal Donation Fund Procedure

    1. The Student Meal Donation Fund was created to assist families in paying outstanding meal bills and to insure that all students have meals available to them regardless of their financial situation.

    2. Funds shall be voluntarily obtained from customers, Community Service Clubs, and other interested donors

    3. The School Nutrition Coordinator shall post funds received to an account created for this purpose.

    4. The funds shall be distributed on an as-needed basis in order, to Free, Reduced and Paid families or determined by the School Nutrition Coordinator, in consultation with the School Nutrition Director.

    5. The School Nutrition Coordinator shall provide a report of funds distributed to the Director of Finance and Operations on an annual basis.

    6. To qualify for assistance from this fund, families must meet the following guidelines:

    i. The family has expressed financial need through application for free and reduced meal benefits and discussions with School Nutrition staff or District Student Services staff.

    ii. The family is directly referred to the Donation Fund by the District Student Services Staff.

    7. Funds may be distributed to resolve existing negative balances that meet the assistance guidelines.

    D. Students who are eligible for free meals must be allowed to receive one free lunch and breakfast daily. These students must have a complete lunch or breakfast to receive it free. A student cannot bring a cold lunch and receive the milk free. These students can purchase additional meals or food items only if they have money in their family account.

    E. When a student withdraws or graduates, negative balances must be paid by the final day of the student’s attendance. Non-payment will be referred to the Business Office. The District may utilize the services of a collection agency, credit bureau and/or legal counsel to secure collection on unpaid debts not paid within 30 days of notification, unless an alternative payment plan has been reached. The charges for securing the services of a collection agency shall be added to the unpaid debt due the District.

    F. The balance of a family meal account shall be carried over at the end of the current school year to the following school year. A negative balance will also be carried over to the next school year. The District may utilize the services of a collection agency, credit bureau and/or legal counsel to secure collection on unpaid debts not paid within 30 days of notification, unless an alternative payment plan has been reached. The charges for securing the services of a collection agency shall be added to the unpaid debt due the District.

    G. Upon request of a family or district staff member who leaves the school district during or at the end of a school year, the School Nutrition Department shall refund account balances. If the balance is below $10.00, a check will not be made out. The family will have to come to the Nutrition Office to pick up the refund.

    Approve: May 21, 2007

    Revised: August 24, 2015

    Revised: July 6, 2017


    Office Services Management

    771 Copyrighted Materials

    COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS

    The District is committed to achieving compliance with respect to the federal and State laws governing copyrighted materials, including copyright guidance in Title 17 of the United States Code.

    Materials shall not be duplicated by employees or students on District equipment that is in violation of the exclusive rights of the holder of the copyright on such materials. Materials may be duplicated only with the prior written permission of the copyright holder, or when the duplication constitutes a “fair use” of the materials, as defined by law. The District shall assume no liability for infringement of copyright by individuals.

    United States Code, Title 17

    Wisconsin Statutes: 943.70

    Cross Ref. Procedure 771 Copyrighted Materials General Requirements

    Approved: March 8, 1993

    Revised: October 25, 2004

    Revised: January 9, 2017

    Procedure

    COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

    1. Copyright Notices and Warnings. Appropriate copyright notices and warnings shall be placed on all copying equipment.

    2. No Substitution for Purchase. Except as otherwise expressly permitted under Policy 771, Copyrighted Materials, copying copyrighted material to substitute for the purchase of such material will be prohibited.

    3. Unauthorized Duplication. Duplicating copyrighted materials without permission from the copyright holder is strictly prohibited, except under the provisions of “fair use.”

    4. Readings and Performances. Distributing, transmitting or undertaking a reading or performance of a copyrighted work without the copyright holder’s permission shall be prohibited, except under the provisions of “fair use”.

    5. Compliance with Federal Copyright Law. These general requirements of the Federal Copyright law are not comprehensive, and a staff member’s familiarity with them does not absolve the staff member from complying with all aspects of Federal Copyright Law.

    Employees and students may consult with the Library Media Specialist for guidance on “Fair Use” and other copyright issues.

    What Is Fair Use?

    In its most general sense, a fair use is any copying of copyrighted material done for a limited and “transformative” purpose, such as to comment upon, criticize, or parody a copyrighted work.

    Such uses can be done without permission from the copyright owner. In other words, fair use is a defense against a claim of copyright infringement. If your use qualifies as a fair use, then it would not be considered an illegal infringement.

    So what is a “transformative” use? If this definition seems ambiguous or vague, be aware that millions of dollars in legal fees have been spent attempting to define what qualifies as a fair use.

    There are no hard-and-fast rules, only general rules and varied court decisions, because the judges and lawmakers who created the fair use exception did not want to limit its definition. Like free speech, they wanted it to have an expansive meaning that could be open to interpretation.

    Most fair use analysis falls into two categories: (1) commentary and criticism, or (2) parody.

    Commentary and Criticism

    If you are commenting upon or critiquing a copyrighted work — for instance, writing a book review — fair use principles allow you to reproduce some of the work to achieve your purposes.

    Some examples of commentary and criticism include:

    • quoting a few lines from a Bob Dylan song in a music review
    • summarizing and quoting from a medical article on prostate cancer in a news report
    • copying a few paragraphs from a news article for use by a teacher or student in a lesson, or copying a portion of a Sports Illustrated magazine article for use in a related court case.

    The underlying rationale of this rule is that the public reaps benefits from your review, which is enhanced by including some of the copyrighted material. Additional examples of commentary or criticism are provided in the examples of fair use cases.

    Parody

    A parody is a work that ridicules another, usually well-known work, by imitating it in a comic way. Judges understand that, by its nature, parody demands some taking from the original work being parodied. Unlike other forms of fair use, a fairly extensive use of the original work is permitted in a parody in order to “conjure up” the original.

    (The content for the Copyright and Fair Use Overview section is from the book Getting Permission (October 2010) by Richard Stim.)

    Cross-ref: Policy 771 Copyrighted Materials

    Revised: October 25, 2004

    Revised: January 9, 2017

    Insurance Management

    780 Risk Management

    RISK MANAGEMENT

    The District shall provide a comprehensive insurance program at the most economical costs.

    The Board has the responsibility to maintain an insurance program to protect the property of the District against fire, vandalism, and theft; to protect the Board members and employees against general liability resulting from the discharge of their duties; to protect the District against transportation liability; and to offer protection against injury for all employees while acting on behalf of the District. The Board shall participate in a program of hospitalization and medical insurance for employees and accident insurance for students.

    The responsibility of administering the total insurance program for the District shall be delegated to the Director of Business Services.

    Wis. Stats. 66.18, 118.10, 120.12(6), 120.13(2), 121.53(1)

    Approved: March 8, 1993

    800: School/Community Relations

    School/Community Relations Goals

    810 School/Community Relations Goals

    SCHOOL/COMMUNITY RELATIONS GOALS

    The Board of Education, in representing the people of the District in providing the best educational opportunities for students, welcomes and encourages the active participation of citizens in planning for the highest excellence of their public schools. The Board supports the following school - community relations program goals:

    1. Organize citizen advisory committees as needed to ascertain public attitudes about District goals, educational programs and policies.

    2. Maintain a planned systematic two-way program of communications between the District and community.

    3. Solicit feedback from students and parents once each year through a survey.

    4. Encourage and develop school/business partnerships.

    5. Encourage the use of community resources and citizens to enrich the curriculum. *

    6. Develop and produce District publications, websites, and populate District social media accounts with current and pertinent information.

    7. Utilize the media available to the District including radio, television, newspaper, telephone, face-to-face communications, and publications, and social media.

    8. Encourage individual school staff to maintain on-going communication with families using the most applicable and appropriate medium of communication including personal meetings, phone calls, email, Powerschool, and Schoology.

    *Use of community resources in the schools shall be under the direction of the principal.

    Cross Reference: Policies 820 Public Information Program, 821 News Media Relations, 822 Newsletters, 823 Use

    of Students in Public Information Program

    Approved: April 26, 1993

    Revised: March 27, 2017

    Public Information Program

    820 Public Information Program

    PUBLIC INFORMATION PROGRAM

    The District shall have a public information program. Public and school media shall be used to provide information about the District and school activities to all citizens of the District.

    Cross Reference: Procedure 820, Policies 821, 822, 823

    Approved: April 26, 1993

    Procedure

    PUBLIC INFORMATION PROGRAM

    The public information program of the District shall ensure two-way communication between the District and citizens and homes throughout the District. Specifically the program shall:

    1. make notices, agendas and minutes of Board and District meetings, available to the newspapers and radio stations commonly patronized by residents of the District;

    2. make information concerning the educational activities, students and personnel of the District available to newspapers and radio stations commonly patronized by residents of the District;

    3. encourage all personnel to make themselves available for groups or individual conferences so that the instructional program may be more adequately understood by all interested people in the District;

    4. solicit the advice and counsel of citizens in planning and operating the schools;

    5. encourage the use of community resources in order that each learning experience may be more realistic to each child.

    Approved: April 26, 1993

    821 News Media Relations

    NEWS MEDIA RELATIONS

    The Board supports participation of newspapers, radio, television, and other mass media in providing information about the District. The administration shall maintain procedures which insure the systematic and orderly dissemination of information to the media.

    Wis. Stats. 19.81, 19.90

    Cross Reference: Procedure 821

    Approved: April 26, 1993

    Procedure

    NEWS MEDIA RELATIONS

    The following procedures shall be followed in making contact with the media.

    1. The Superintendent shall serve as the media contact person for information concerning issues that are District-wide and/or of a controversial nature.

    2. All news releases pertaining to particular grade levels or programs shall be cleared through the building principal. News releases pertaining to the District as a whole shall be cleared through the Superintendent.

    3. Teachers and other employees are to work through the building principal or administrative designee on items relating to the media. Teachers or other employees should not contact the media directly.

    4. When a media representative contacts a building principal or director regarding an issue, the response is to be prompt. In all controversial or sensitive areas refer to guideline number one.

    5. If there is an activity, event, or program for which media coverage is desired, one of three steps is to be taken.

    a. Contact the Coordinator of Public Relations who will follow-up on the story and contact the media, or

    b. Contact the media person directly and ask him/her to cover your activity. Inform the Coordinator of Public Relations office when this occurs, or

    c. Write an information release on the activity and send it to the office of the Coordinator of Public Relations, for distribution to the media by that office.

    Approved: April 26, 1993

    822 Newsletters

    NEWSLETTERS

    Each school may publish a newsletter for students and parents prepared under the direction of the building principal. A District-wide newsletter shall be prepared by the Coordinator of Public Relations to inform the general public of the curriculum program additions or changes, describe facility changes, highlight staff and student achievement, and communicate other information.

    All school-sponsored publications shall be objective, ethical, and factual and shall not include material of a partisan, political or religious nature.

    Cross Reference: Procedure 822

    Approved: April 26, 1993

    823 Use of Students in Public Information Program

    USE OF STUDENTS IN PUBLIC INFORMATION PROGRAM

    Students may be used to disseminate information regarding school activities and programs to his/her parents or guardians.

    Students shall not be used to communicate political and/or controversial materials to the community.

    Cross Reference: Policy 347

    Approved: April 26, 1993

    824 Access to Public Records

    ACCESS TO PUBLIC RECORDS

    The Superintendent or a designee is the legal custodian of records.

    The legal custodian is vested by the District with full legal power to render decisions and to carry out duties of the District under the public records and property law. Requests for access to records shall be referred to the legal custodian. The legal custodian will determine whether a record of the District must be made available for inspection and/or copying by the requestor, or whether the request may be denied.

    Approved: April 26, 1993

    Procedure

    ACCESS TO PUBLIC RECORDS

    1. Definitions

    a. "Authority" means any formally constituted unit or subunit of the Board, e.g., Board, Boardappointed committees, officers of the Board.

    b. "Legal Custodian" means any person or position designated under (3) or otherwise designated by law to carry out responsibilities under the District's policy and the public records law.

    c. "Record" means any material on which written, drawn, printed, spoken, visual or electromagnetic information or characteristics, which have been created or is being kept by an authority. "Record" includes, but is not limited to handwritten or printed pages, maps, charts, photographs, films, recordings, tapes and computer or fax printouts. "Record" does not include drafts, notes, preliminary computations and like materials prepared for the originator in the name of a person for whom the originator is working, materials which are purely the property of the custodian and have no relation to his/her office/ materials to which access is limited by copyright, patent or bequest; and published materials in the possession of an authority other than a public library which are available for sale or which are available for inspection at a public library.

    2. Custody and Delivery of Official Property

    a. Except as provided under (8), each officer and employee of the district shall safely keep and preserve all records received from his/her predecessor or other persons as required by law to be filed, deposited or kept in his/her office or which are in lawful possession or control of which he/she or they may be lawfully entitled as such officers or employees.

    b. Upon the expiration of any officer's term of office or an employee's term of employment, or whenever the office or position of employment becomes vacant, each such officer or employee shall deliver to his/her successor all records then in his/her custody and the successor shall receipt therefore to the officer or employee, who shall file said receipt with the District clerk. If a vacancy occurs before a successor is selected or qualified, such records shall be delivered to and receipted for by the clerk, on behalf of the successor, to be delivered to the successor upon the latter's receipt.

    3. Legal Custodian

    a. The Superintendent or designee shall be the legal custodian of District records.

    b. The legal custodian of records maintained in a publicly owned or leased building shall designate one or more deputies to act as legal custodian of such records in his/her absence or as otherwise required to respond to requests for records.

    c. The legal custodians have full legal power to render decisions and to carry out duties.

    4. Public Records Notices

    a. The Superintendent and Director of Business Services shall inform any authority identified in (1) (a) about the notice requirements of sections 19.33(4) and 19.34(1) and (2) of the statutes and shall assist any authority in meeting the authority's obligations under those statutes.

    5. Public Access to Records: Fees

    a. Except as provided in (7), any person has a right to inspect a record and to make or receive a copy of any record as provided in section 19.35(1) of the statutes.

    b. Records will be available for inspection and copying during all regular office hours from 8:00 a.m. to 4:00 p.m., Monday through Friday (except holidays).

    c. A requestor shall be permitted to use facilities comparable to those available to District employees to inspect, copy or abstract a record.

    d. The legal custodian may require supervision of the requestor during inspection or may impose other reasonable restrictions on the manner of access to an original record if the record is irreplaceable or easily damaged.

    e. A requestor shall be charged a fee for the cost of copying and locating records as follows:

    (1) The fee for photocopying shall be 20 cents per page.

    (2) If the form of a written record does not permit copying, the actual and necessary cost of photographing and photographic processing shall be charged.

    (3) The actual full cost of providing a copy of other records not in printed form on paper, such as films, computer or fax printouts and audio or video tapes shall be charged.

    (4) If mailing or shipping is necessary, the actual cost thereof shall also be charged.

    (5) There is no charge for locating a record unless the actual cost exceeds $5.00 in which case, the actual cost shall be determined by the legal custodian and billed to the requestor.

    (6) The legal custodian shall estimate the cost of all applicable fees and may require a cash deposit adequate to assure payment, if such estimate exceeds $5.00.

    (7) Elected officials and employees of the District shall not be required to pay for public records they may reasonably require for the proper performance of their official duties.

    (8) The legal custodian may provide copies of a record without charge, or at a reduced charge, where he/she determines that the waiver or reduction is in the public interest.

    6. Access Procedures

    a. A request to inspect or copy a record shall be made to the legal custodian or deputy. The request shall be deemed sufficient if it reasonably describes the requested record or the information requested. However, a request for a record without a reasonable limitation as to subject matter or length of time represented by the record does not constitute a sufficient request. No request may be refused because the person making the request is unwilling to be identified or to state the purpose of the request. However, if the record is kept at a private residence or if security reasons or federal law so dictates, identification may be required. Mail requests may not be denied unless a fee prepayment is required under (5) (e) 6.

    b. Each legal custodian, upon request for a record, shall as soon as practicable and without delay either fill the request or notify the requestor of the authority's denial.

    c. A request for a record may be denied as provided in (7). Oral requests may be denied orally unless a demand for a written statement of the reasons denying the request is made by the requestor within five business days of the oral denial. If a written request is denied in whole or in part, the requester shall receive a written statement of the reasons for the denial. Written denials must include a statement informing the requestor that the denial may be reviewed by a court of mandamus under section 19.37 (1), or upon application to the Attorney General or a District Attorney.

    7. Limitations on Right to Access

    a. As provided by section 19.36 of the statutes, certain records are exempt from disclosure including, but not limited to:

    (1) Records specifically exempted from disclosure by state or federal law or authorized to be exempted from disclosure by state law. Student records are exempted as provided by section 118.125 of the statutes;

    (2) Any record relating to investigative information obtained for law enforcement purposes if federal law or regulations require exemption from disclosure, or if exemption from disclosure is a condition of receipt of aids by the state;

    (3) Computer programs, although the materials used as input for a computer program or the material produced as a product of the computer program is subject to inspection; and

    (4) A record or any portion of a record containing information qualifying as a common law trade secret.

    b. If a record contains information that may be made public and information that may not be made public, the authority having custody of the record shall provide the information that may be made public and delete the information that may not be made public from the record before release.

    c. A legal custodian may deny access to a record, in whole or part, only if he/she determines that the harm to the public through disclosure of the record outweighs the public benefit of access to the record. The legal custodian is authorized and encouraged to consult with the District's legal counsel in making such determinations. The legal custodian shall follow the procedures in (6)(c) above and section 19.35(4) of the statutes when the access to a record in whole or part, is denied.

    8. Destruction of Records

    a. All District records shall be kept for the period of time specified by the State Public Records and Forms Board.

    b. Any taped recording of a meeting of a governmental body, in section 19.82(1) and (2) of the statutes may be destroyed no sooner than 90 days after the minutes have been approved and published if the purpose of the recording was to make minutes of the meeting.

    c. Prior to destruction of any records, the historical society shall be notified at least 60 days in advance to determine if historical interest justifies preservation of such records. The historical society may, upon application, waive this notice.

    9. Preservation of Records by Microfilm

    The legal custodian may, subject to Board resolution, keep and preserve public records in his/her possession by means of microfilm or other photographic reproduction methods. Such records shall meet the standards for photographic reproduction in section 16.61(7) of the statutes, and shall be considered original records for all purposes. Such records shall be preserved along with other files of the District and shall be open to public inspection and copying according to the provisions of state law and these procedures.

    10. Additional Information

    This Official Public Records Notice/Procedure is intended to provide all necessary information which might be required by a member of the public in order to obtain access to the records and property of the District. Any questions in regard to this Public Records Notice/Procedure shall be directed to the official legal custodian of the records of the District.

    Approved: April 26, 1993

    825 Email Archiving & Retention

    E-MAIL ARCHIVING AND RETENTION

    Inasmuch as Electronic Data such as E-mails fall within the Public Records Law definition of “record,” Wis. Stats. § 19.32 (2), any E-mails which may fall within the purview of that Statute will be archived and saved for a period not less than seven (7) years.

    The decision as to whether an E-mail is a public record is that of the records custodian and any close question should be decided in favor of public record status, and thus should be archived and saved for not less than seven (7) years.

    Behavioral records, as defined by Wis. Stats. 118.125(1)(a), will be archived and saved pursuant to Wis. Stats. 118.125(3).

    Legal References:

    Wis. Stats. Sec. 19.21(6)

    Wis. Stats. Sec. 19.32(2)

    Wis. Stats. 118.125(1)(a)

    Wis. Stats. 118.125(3)

    Cross Ref: Access to Public Records 824

    Approved: January 24, 2005

    Revised: April 8, 2013

    Use of School Facilities & Grounds

    830 Use of School Facilities

    USE OF SCHOOL FACILITIES

    The Board recognizes the investment the residents of the district have made in facilities and other properties and encourages their use by district residents. The Board of Education supports a comprehensive community education program that connects and coordinates the resources of organizations, agencies and groups in the larger community and promotes efficient use of school facility and community resources.

    It is the intent of the Board of Education to cooperate with all local, non-profit and charitable agencies and organizations to the fullest extent in making school facilities available to serve the community needs provided that such usage does not interfere with the regular academic pursuits, extra-curricular activities, or maintenance functions of the schools. Use of school district facilities will be in accordance with Procedure 830.

    Wis. Stats. 120.13(17)

    Approved: March 14, 1994

    Updated: May 8, 2006

    Procedure

    USE OF SCHOOL FACILITIES

    School facilities are available, on a rental or non-rental basis. Rental fees are to be reasonable. The intent of such user charges is to recover for the School District the costs of use.

    I. Use of Facilities

    The following will receive precedence in the order indicated below:

    A. School sponsored activities: curricular, co-curricular, extra-curricular, approved by superintendent and/or building principal

    B. Community Education and Recreation Programs

    C. Community Education and Recreation Affiliates

    D. Non-profit organizations/business partners

    E. Public and private post-secondary institutions

    F. Commercial, for profit, and private use

    II. Use of Equipment and Technology

    A. Groups desiring to use school district equipment on-site must complete a request form and provide a deposit for such use. The deposit will be returned if the equipment is left in the same condition as when provided for the group.

    B. Groups desiring the use of any technology, including requesting login capabilities, will have the additional cost of a district technician or trained staff member to be on site or available during the group’s presence. The district will not give unauthorized use of logins, passwords, or other information that could compromise our security systems.

    C. Groups will be assessed additional fees for personnel and for equipment/supplies. This fee will be determined annually by the Superintendent or designee.

    D. The district will not provide access to copy machines for any group or allow for multicopying from computers.

    III. School Sponsored Activities

    A. School sponsored activities may use the District facilities at no cost when a custodian is on regularly scheduled work hours. Additional custodian time may be charged at a rate that will cover expenses as determined by the Director of Business Services.

    B. A District employee or designee authorized by the building principal must be present at all such events.

    C. Any use of equipment, computers, TV monitors, etc. must be approved as per Section II.

    D. The building principal or designee shall keep a calendar of all scheduled school activities and shall coordinate use of the building with other approved users as notified by the

    District office.

    IV. Community Education and Recreation Department and Affiliates

    A. Community Education and Recreation Department activities may use the School District facilities at no cost when a custodian is on regularly scheduled work hours. Additional custodian time may be charged at a rate that will cover expenses as determined by the Community Education and Recreation Commission with the Director of Business Services.

    B. Any use of equipment, computers, TV monitors, etc. must be approved as per Section II.

    C. The Director or designee shall keep a calendar of all Community Education and Recreation Department and affiliate activities and shall coordinate use of the building with other approved users as notified by the District office.

    V. Nonprofit Organizations and School District Partners

    A. The use of District facilities by specified nonprofit groups and School District partners may be made available at no cost when a custodian is on regularly scheduled work hours. Additional custodian time may be charged at a rate that will cover expenses as determined by the Director of Business Services.

    B. When an activity is a profit-making venture, or an admission charge is made, any exemption from rental fee does not apply.

    C. Any use of equipment, computers, TV monitors, etc must be approved as per Section II.

    VI. Public and Private Post-Secondary Institutions

    A. Public and private post secondary institutions may rent classrooms or other school facilities at a rate determined annually by the Board of Education.

    B. Instructors and/or those facilitating instruction must adhere to the rules of building-use and all District policies.

    C. Any use of equipment – computers, TV monitors, etc must be approved as per Section II.

    VII. Commercial, For Profit and Private Group Use

    A. Commercial, for profit and private group use of facilities may be granted if the use is intended as a meeting location, special event, and/or school/business partnership activity.

    B. Users shall pay a facility rental fee as established by the Board of Education. In addition, the user will be charged for any consumable supplies used and for school personnel assigned to cover the event.

    C. Any use of equipment, computers, TV monitors, etc. must be approved as per Section II.

    VIII. In all instances, those using the School District of Menomonee facilities will be required to complete a building use form, available from the District Business Office, and obtain approval prior to use of the facility. All users are responsible for any damages to school facilities, property and/or equipment.

    IX. Authorization for use of school facilities shall not be considered as an endorsement or approval of the activity group or organization, or of the purposes they represent. The Board reserves the right to deny or withdraw permission for use of school facilities for activities or groups that pose a substantial risk of disruption to school programs or events or a substantial risk of physical harm to attendees, participants, facilities or equipment.

    X. Activities held on District premises shall not violate any local, state or federal laws or District rules and regulations.

    XI. As a precondition for use of school facilities, entities or persons requesting use of school facilities may be required to provide a certificate of insurance covering bodily injury liability, property damage liability, and products liability (when food, beverages, etc., are dispensed), pursuant to administrative guidelines established by the Superintendent of Schools or his/her designee. Such administrative guidelines shall include, but are not limited to, a schedule of required liability limits and procedures to be followed in carrying out this policy. All certificates of insurance must identify the Menomonee Falls School District as a named insured. The School Board’s designee will determine when such certificates shall be required and the amount of coverage required for the event(s) requested.

    Wis. Stats. 120.13(17)

    Approved: March 14, 1994

    Approved: May 8, 2006

    832 Parking Lot Regulations

    PARKING LOT REGULATIONS

    Only authorized vehicles will be allowed to park on any District parking lot. Each parking lot will be posted appropriately, indicating the conditions of parking and stating the legal authority controlling said parking.

    Parking permits may be issued for each parking lot by the principal of that school. Parking permits may be issued to non-school personnel. If deemed appropriate by the Superintendent, a fee may be charged.

    Unauthorized vehicles parking on school lots will be referred to the Menomonee Falls Police Department for violation of the parking regulations.

    Approved: January 24, 1994

    Revised: April 8, 2013

    Revised: April 3, 2017

    Procedure

    PARKING LOT REGULATIONS

    All principals are authorized to issue parking permits for their school lots for a monthly fee. Each principal will establish a procedure to monitor the parking lots for violators of the parking regulations. All violators will be referred to the Menomonee Falls Police Department.

    Revised April 3, 2017

    835 Use of the Community Center

    USE OF THE COMMUNITY CENTER

    The Board of Education encourages organizations and groups of citizens residing in the Village of Menomonee Falls to utilize the Community Center for educational, recreational, and civic activities.

    The District owns and operates the Menomonee Falls Community Center as prescribed by the 66.30 Community Center Agreement with the Village of Menomonee Falls. The parties agree that the Menomonee Falls Recreation Department shall manage the Community Center and account for all expenditures and revenues in separate accounts as prescribed by the State of Wisconsin. Under the direction of the Recreation Commission, the Recreation Department shall also schedule all activities in the Community Center, giving priority use of the multipurpose room to the District, priority use of the activity room to young adult programming needs, and priority use of the senior room and meeting room with serving kitchen to senior programming needs and priority to the Village needs as determined by the Village Manager.

    It is the policy of the Board and Commission to cooperate with all local, non-profit and charitable agencies and organizations to the fullest extent possible to make the Community Center facilities available to serve the community needs.

    The District shall maintain the facility, and shall be responsible for all costs of maintenance and for the costs of all future improvements to the facility. The Village shall not be responsible for any costs to maintain the facility or any costs for future improvements.

    Community Center facilities are available on a rental basis to any responsible local organization. A responsible local organization is defined as a group of residents who (1) hold regular meetings; (2) maintain membership rolls; (3) have a stated charitable and/or civic purpose; and (4) operate within written bylaws.

    Authorization for use of the Community Center facilities will not be considered as an endorsement of, or approval for, the activity, group, or organization nor for the purpose they represent.

    The parties agree that the Menomonee Falls Community Education and Recreation Department will manage the Community Center and account for all expenditures and revenues in a separate community education fund (Fund 80), as prescribed by the State. Under the direction of the Recreation Commission, the Recreation Department will also schedule all activities in the Community Center, giving priority use of the multipurpose room (see Appendix B) to the District, priority use of the activity room to young adult programming needs, or if young adult programming needs are met elsewhere in the Community Center, priority use of the senior room and meeting room with the serving kitchen (see Appendix B) to senior programming needs, and to the Village needs as determined by the Village Manager.

    Where user charges are required by state law to be collected for the use of Community Center facilities, such charges are to be reasonable with the intent to recover the cost to the District, so that the public funds are not expended for activities of those persons, groups, or organizations who are required to pay a charge or fee for such use.

    Wis. Stats: 66.30

    Approved: August 12, 1996

    Amended: March 5, 2001

    Revised: November 24, 2014

    Procedure

    Procedure

    I. Use of Facilities

    The following activities will receive precedence in the order indicated below:

    A. Activities as designated in the Wis. Stats. 66.30 Agreement (Appendix A)

    B. Recreation Department

    C. Recreation Affiliates

    D. Non- Profit Organizations/Business Partners

    E. Religious Organizations

    F. Commercial

    II. Designated activities - Community Center Agreement (Appendix A-ss. 66.30 )

    A. A designated District employee must be present at all such events.

    B. District equipment may be used only with proper authorization.

    C. The Recreation Department shall maintain a calendar of all scheduled Community Center activities.

    III. Recreation Department

    A. Recreation Department may use the Community Center facilities for activities at no cost when a custodian is on regularly scheduled work hours. Additional custodian time will be charged at a rate that will cover expenses.

    B. Affiliates

    1. Affiliate organizations will be determined by the Recreation Commission.

    2. The Recreation Commission with the Director of Business Service will determine any custodial or room charge that affiliates may incur.

    IV. Nonprofit Organizations

    A. The use of Community Center facilities by the specified nonprofit groups set forth in subparagraph 4 following and located within the Village of Menomonee Falls may be made available at no cost when a custodian is on regularly scheduled work hours. Additional custodian time will be charged at a rate that will cover expenses.

    B. All general provisions of the ss. 66.30 regulations covering use of District facilities must be followed.

    C. When an activity is a profit making venture, or an admission charge is made, the exemption from a rental fee does not apply.

    D. The following are examples of nonprofit organizations. Requests by others will be evaluated on an individual basis:

    1. Boy/Girl Scouts

    2. Service organizations

    IV. Religious Organizations

    The use of the Community Center facilities by religious organizations shall be governed by ss. 120.13(17) and School District Policy 830, Use of School Facilities except that Community Center facilities may be made available for religious activities during school hours provided that such activities are not in conflict with regular district activities.

    A. The arrangement is for a limited, specified time period; not to exceed one school semester in length under each application. Additional application periods may be requested and approved by the Director of Recreation and Business Services;

    B. A reasonable rental charge is made for the facility based on current approved rental rates established by the Board;

    C. There is no District involvement in the religious function;

    D. All religious organizations are treated equally and preference is not given to one religious group over another.

    V. Commercial - Political

    A. Commercial use of facilities will be discouraged. Approval, however, may be granted by the Recreation Department.

    B. Use by partisan political organizations shall be permitted when such use will likely not result in disruption or property damage.

    C. Commercial - Political users shall pay a facility rental and custodial fees as established by the Board.

    In all instances, those using the District facilities will be required to complete facility rental agreement, prior to use of the facility.

    Activities held on District premises shall not violate any local, State or federal laws or District rules and regulations.

    All Board policies applicable to school facilities shall apply to the Community Center.

    Wis. Stats. 120.13(17), 66.30

    Cross Reference: Policies; 600 Fiscal Management, 700 Support Services, 800 School Community Relations

    Approved: August 12, 1996

    Revised: November 24, 2014

    837 Community Center Parking Regulations

    COMMUNITY CENTER PARKING LOT REGULATIONS

    Only authorized vehicles will be allowed to park in the Community Center parking lot. The parking lot will be posted appropriately, indicating the conditions of parking and stating the legal authority controlling said parking. Unauthorized vehicles parking on the Community Center lot will be referred to the Menomonee Falls Police Department for violation of the parking regulations.

    Approved: August 12, 1996

    Reviewed: October 27, 2014

    Public Gifts to the Schools

    840 Gifts to the School District

    GIFTS TO THE SCHOOL DISTRICT

    The School District may receive, accept and use gifts or grants of furniture, books, equipment, supplies, monies, securities or other property, real or personal, used or useful for school research and educational purposes. All monies received as gifts or grants shall be placed in the School District treasury, but shall be considered segregated trust funds. Whenever the School District receives gifts or grants it shall make such use thereof, or invest the same in the case of monies, as the donor or grantor specifies. In the absence of any specific direction as to the use of such gifts or grants by a donor or grantor, the School District may determine the use of or invest the same in accordance with the law applicable to trust investments. In the use, control or investment of such gifts or grants, the School District may exercise the rights and powers generally conferred upon trustees.

    The Superintendent may accept gifts or grants, valued at $1,000 or less, on behalf of the School Board. The value of gifts and grants shall be determined by the donor or grantor.

    To be accepted, the gift shall:

    1. Have a purpose consistent with that of the school,

    2. Be offered by an acceptable donor,

    3. Not begin a program which the School District would be unwilling to continue when grant funds are exhausted,

    4. Place no restrictions on the school program,

    5. Not imply endorsement of any business or product, and

    6. Not be in conflict with any provisions of School Board policy or public law.

    All gifts and bequests will become School District property to be used at the discretion of the School District.

    However, a preferred use specified by the donor shall be taken into consideration in determining the use to be made of the gift.

    Wis. Stats. 118.121, 118.27

    Approved: May 23, 1994

    841 Naming School District Facilities

    NAMING SCHOOL DISTRICT FACILITIES

    Naming of school district facilities is the responsibility of the Board of Education and shall be by majority vote of the entire Board. A District facility may be named when it has a specific purpose. A facilities naming committee may be appointed by the Board President. A nomination, in writing, which shall contain the rationale for such nomination, may be solicited from the public. Once a facility has been officially named, it shall not be renamed, except for compelling reasons to be determined by the Board.

    Criteria that may be considered when naming school facilities are:

    A facility may be named after a geographic location within the district.

    A facility may be named after a person provided:

    the person demonstrates exemplary moral character; and

    the person demonstrates outstanding leadership; and

    the person has made a significant contribution to education, humanity or the community.

    A facility may be named after major contributors to the school district without whom the facility would not have been possible.

    Parts of facilities may be named after individuals using the same criteria as above and may be identified with an appropriate plaque commemorating that individual’s contribution.

    Approved: May 8, 2006

    Public Solicitations on School Premises

    850 Advertising/Promoting in the District

    ADVERTISING/PROMOTING IN THE DISTRICT

    There shall be no commercial advertising in the schools, except as specifically authorized by the Superintendent or designee. Advertising may be solicited for school publications under established conditions.

    Non-profit or community organizations may be permitted to promote their activities in the schools with approval of the Superintendent or designee.

    Employees who have another source of income by selling various services and/or products shall not be allowed to sell and/or promote these services and/or products on District property.

    Literature printed for the purpose of promoting contests, trips or any other similar activity will not be distributed to students in Menomonee Falls Public Schools without prior approval of the Superintendent of Schools/designee.

    Approved: April 26, 1993

    851 Staff/Board Member Conflicts of Interest

    STAFF/BOARD MEMBER CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

    Members of the Board of Education and employees of the School District of Menomonee Falls shall be deemed fiduciaries in their relationship with the District. Accordingly, their actions are governed by the following conditions and guidelines regarding potential conflicts of interest.

    a. No Board member or employee of the School District shall use his/her position to derive any profit or gain, directly or indirectly, by reason of his/her position with the School District.

    b. No Board member or employee of the School District shall accept anything of value from any supplier of materials, equipment, supplies or services under circumstances which suggest that the item of value was offered for the purpose of securing a concession from the District.

    c. No Board member or employee of the School District shall use District purchasing power and procedures to purchase goods or services for their personal use.

    d. No Board member or employee of the School District shall become involved in any business interest or transaction without disclosing such interest, and shall refrain from participation where a conflict of interest is found to exist.

    Wis. Stats. 118.12, 946.10, 946.12, 946.13

    Approved: April 26, 1993

    Visitors to the Schools

    860 Visitors to Schools

    VISITORS TO SCHOOLS

    The Board of Education and staff welcome and encourage parents and other interested persons to visit the schools.

    In order to assure that no unauthorized persons enter the school with wrongful intent, and to protect the safety of the students and staff, all visitors shall report to the school office when entering the building, sign the visitors’ register, receive authorization to visit the designated area of the building, and obtain a visitor’s pass. Classroom visits must be unobtrusive to the educational setting and the learning environment, and may not occur on an excessive basis as determined by the building principal.

    The principal/designee has the authority to prohibit the entry of any person to the school and to temporarily or permanently exclude any person when there is reason to believe the individual’s presence is a disruption to the educational setting, detrimental to the good of the school and/or compromises the safety of students and staff. If an individual refuses to adhere to the request to vacate the premises, the local law enforcement agency shall be called upon for assistance.

    Per WI Act 88, individuals identified as registered sex offenders must be granted permission by the principal/designee to visit any part of the school premises. The request from the individual to the principal/designee must include the individual’s status as a registered sex offender, and a specific date, time and place of the visit. School premises includes any school building, grounds, recreation area, athletic field, or any other property owned used or operated by the school district.

    Registered Sex Offenders

    The following are exceptions to the previously stated requirements:

  • Voters. A registered sex offender who is on school premises to vote is not required to
  • provide notice if an election is being held that day and the person's polling place is on the school premises.

  • Non School Sponsored Activities. A registered sex offender who is on school premises to attend a non school sponsored activity is not required to provide notice.
  • Parents. A registered sex offender who is the parent/guardian of a child enrolled at the
  • school is only required to notify the principal/designee at the beginning of each school year, when the child is first enrolled in the school, or when the parent/guardian is first registered as a sex offender, whichever occurs first.

  • Students. A registered sex offender who is a student enrolled at the school is not required to notify the principal/designee before each visit, so long as the county department, child welfare agency, or other person supervising the student agrees to work with the principal to ensure the safety of the other students.

  • Volunteers

    Individuals requesting to volunteer in a school will be notified of the requirement to reveal a registered sex offender status. Background checks will be completed on all individuals that apply to volunteer.

    Notification Procedures

    A registered sex offender who is requesting access to school premises must do the following:

  • Provide written notification to the building principal/designee at least 24 hours prior to
  • the requested visitation [Exhibit A].

  • The principal/designee will make a determination regarding approval based on the
  • specific request, the impact on the learning environment, and the impact on the students and staff.

  • Denials will be given when the principal/designee anticipates a negative impact on the
  • educational setting, the students and the staff, and if there is anticipation that safety will be compromised.

  • The individual requesting the visitation will be notified in writing of approval or denial.
  • Any request denied will be provided with the reason for the denial [Exhibit A].

    The completed original will be given to the requester.

    A copy of the completed document will be kept in a file in the school office.

    Legal Reference:

    WI Act 88

    Approved: April 26, 1993

    Revised: March 24, 2014

    Public Complaints

    871 Public Complaints about Educational Materials

    PUBLIC COMPLAINTS ABOUT EDUCATIONAL MATERIALS

    The Menomonee Falls Board of Education supports the principles of intellectual freedom inherent in the First Amendment of the Constitution of the United States, in The Students Right to Read of the National Council of Teachers of English and in The Library Bill of Rights of the American Library Association. In the event educational materials are questioned, these principles of intellectual freedom, the individual pupil's right to access of materials, and the integrity of certified teaching and administrative personnel must be defended. The Board of Education recognizes the rights of individuals and groups within the community to question the educational suitability of materials; such challenges shall be limited to specific items and shall not extend to the professionals involved in the original selection and use of the material.

    The following shall be used if an objection to educational material should occur:

    1. The building principal or his/her designee shall first try to resolve the concern informally.

    2. The building principal or his/her designee shall explain the particular place the questioned material occupies in the education program; its intended educational usefulness; and additional information regarding its use.

    3. If the informal effort is not successful and the questioner wishes to file a formal challenge, a copy of the district Educational Materials Selection Policy and Public Complaints about Educational Materials Policy, including the Request for Reconsideration of Educational Materials form, shall be handed or mailed to the concerned questioner by the principal or his/her designee. All complaints, whether they apply to a single child or an entire population are to be made in writing.

    4. If a complaint is filed, the Superintendent of Schools or his/her designee and other personnel responsible for use of the material shall immediately be informed of the complaint.

    5. Challenged material shall remain in use during the reconsideration process. Individual children involved in the complaint may be given alternative assignments.

    6. Upon receipt of the completed formal Request for Reconsideration of Educational Materials, the Superintendent of Schools or his/her designee shall within five (5) school days form an ad hoc committee to review the material in question.

    The committee may include:

    • teachers using the educational material
    • professional staff members from another grade level or subject area
    • building principal
    • Director of Media and Technology
    • library media specialist
    • member of the Board of Education
    • parents
    • student
    • The Superintendent of Schools or his/her designee shall appoint the committee chairperson.
    • The Assistant Superintendent of Curriculum and Instruction shall participate in the review as an exofficio member.

    7. The review committee shall take the following steps after receiving the challenged material:

    a. Review the original selection process and rationale for its use.

    b. Read or review the material in its entirety.

    c. Determine its purpose and its place in the educational process.

    d. Check general acceptance of the material by reading reviews and consulting appropriate authorities outside of the District.

    e. Hold a public hearing with the complainant.

    8. Within twenty (20) school days after the organization of the review committee, a written recommendation shall be presented to the Superintendent of Schools and the complainant.

    9. A complainant who is not satisfied with the recommendation of the committee may appeal to the Board of Education within ten (10) school days of the receipt of the committee recommendation.

    10. The Board of Education shall review the committee process and recommendation with the Superintendent of Schools and make a final decision.

    Upon completion of a reconsideration process, the same item shall not be reconsidered for five years.

    The District reserves the right to refuse further reconsideration requests when it has dealt with five challenges to items on the same topic within five years.

    Cross Ref.

    361 Educational Materials Selection

    871 Request for Reconsideration of Educational Materials, Procedure

    Approved: December 16, 1991

    Revised: March 12, 2007

    Relations with Community Orgs & Gov. Agencies

    881 Booster/parent organizations

    BOOSTER/PARENT ORGANIZATIONS

    The Board encourages the formation of booster/parent organizations interested in promoting and supporting District programs and activities.

    Each booster organization shall comply with district procedures to foster communication, to clarify the relationship, outline responsibilities between school officials and booster/parent organizations.

    Cross Reference: Policy 840, Gifts to the School District

    Approved: April 26, 1993

    Revised: December 8, 2014

    Procedure

    BOOSTER/PARENT ORGANIZATIONS

    In an effort to foster communication and to clarify the relationship between the schools and booster/parent organizations, the following guidelines have been established.

    1. District staff shall seek to strengthen and support booster/parent organizations by providing leadership, materials, facilities or other aids necessary to their efforts in helping the schools.

    2. Booster/parent organizations will be expected to relate to the District within the framework of school rules and regulations and Board of Education policy.

    3. Booster/parent organization activities will not interfere with school proceedings and the process of education.

    4. The Superintendent or/ designee shall approve any fund-raising project planned which may affect students, school programs and/or activities. When using the District's name, the goal of booster/parent organization fund-raising activities will be for school and/or educational purposes.

    5. Only the booster club or school sponsored groups may copy or sell items representative of the school or its activities.

    6. Students may become involved in fund-raising activities only in accordance with State law and established procedures.

    7. Booster/parent organizations shall keep accurate and complete records of all fund-raising activities and submit an annual financial report to the Superintendent.

    8. The Board reserves the right to withdraw permission to use the District's name in a booster/parent organization activity if such activity is considered inappropriate by the Board. Further, the Board reserves the right to accept or reject any and all offers from booster/parent organizations of gifts of money, supplies and equipment or free labor.

    9. Each booster/parent organization shall submit by-laws to the principal for approval by the Superintendent.

    Cross Reference: Policies Fund Raising Activities 373, Gifts to the School District 840

    Approved: April 26, 1993

    Revised: December 8, 2014

    883 Relations with Government Agencies

    RELATIONS WITH GOVERNMENTAL AGENCIES

    The Board encourages cooperative working relationships between the District and other governmental authorities and agencies.

    Cross Reference: Procedure 883

    Approved: April 26, 1993

    Procedure

    RELATIONS WITH GOVERNMENTAL AGENCIES

    A cooperative working relationship will be maintained between District officials and other governmental agencies and authorities.

    A. Relations with Law Enforcement Agencies

    As an aid to the staff, students and the educational program, the Board will sponsor a police-school liaison program. Objectives of the police-school liaison program will be to:

    1. help students develop positive attitudes regarding the community, the law and police,

    2. increase student awareness and knowledge of society and the administration of juvenile justice,

    3. divert delinquent-prone and pre-delinquent youth from the juvenile and criminal justice system through early intervention, assistance and informal referral; and

    4. reinforce cooperation and communication between the schools and law enforcement agencies.

    B. Relations with Health Authorities

    The Board encourages District staff to work with the local, county and State health departments to maintain a healthful and safe school environment; to provide for the good health of students and their families; to educate students in preventive medicine and good health practices; and to help students develop a sense of responsibility for personal and community health.

    Specifically, the Board approves of these cooperative health programs:

    Health Education: The school nurse, or public health nurse, will serve as resource person, consultant and teacher of certain health topics.

    Communicable Disease Control: Health authorities may be asked to train school personnel to identify symptoms of communicable diseases and to coordinate appropriate home follow-up procedures. School personnel will notify health authorities of any known or suspected communicable diseases in the schools.

    Screenings: School staff may request health authorities to screen student vision and hearing and to test students for scoliosis.

    Resource Persons for Teachers: Teachers may consult health authorities about an individual student's health problems, or new approaches to health education.

    Individual Student Consultations: Health officials may also be asked to be available to consult with students directly if any student so desires.

    C. Relations with District boards/Village and Township Officials

    The Board encourages cooperative working relationships between the District and local governmental boards and officials. Specifically, the Board encourages yearly meetings with District boards, Village and township officials to discuss:

    1. mutual problems;

    2. budget issues and priorities; and

    3. other issues that are deemed appropriate discussion items between the governmental units and the Board.

    D. Relations with State Legislative Officials

    The Board shall work for the passage of new laws designed to advance the cause of good schools and for the repeal or modification of existing laws that impede this cause. The Board shall encourage periodic meetings with state legislators and officials to discuss pending bills and legislative issues of concern to the School District and education.

    885 Tax Incremental Financing Representation

    TAX INCREMENTAL FINANCING REPRESENTATION (TIF'S)

    A Joint Review Board shall be convened by a municipality when it seeks to create a TIF district within the school district boundaries. By law a School Board representative shall serve on the Joint Review Board. The Board representative shall be nominated by the School Board President and approved by the School Board at the time the municipality seeks to create a TIF district. The Joint Review Board representative shall inform the entire Board of the consideration and action of the municipality following each committee meeting. In considering the proposed TIF the Board representative will consider

    a. whether the development expected in the TIF would occur without the use of tax incremental financing;

    a. whether the economic benefits of the TIF, as measured by increased employment, business and personal income and property value, are sufficient to compensate for the cost of the improvements;

    b. whether the benefits of the proposal outweigh the anticipated loss in tax revenues of the overlying taxing districts;

    c. Any other information provided by the municipality.

    The School District of Menomonee Falls is concerned about adequate funding of educational programs, the effects of revenue caps, and local property tax. Because of these fiscal concerns the School Board will actively and conscientiously participate in the Joint Review Board convened by the Village of Menomonee Falls. The School District has traditionally opposed increased school taxes to support economic development. The School District does support economic development and does understand the long-term benefits of economic development. It is the goal of the School District to establish procedures that support active and conscientious participation in the creation of TIF's.

    Legal Reference: Section 66.46(4n) Wis. Stats

    Approved: October 23, 2000

    Relations WIth Education Agencies

    893 Relations with Educational Researchers

    RELATIONS WITH EDUCATIONAL RESEARCHERS

    The Board of Education authorizes the Superintendent/designee to cooperate with colleges, universities, and other recognized research agencies in promoting potentially useful research.

    Research studies conducted shall require the approval of the Superintendent/designee as well as the approval of the child's parent/guardian before being administered to students in the schools of the District.

    Cross Reference: Procedure 893, Relations with Educational Researchers

    Approved: April 26, 1993

    Reviewed: August 14, 2017

    Procedure

    RELATIONS WITH EDUCATIONAL RESEARCHERS

    The following are the procedures for gaining access to District schools by out-of-district researchers and by researchers from within the District. Access may be requested for the purpose of conducting research, developing measurement materials, surveying populations and/or developing educational methods/programs. Access requests will be reviewed by the Administrative Team. Research that will potentially impact students subject to the project must be approved by the Board of Education Curriculum and Learning Committee.

    I. Six copies of a proposal must be submitted. The proposal must include the following:

    A. A one to two page abstract that includes:

    1. the problem the project intends to address,

    2. the procedures to be employed,

    3. expected outcomes in terms of the hypotheses, objectives or questions, and

    4. the possible benefits the completed project might have for District.

    B. A prototype parent permission letter. The parent permission letter is important and will be reviewed carefully for accurate information. The supervising professor or agency representative must sign the letter and provide a phone number so any questions about the study can be answered. All expenses in obtaining parent permission are obligations of the researcher.

    1. Signed parent permission is required. The researcher must have a signed parent permission slip for each student involved. These letters may be distributed by first class mail or, upon consent of the school, hand carried by students. The procedure and the contents of the letter will be specified by the external research committee.

    2. No parent permission is required when the research activities are initiated/sponsored by the District and/or the research activities are considered part of the normal instructional process.

    C. The researcher must provide evidence of a favorable review by the appropriate government agency. Materials should be sent to the Director of Curriculum and Learning, School District of Menomonee Falls, W156 N8480 Pilgrim Road, Menomonee Falls, WI 53051.

    II. The researcher may contact the Director of Curriculum and Learning or another administrator before submitting the project proposal. No other staff members should be contacted. Preferences about where or with whom the research will be conducted may be stated in the proposal. Principals are encouraged to obtain the reactions of staff members to the proposal as soon as possible.

    III. The Director of Curriculum and Learning will inform the researcher by letter of the action taken on the request. The criteria which the committee will use to recommend acceptance of the proposal are listed as follows and are generally arranged in priority order.

    A. Does the proposal conform to standards for protecting human subjects?

    B. Does the proposal make reasonable demands in terms of minimal disruption to the instructional program and minimal time from staff members?

    C. Does the proposal address an issue or question of interest to the District?

    D. Does the proposal address an issue or questions of interest to the wider educational community?

    E. Does the proposal meet basic standards of technical adequacy?

    IV. Depending whether the request is approved, conditionally approved, tabled or rejected, the researcher may proceed as follows:

    A. If the request is approved, the building principal of the recommended site may be contacted.

    B. If the request is conditionally approved, the researcher will submit further information as requested.

    C. If the proposal is tabled, the researcher may submit it again for the next monthly meeting after the stated reasons for tabling have been corrected.

    D. If the request is rejected, the researcher may contact the Director of Curriculum and Learning to discuss an appeal of the decision.

    V. Each applicant who receives approval is expected to:

    A. Fully inform all participating teachers and administrators of the potential uses of results prior to the initiation of data collection.

    B. Develop a detailed schedule of data gathering activities, in consort with the involved administrator(s) prior to beginning the study.

    C. Obtain parent permission by working with building principals.

    D. Submit a progress report and renewal request to the committee if the project needs to continue beyond the approved completion date.

    E. Discuss the results with involved staff after completion of the project.

    F. Send a copy of the final summary of findings to staff and a copy to the Director of Curriculum and Learning upon completion of the project.

    Revised: August 29, 2017

    896 Guidelines for Evaluating/Endorsing Charter Schools

    GUIDELINES FOR EVALUATING/ENDORSING CHARTER SCHOOL PLANNING PROPOSAL

    The Board of Education may consider the establishment of charter schools as provided by State law and in accordance with established district procedures.

    The Board may consider endorsing a charter school planning proposal and/or serving as the fiscal agent for a planning grant. Applications for endorsement of charter schools should be submitted to the office of the superintendent, who will forward them to appropriate Board committee for consideration on a future Board meeting agenda. All applications to establish a charter school for the following school year must be filed with the Board by

    January 1.

    Charter school planning proposals may be submitted for Board endorsement by petition or Board initiative. The following criteria shall be used for evaluating all charter school planning proposals:

    1. The concept of the charter school to be planned must be consistent with the district’s mission.

    2. The charter school to be planned must be significantly different than current programming to provide distinct alternative learning opportunities for students.

    3. The charter school planning proposal must define implications for district staff time commitment, if any, to assist with planning.

    4. The charter school planning proposal must define any financial obligations for the district (i.e., accounting, record keeping, etc.) and provide for reimbursement, if applicable.

    5. The charter school planning process must ensure development of a charter school proposal that provides information required by state law.

    6. By state law, the Board of Education must consider the “Principles and Standards for Quality Charter Schools,” established by the National Association of Charter Schools authorities.

    LEGAL REF: Sections 118.01 Wisconsin Statutes

    118.30

    118.40

    118.19 (1)

    121.02 (1) (a)

    Approved: February 8, 2010